Explain how the WinRunner recognizes objects on applications?
GUI Map file is mainly used to recognize the objects on applications. During the process of running a test through winrunner, it uses the GUI map to identify the objects. It reads a particular object’s description in the GUI map and then looks for an object with the same properties in the application being tested.
Thursday, October 29, 2009
Explain the stages in Winrunner Testing Process
There are six main stages in Winrunner Testing Process, they are,
GUI Map File Creation: By creating GUI Map file the WinRunner can identify the GUI objects in the application going to be tested.
Test scripts Creation: This process involves recording, programming or both. During the process of recording tests, insert checkpoints where the response of the application need to be tested.
Debug Test: Run the tests in Debug mode to make sure whether they run smoothly.
Run Tests: Run tests in Verify mode to test the application.
View Results: This determines the success or failure of the tests.
Report Defects: If a particular test run fails due to the defect in the application being tested, defects can be directly reported through the Test Results window.
GUI Map File Creation: By creating GUI Map file the WinRunner can identify the GUI objects in the application going to be tested.
Test scripts Creation: This process involves recording, programming or both. During the process of recording tests, insert checkpoints where the response of the application need to be tested.
Debug Test: Run the tests in Debug mode to make sure whether they run smoothly.
Run Tests: Run tests in Verify mode to test the application.
View Results: This determines the success or failure of the tests.
Report Defects: If a particular test run fails due to the defect in the application being tested, defects can be directly reported through the Test Results window.
What is meaning of Check Points and Types of Check Points
What is meant by Checkpoints? What are the types of Check points?
Checkpoints is used to compare the current behavior of the application being tested to its behavior in an earlier version.
Four types of checkpoints can be added to test scripts, they are,
GUI checkpoints verify information about GUI objects. Ex, you can check that a button is enabled or see which item is selected in a list.
Bitmap checkpoints take a “snapshot” of a window or area of your application and compare this to an image captured in an earlier version.
Text checkpoints read text in GUI objects and in bitmaps and enable you to verify their contents.
Database checkpoints check the contents and the number of rows and columns of a result set, which is based on a query you create on your database.
Checkpoints is used to compare the current behavior of the application being tested to its behavior in an earlier version.
Four types of checkpoints can be added to test scripts, they are,
GUI checkpoints verify information about GUI objects. Ex, you can check that a button is enabled or see which item is selected in a list.
Bitmap checkpoints take a “snapshot” of a window or area of your application and compare this to an image captured in an earlier version.
Text checkpoints read text in GUI objects and in bitmaps and enable you to verify their contents.
Database checkpoints check the contents and the number of rows and columns of a result set, which is based on a query you create on your database.
Define the purpose of set_window command?
The Set_Window command is used to set the focus for a specified window. Before executing a test on another window this command can be used to set focus to the required window.
Syntax: set_window(, time);
The set_window is the logical name of the window and time is the time the execution has to wait till it gets the given window into focus.
Syntax: set_window(, time);
The set_window is the logical name of the window and time is the time the execution has to wait till it gets the given window into focus.
Different type of recording available with Winrunner
What are the different type of recording available with Winrunner ?
Context Sensitive Recording – This records the operation we perform on the application by identifying the Graphical User Interface.
Analog mode Recording – This records the keyboard input and the Mouse movements.
Context Sensitive Recording – This records the operation we perform on the application by identifying the Graphical User Interface.
Analog mode Recording – This records the keyboard input and the Mouse movements.
How to analyze the results and report the defects?
In winrunner after a test run, the test results will get displayed in a report. All the major actions during the run like Checkpoints, Error messages, System messages will be displayed in the report.
The mismatches in checkpoints during the test run can be viewed as expected results and actual results in Test results window.
The information about a test run fail due to defect can also be reported to others through test results window.
The mismatches in checkpoints during the test run can be viewed as expected results and actual results in Test results window.
The information about a test run fail due to defect can also be reported to others through test results window.
How to move and copy the objects between GUI map files
Explain How to move and copy the objects between GUI map files.
The GUI map editor can be used to move and copy the objects between GUI map files. The steps are,
Go to Tools > GUI map editor.
Go to View > GUI files.
Click Expand in GUI map editor. The dialog box will expand and two GUI map files will be displayed.
Different GUI map file can be viewed from the side of dialog box; this can be done through clicking the file names listed in GUI file.
Select the objects to be copied or move in one file, for selecting multiple objects Shift key can be used or use Edit > Select all.
Click Copy or Move.
Use the option Collapse for restoring the GUI map editor in its Original size.
The GUI map editor can be used to move and copy the objects between GUI map files. The steps are,
Go to Tools > GUI map editor.
Go to View > GUI files.
Click Expand in GUI map editor. The dialog box will expand and two GUI map files will be displayed.
Different GUI map file can be viewed from the side of dialog box; this can be done through clicking the file names listed in GUI file.
Select the objects to be copied or move in one file, for selecting multiple objects Shift key can be used or use Edit > Select all.
Click Copy or Move.
Use the option Collapse for restoring the GUI map editor in its Original size.
Thursday, February 26, 2009
Load Runner Interview Questions
Q1. What is Load Testing?
Ans. Load testing is to test that if the application works fine with the loads that result from large number of simultaneous users, transactions and to determine weather it can handle peak usage periods.
Q2. What is Performance Testing?
Ans. Timing for both read and update transactions should be gathered to determine whether system functions are being performed in an acceptable timeframe. This should be done standalone and then in a multi user environment to determine the effect of multiple transactions on the timing of a single transaction.
Q3. What is LoadRunner?
Ans. LoadRunner works by creating virtual users who take the place of real users operating client software, such as sending requests using the HTTP protocol to IIS or Apache web servers. Requests from many virtual user clients are generated by Load Generators in order to create a load on various servers under test these load generator agents are started and stopped by Mercury's Controller program. The Controller controls load test runs based on Scenarios invoking compiled Scripts and associated Run-time Settings. Scripts are crafted using Mercury's "Virtual user script Generator" (named "V U Gen"), It generates C-language script code to be executed by virtual users by capturing network traffic between Internet application clients and servers. With Java clients, VuGen captures calls by hooking within the client JVM. During runs, the status of each machine is monitored by the Controller. At the end of each run, the Controller combines its monitoring logs with logs obtained from load generators, and makes them available to the "Analysis" program, which can then create run result reports and graphs for Microsoft Word, Crystal Reports, or an HTML webpage browser.
Each HTML report page generated by Analysis includes a link to results in a text file which Microsoft Excel can open to perform additional analysis. Errors during each run are stored in a database file which can be read by Microsoft Access.
Q4. What is Virtual Users?
Ans. Unlike a WinRunner workstation which emulates a single user's use of a client, LoadRunner can emulate thousands of Virtual Users.Load generators are controlled by VuGen scripts which issue non-GUI API calls using the same protocols as the client under test. But WinRunner GUI Vusers emulate keystrokes, mouse clicks, and other User Interface actions on the client being tested. Only one GUI user can run from a machine unless LoadRunner Terminal Services Manager manages remote machines with Terminal Server Agent enabled and logged into a Terminal Services Client session.
During run-time, threaded users share a common memory pool. So threading supports more Vusers per load generator.
The Status of Vusers on all load generators start from "Running", then go to "Ready" after going through the init section of the script. Vusers are "Finished" in passed or failed end status. Vusers are automatically "Stopped" when the Load Generator is overloaded.
To use Web Services Monitors for SOAP and XML, a separate license is needed, and vUsers require the Web Services add-in installed with Feature Pack (FP1). No additional license is needed for standard web (HTTP) server monitors Apache, IIS, and Netscape.
Q5. Explain the Load Testing Process?
Ans. Step 1: Planning the test. Here, we develop a clearly defined test plan to ensure the test scenarios we develop will accomplish load-testing objectives.
Step 2: Creating Vusers. Here, we create Vuser scripts that contain tasks performed by each Vuser, tasks performed by Vusers as a whole, and tasks measured as transactions.
Step 3: Creating the scenario. A scenario describes the events that occur during a testing session. It includes a list of machines, scripts, and Vusers that run during the scenario. We create scenarios using LoadRunner Controller. We can create manual scenarios as well as goal-oriented scenarios. In manual scenarios, we define the number of Vusers, the load generator machines, and percentage of Vusers to be assigned to each script. For web tests, we may create a goal-oriented scenario where we define the goal that our test has to achieve. LoadRunner automatically builds a scenario for us.
Step 4: Running the scenario. We emulate load on the server by instructing multiple Vusers to perform tasks simultaneously. Before the testing, we set the scenario configuration and scheduling. We can run the entire scenario, Vuser groups, or individual Vusers.
Step 5: Monitoring the scenario. We monitor scenario execution using the LoadRunner online runtime, transaction, system resource, Web resource, Web server resource, Web application server resource, database server resource, network delay, streaming media resource, firewall server resource, ERP server resource, and Java performance monitors.
Step 6: Analyzing test results. During scenario execution, LoadRunner records the performance of the application under different loads. We use LoadRunners graphs and reports to analyze the applications performance.
Q6. When do you do load and performance Testing?
Ans. We perform load testing once we are done with interface (GUI) testing. Modern system architectures are large and complex. Whereas single user testing primarily on functionality and user interface of a system component, application testing focuses on performance and reliability of an entire system. For example, a typical application-testing scenario might depict 1000 users logging in simultaneously to a system. This gives rise to issues such as what is the response time of the system, does it crash, will it go with different software applications and platforms, can it hold so many hundreds and thousands of users, etc. This is when we set do load and performance testing.
Q7. What are the components of LoadRunner?
Ans. The components of LoadRunner are The Virtual User Generator, Controller, and the Agent process, LoadRunner Analysis and Monitoring, LoadRunner Books Online.
Q8. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to record a Script?
Ans. The Virtual User Generator (VuGen) component is used to record a script. It enables you to develop Vuser scripts for a variety of application types and communication protocols.
Q9. When do you do load and performance Testing?
Ans. We perform load testing once we are done with interface (GUI) testing. Modern system architectures are large and complex. Whereas single user testing primarily on functionality and user interface of a system component, application testing focuses on performance and reliability of an entire system. For example, a typical application-testing scenario might depict 1000 users logging in simultaneously to a system. This gives rise to issues such as what is the response time of the system, does it crash, will it go with different software applications and platforms, can it hold so many hundreds and thousands of users, etc. This is when we set do load and performance testing.
Q10. What are the components of LoadRunner?
Ans. The components of LoadRunner are The Virtual User Generator, Controller, and the Agent process, LoadRunner Analysis and Monitoring, LoadRunner Books Online. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to record a Script? - The Virtual User Generator (VuGen) component is used to record a script. It enables you to develop Vuser scripts for a variety of application types and communication protocols.
Q11. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to play Back the script in multi user mode?
Ans. The Controller component is used to playback the script in multi-user mode. This is done during a scenario run where a vuser script is executed by a number of vusers in a group.
Q12. What is a rendezvous point?
Ans. You insert rendezvous points into Vuser scripts to emulate heavy user load on the server. Rendezvous points instruct Vusers to wait during test execution for multiple Vusers to arrive at a certain point, in order that they may simultaneously perform a task. For example, to emulate peak load on the bank server, you can insert a rendezvous point instructing 100 Vusers to deposit cash into their accounts at the same time.
Q13. What is a scenario?
Ans. A scenario defines the events that occur during each testing session. For example, a scenario defines and controls the number of users to emulate, the actions to be performed, and the machines on which the virtual users run their emulations.
Q14. Explain the recording mode for web Vuser script?
Ans. We use VuGen to develop a Vuser script by recording a user performing typical business processes on a client application. VuGen creates the script by recording the activity between the client and the server. For example, in web based applications, VuGen monitors the client end of the database and traces all the requests sent to, and received from, the database server. We use VuGen to: Monitor the communication between the application and the server; Generate the required function calls; and Insert the generated function calls into a Vuser script.
Q15. Why do you create parameters?
Ans. Parameters are like script variables. They are used to vary input to the server and to emulate real users. Different sets of data are sent to the server each time the script is run. Better simulate the usage model for more accurate testing from the Controller; one script can emulate many different users on the system.
Q16. What is correlation?
Ans. Correlation is used to obtain data which are unique for each run of the script and which are generated by nested queries. Correlation provides the value to avoid errors arising out of duplicate values and also optimizing the code (to avoid nested queries). Automatic correlation is where we set some rules for correlation. It can be application server specific. Here values are replaced by data which are created by these rules. In manual correlation, the value we want to correlate is scanned and create correlation is used to correlate.
Q17. How do you find out where correlation is required?
Ans. Two ways: First we can scan for correlations, and see the list of values which can be correlated. From this we can pick a value to be correlated. Secondly, we can record two scripts and compare them. We can look up the difference file to see for the values which needed to be correlated.
Q18. Where do you set automatic correlation options?
Ans. Automatic correlation from web point of view can be set in recording options and correlation tab. Here we can enable correlation for the entire script and choose either issue online messages or offline actions, where we can define rules for that correlation. Automatic correlation for database can be done using show output window and scan for correlation and picking the correlate query tab and choose which query value we want to correlate. If we know the specific value to be correlated, we just do create correlation for the value and specify how the value to be created.
Q19. What is a function to capture dynamic values in the web Vuser script?
Ans. Web_reg_save_param function saves dynamic data information to a parameter.
Q20. Which is VuGen Recording and Scripting language?
Ans. LoadRunner script code obtained from recording in the ANSI C language syntax, represented by icons in icon view until you click Script View.
Q21. What is Scenarios?
Ans. Scenarios encapsulate the Vuser Groups and scripts to be executed on load generators at run-time.
Manual scenarios can distribute the total number of Vusers among scripts based on the analyst-specified percentage (evenly among load generators). Goal Oriented scenarios are automatically created based on a specified transaction response time or number of hits/transactions-per-second (TPS). Test analysts specify the % of Target among scripts.
Q22. When do you disable log in Virtual User Generator, When do you choose standard and extended logs?
Ans. Once we debug our script and verify that it is functional, we can enable logging for errors only. When we add a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled. Standard Log Option: When you select Standard log, it creates a standard log of functions and messages sent during script execution to use for debugging. Disable this option for large load testing scenarios. When you copy a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled Extended Log Option: Select extended log to create an extended log, including warnings and other messages. Disable this option for large load testing scenarios. When you copy a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled. We can specify which additional information should be added to the extended log using the Extended log options.
Q23. How do you debug a LoadRunner script?
Ans. VuGen contains two options to help debug Vuser scripts-the Run Step by Step command and breakpoints. The Debug settings in the Options dialog box allow us to determine the extent of the trace to be performed during scenario execution. The debug information is written to the Output window. We can manually set the message class within your script using the lr_set_debug_message function. This is useful if we want to receive debug information about a small section of the script only.
Q24. How do you write user defined functions in LR?
Ans. Before we create the User Defined functions we need to create the external library (DLL) with the function. We add this library to VuGen bin directory. Once the library is added then we assign user defined function as a parameter. The function should have the following format: __declspec (dllexport) char* (char*, char*)
Q25. What are the changes you can make in run-time settings?
Ans. The Run Time Settings that we make are:
Pacing - It has iteration count.
Log - Under this we have Disable Logging Standard Log and
Extended Think Time - In think time we have two options like Ignore think time and Replay think time.
General - Under general tab we can set the vusers as process or as multithreading and whether each step as a transaction.
Q26. Where do you set Iteration for Vuser testing?
Ans. We set Iterations in the Run Time Settings of the VuGen. The navigation for this is Run time settings, Pacing tab, set number of iterations.
Q27. How do you perform functional testing under load?
Ans. Functionality under load can be tested by running several Vusers concurrently. By increasing the amount of Vusers, we can determine how much load the server can sustain.
Q28. How to use network drive mappings?
Ans. If several load generators need to access the same physical files, rather than having to remember to copy the files each time they change, each load generator can reference a common folder using a mapped drive. But since drive mappings are associated with a specific user:
Logon the load generator as the user the load generator will use
Open Windows Explorer and under Tools select Map a Network Drive and create a drive. It saves time and hassle to have consistent drive letters across load generators, so some organizations reserver certain drive letters for specific locations.
Open the LoadRunner service within Services (accessed from Control Panel, Administrative Tasks),
Click the "Login" tab.
Specify the username and password the load generator service will use. (A dot appears in front of the username if the userid is for the local domain).
Stop and start the service again.
Q29. What is Ramp up? How do you set this?
Ans. This option is used to gradually increase the amount of Vusers/load on the server. An initial value is set and a value to wait between intervals can be specified. To set Ramp Up, go to Scenario Scheduling Options.
Q30. What is the advantage of running the Vuser as thread?
Ans. VuGen provides the facility to use multithreading. This enables more Vusers to be run pergenerator. If the Vuser is run as a process, the same driver program is loaded into memory for each Vuser, thus taking up a large amount of memory. This limits the number of Vusers that can be run on a single generator. If the Vuser is run as a thread, only one instance of the driver program is loaded into memory for the given number of Vusers (say 100). Each thread shares the memory of the parent driver program, thus enabling more Vusers to be run per generator.
Q31. If you want to stop the execution of your script on error, how do you do that?
Ans. The lr_abort function aborts the execution of a Vuser script. It instructs the Vuser to stop executing the Actions section, execute the vuser_end section and end the execution. This function is useful when you need to manually abort a script execution as a result of a specific error condition. When you end a script using this function, the Vuser is assigned the status "Stopped". For this to take effect, we have to first uncheck the Continue on error option in Run-Time Settings.
Q32. What is the relation between Response Time and Throughput?
Ans. The Throughput graph shows the amount of data in bytes that the Vusers received from the server in a second. When we compare this with the transaction response time, we will notice that as throughput decreased, the response time also decreased. Similarly, the peak throughput and highest response time would occur approximately at the same time.
Q33. Explain the Configuration of your systems?
Ans. The configuration of our systems refers to that of the client machines on which we run the Vusers. The configuration of any client machine includes its hardware settings, memory, operating system, software applications, development tools, etc. This system component configuration should match with the overall system configuration that would include the network infrastructure, the web server, the database server, and any other components that go with this larger system so as to achieve the load testing objectives.
Q34. How do you identify the performance bottlenecks?
Ans. Performance Bottlenecks can be detected by using monitors. These monitors might be application server monitors, web server monitors, database server monitors and network monitors. They help in finding out the troubled area in our scenario which causes increased response time. The measurements made are usually performance response time, throughput, hits/sec, network delay graphs, etc.
Q35. If web server, database and Network are all fine where could be the problem?
Ans. The problem could be in the system itself or in the application server or in the code written for the application.
Q36. How did you find web server related issues?
Ans. Using Web resource monitors we can find the performance of web servers. Using these monitors we can analyze throughput on the web server, number of hits per second that occurred during scenario, the number of http responses per second, the number of downloaded pages per second.
Q37. How did you find database related issues?
Ans. By running Database monitor and help of Data Resource Graph we can find database related issues. E.g. you can specify the resource you want to measure on before running the controller and than you can see database related issues.
Q38. What is the difference between Overlay graph and Correlate graph?
Ans. Overlay Graph: It overlay the content of two graphs that shares a common x-axis. Left Y-axis on the merged graph shows the current graphs value & Right Y-axis show the value of Y-axis of the graph that was merged. Correlate Graph: Plot the Y-axis of two graphs against each other. The active graphs Y-axis becomes X-axis of merged graph. Y-axis of the graph that was merged becomes merged graphs Y-axis.
Q39. How did you plan the Load?
Ans. Load test is planned to decide the number of users, what kind of machines we are going to use and from where they are run. It is based on 2 important documents, Task Distribution Diagram and Transaction profile. Task Distribution Diagram gives us the information on number of users for a particular transaction and the time of the load. The peak usage and off-usage are decided from this Diagram. Transaction profile gives us the information about the transactions name and their priority levels with regard to the scenario we are deciding.
Q40. What does vuser_init action contain?
Ans. Vuser_init action contains procedures to login to a server.
Q41. What does vuser_end action contain?
Ans. Vuser_end section contains log off procedures.
Q42. What is think time?
Ans. Think time is the time that a real user waits between actions. Example: When a user receives data from a server, the user may wait several seconds to review the data before responding. This delay is known as the think time. Changing the Threshold: Threshold level is the level below which the recorded think time will be ignored. The default value is five (5) seconds. We can change the think time threshold in the Recording options of the Vugen.
Q43. What is the difference between standard log and extended log?
Ans. The standard log sends a subset of functions and messages sent during script execution to a log. The subset depends on the Vuser type Extended log sends a detailed script execution messages to the output log. This is mainly used during debugging when we want information about:
- Parameter substitution
- Data returned by the server
- Advanced trace
Q44. What is lr_debug_message?
Ans. The lr_debug_message function sends a debug message to the output log when the specified message class is set.
Q45. What is lr_output_message?
Ans. The lr_output_message function sends notifications to the Controller Output window and the Vuser log file.
Q46. What is lr_error_message?
Ans. The lr_error_message function sends an error message to the LoadRunner Output window.
Q47. What is lrd_stmt?
Ans. The lrd_stmt function associates a character string (usually a SQL statement) with a cursor. This function sets a SQL statement to be processed.
Q48. What is lrd_fetch?
Ans. The lrd_fetch function fetches the next row from the result set.
Q49. What is Throughput?
Ans. If the throughput scales upward as time progresses and the number of Vusers increase, this indicates that the bandwidth is sufficient. If the graph were to remain relatively flat as the number of Vusers increased, it would be reasonable to conclude that the bandwidth is constraining the volume of data delivered.
Q50. What are the various types of Goals in Goal-Oriented Scenario ?
Ans. Load Runner provides you with five different types of goals in a goal oriented scenario:
- The number of concurrent Vusers
- The number of hits per second
- The number of transactions per second
- The number of pages per minute
The transaction response time that you want your scenario Analysis Scenario (Bottlenecks): In Running Vuser graph correlated with the response time graph you can see that as the number of Vusers increases, the average response time of the check itinerary transaction very gradually increases. In other words, the average response time steadily increases as the load increases. At 56 Vusers, there is a sudden, sharp increase in the average response time.
We say that the test broke the server. That is the mean time before failure (MTBF). The response time clearly began to degrade when there were more than 56 Vusers running simultaneously.
Ans. Load testing is to test that if the application works fine with the loads that result from large number of simultaneous users, transactions and to determine weather it can handle peak usage periods.
Q2. What is Performance Testing?
Ans. Timing for both read and update transactions should be gathered to determine whether system functions are being performed in an acceptable timeframe. This should be done standalone and then in a multi user environment to determine the effect of multiple transactions on the timing of a single transaction.
Q3. What is LoadRunner?
Ans. LoadRunner works by creating virtual users who take the place of real users operating client software, such as sending requests using the HTTP protocol to IIS or Apache web servers. Requests from many virtual user clients are generated by Load Generators in order to create a load on various servers under test these load generator agents are started and stopped by Mercury's Controller program. The Controller controls load test runs based on Scenarios invoking compiled Scripts and associated Run-time Settings. Scripts are crafted using Mercury's "Virtual user script Generator" (named "V U Gen"), It generates C-language script code to be executed by virtual users by capturing network traffic between Internet application clients and servers. With Java clients, VuGen captures calls by hooking within the client JVM. During runs, the status of each machine is monitored by the Controller. At the end of each run, the Controller combines its monitoring logs with logs obtained from load generators, and makes them available to the "Analysis" program, which can then create run result reports and graphs for Microsoft Word, Crystal Reports, or an HTML webpage browser.
Each HTML report page generated by Analysis includes a link to results in a text file which Microsoft Excel can open to perform additional analysis. Errors during each run are stored in a database file which can be read by Microsoft Access.
Q4. What is Virtual Users?
Ans. Unlike a WinRunner workstation which emulates a single user's use of a client, LoadRunner can emulate thousands of Virtual Users.Load generators are controlled by VuGen scripts which issue non-GUI API calls using the same protocols as the client under test. But WinRunner GUI Vusers emulate keystrokes, mouse clicks, and other User Interface actions on the client being tested. Only one GUI user can run from a machine unless LoadRunner Terminal Services Manager manages remote machines with Terminal Server Agent enabled and logged into a Terminal Services Client session.
During run-time, threaded users share a common memory pool. So threading supports more Vusers per load generator.
The Status of Vusers on all load generators start from "Running", then go to "Ready" after going through the init section of the script. Vusers are "Finished" in passed or failed end status. Vusers are automatically "Stopped" when the Load Generator is overloaded.
To use Web Services Monitors for SOAP and XML, a separate license is needed, and vUsers require the Web Services add-in installed with Feature Pack (FP1). No additional license is needed for standard web (HTTP) server monitors Apache, IIS, and Netscape.
Q5. Explain the Load Testing Process?
Ans. Step 1: Planning the test. Here, we develop a clearly defined test plan to ensure the test scenarios we develop will accomplish load-testing objectives.
Step 2: Creating Vusers. Here, we create Vuser scripts that contain tasks performed by each Vuser, tasks performed by Vusers as a whole, and tasks measured as transactions.
Step 3: Creating the scenario. A scenario describes the events that occur during a testing session. It includes a list of machines, scripts, and Vusers that run during the scenario. We create scenarios using LoadRunner Controller. We can create manual scenarios as well as goal-oriented scenarios. In manual scenarios, we define the number of Vusers, the load generator machines, and percentage of Vusers to be assigned to each script. For web tests, we may create a goal-oriented scenario where we define the goal that our test has to achieve. LoadRunner automatically builds a scenario for us.
Step 4: Running the scenario. We emulate load on the server by instructing multiple Vusers to perform tasks simultaneously. Before the testing, we set the scenario configuration and scheduling. We can run the entire scenario, Vuser groups, or individual Vusers.
Step 5: Monitoring the scenario. We monitor scenario execution using the LoadRunner online runtime, transaction, system resource, Web resource, Web server resource, Web application server resource, database server resource, network delay, streaming media resource, firewall server resource, ERP server resource, and Java performance monitors.
Step 6: Analyzing test results. During scenario execution, LoadRunner records the performance of the application under different loads. We use LoadRunners graphs and reports to analyze the applications performance.
Q6. When do you do load and performance Testing?
Ans. We perform load testing once we are done with interface (GUI) testing. Modern system architectures are large and complex. Whereas single user testing primarily on functionality and user interface of a system component, application testing focuses on performance and reliability of an entire system. For example, a typical application-testing scenario might depict 1000 users logging in simultaneously to a system. This gives rise to issues such as what is the response time of the system, does it crash, will it go with different software applications and platforms, can it hold so many hundreds and thousands of users, etc. This is when we set do load and performance testing.
Q7. What are the components of LoadRunner?
Ans. The components of LoadRunner are The Virtual User Generator, Controller, and the Agent process, LoadRunner Analysis and Monitoring, LoadRunner Books Online.
Q8. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to record a Script?
Ans. The Virtual User Generator (VuGen) component is used to record a script. It enables you to develop Vuser scripts for a variety of application types and communication protocols.
Q9. When do you do load and performance Testing?
Ans. We perform load testing once we are done with interface (GUI) testing. Modern system architectures are large and complex. Whereas single user testing primarily on functionality and user interface of a system component, application testing focuses on performance and reliability of an entire system. For example, a typical application-testing scenario might depict 1000 users logging in simultaneously to a system. This gives rise to issues such as what is the response time of the system, does it crash, will it go with different software applications and platforms, can it hold so many hundreds and thousands of users, etc. This is when we set do load and performance testing.
Q10. What are the components of LoadRunner?
Ans. The components of LoadRunner are The Virtual User Generator, Controller, and the Agent process, LoadRunner Analysis and Monitoring, LoadRunner Books Online. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to record a Script? - The Virtual User Generator (VuGen) component is used to record a script. It enables you to develop Vuser scripts for a variety of application types and communication protocols.
Q11. What Component of LoadRunner would you use to play Back the script in multi user mode?
Ans. The Controller component is used to playback the script in multi-user mode. This is done during a scenario run where a vuser script is executed by a number of vusers in a group.
Q12. What is a rendezvous point?
Ans. You insert rendezvous points into Vuser scripts to emulate heavy user load on the server. Rendezvous points instruct Vusers to wait during test execution for multiple Vusers to arrive at a certain point, in order that they may simultaneously perform a task. For example, to emulate peak load on the bank server, you can insert a rendezvous point instructing 100 Vusers to deposit cash into their accounts at the same time.
Q13. What is a scenario?
Ans. A scenario defines the events that occur during each testing session. For example, a scenario defines and controls the number of users to emulate, the actions to be performed, and the machines on which the virtual users run their emulations.
Q14. Explain the recording mode for web Vuser script?
Ans. We use VuGen to develop a Vuser script by recording a user performing typical business processes on a client application. VuGen creates the script by recording the activity between the client and the server. For example, in web based applications, VuGen monitors the client end of the database and traces all the requests sent to, and received from, the database server. We use VuGen to: Monitor the communication between the application and the server; Generate the required function calls; and Insert the generated function calls into a Vuser script.
Q15. Why do you create parameters?
Ans. Parameters are like script variables. They are used to vary input to the server and to emulate real users. Different sets of data are sent to the server each time the script is run. Better simulate the usage model for more accurate testing from the Controller; one script can emulate many different users on the system.
Q16. What is correlation?
Ans. Correlation is used to obtain data which are unique for each run of the script and which are generated by nested queries. Correlation provides the value to avoid errors arising out of duplicate values and also optimizing the code (to avoid nested queries). Automatic correlation is where we set some rules for correlation. It can be application server specific. Here values are replaced by data which are created by these rules. In manual correlation, the value we want to correlate is scanned and create correlation is used to correlate.
Q17. How do you find out where correlation is required?
Ans. Two ways: First we can scan for correlations, and see the list of values which can be correlated. From this we can pick a value to be correlated. Secondly, we can record two scripts and compare them. We can look up the difference file to see for the values which needed to be correlated.
Q18. Where do you set automatic correlation options?
Ans. Automatic correlation from web point of view can be set in recording options and correlation tab. Here we can enable correlation for the entire script and choose either issue online messages or offline actions, where we can define rules for that correlation. Automatic correlation for database can be done using show output window and scan for correlation and picking the correlate query tab and choose which query value we want to correlate. If we know the specific value to be correlated, we just do create correlation for the value and specify how the value to be created.
Q19. What is a function to capture dynamic values in the web Vuser script?
Ans. Web_reg_save_param function saves dynamic data information to a parameter.
Q20. Which is VuGen Recording and Scripting language?
Ans. LoadRunner script code obtained from recording in the ANSI C language syntax, represented by icons in icon view until you click Script View.
Q21. What is Scenarios?
Ans. Scenarios encapsulate the Vuser Groups and scripts to be executed on load generators at run-time.
Manual scenarios can distribute the total number of Vusers among scripts based on the analyst-specified percentage (evenly among load generators). Goal Oriented scenarios are automatically created based on a specified transaction response time or number of hits/transactions-per-second (TPS). Test analysts specify the % of Target among scripts.
Q22. When do you disable log in Virtual User Generator, When do you choose standard and extended logs?
Ans. Once we debug our script and verify that it is functional, we can enable logging for errors only. When we add a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled. Standard Log Option: When you select Standard log, it creates a standard log of functions and messages sent during script execution to use for debugging. Disable this option for large load testing scenarios. When you copy a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled Extended Log Option: Select extended log to create an extended log, including warnings and other messages. Disable this option for large load testing scenarios. When you copy a script to a scenario, logging is automatically disabled. We can specify which additional information should be added to the extended log using the Extended log options.
Q23. How do you debug a LoadRunner script?
Ans. VuGen contains two options to help debug Vuser scripts-the Run Step by Step command and breakpoints. The Debug settings in the Options dialog box allow us to determine the extent of the trace to be performed during scenario execution. The debug information is written to the Output window. We can manually set the message class within your script using the lr_set_debug_message function. This is useful if we want to receive debug information about a small section of the script only.
Q24. How do you write user defined functions in LR?
Ans. Before we create the User Defined functions we need to create the external library (DLL) with the function. We add this library to VuGen bin directory. Once the library is added then we assign user defined function as a parameter. The function should have the following format: __declspec (dllexport) char* (char*, char*)
Q25. What are the changes you can make in run-time settings?
Ans. The Run Time Settings that we make are:
Pacing - It has iteration count.
Log - Under this we have Disable Logging Standard Log and
Extended Think Time - In think time we have two options like Ignore think time and Replay think time.
General - Under general tab we can set the vusers as process or as multithreading and whether each step as a transaction.
Q26. Where do you set Iteration for Vuser testing?
Ans. We set Iterations in the Run Time Settings of the VuGen. The navigation for this is Run time settings, Pacing tab, set number of iterations.
Q27. How do you perform functional testing under load?
Ans. Functionality under load can be tested by running several Vusers concurrently. By increasing the amount of Vusers, we can determine how much load the server can sustain.
Q28. How to use network drive mappings?
Ans. If several load generators need to access the same physical files, rather than having to remember to copy the files each time they change, each load generator can reference a common folder using a mapped drive. But since drive mappings are associated with a specific user:
Logon the load generator as the user the load generator will use
Open Windows Explorer and under Tools select Map a Network Drive and create a drive. It saves time and hassle to have consistent drive letters across load generators, so some organizations reserver certain drive letters for specific locations.
Open the LoadRunner service within Services (accessed from Control Panel, Administrative Tasks),
Click the "Login" tab.
Specify the username and password the load generator service will use. (A dot appears in front of the username if the userid is for the local domain).
Stop and start the service again.
Q29. What is Ramp up? How do you set this?
Ans. This option is used to gradually increase the amount of Vusers/load on the server. An initial value is set and a value to wait between intervals can be specified. To set Ramp Up, go to Scenario Scheduling Options.
Q30. What is the advantage of running the Vuser as thread?
Ans. VuGen provides the facility to use multithreading. This enables more Vusers to be run pergenerator. If the Vuser is run as a process, the same driver program is loaded into memory for each Vuser, thus taking up a large amount of memory. This limits the number of Vusers that can be run on a single generator. If the Vuser is run as a thread, only one instance of the driver program is loaded into memory for the given number of Vusers (say 100). Each thread shares the memory of the parent driver program, thus enabling more Vusers to be run per generator.
Q31. If you want to stop the execution of your script on error, how do you do that?
Ans. The lr_abort function aborts the execution of a Vuser script. It instructs the Vuser to stop executing the Actions section, execute the vuser_end section and end the execution. This function is useful when you need to manually abort a script execution as a result of a specific error condition. When you end a script using this function, the Vuser is assigned the status "Stopped". For this to take effect, we have to first uncheck the Continue on error option in Run-Time Settings.
Q32. What is the relation between Response Time and Throughput?
Ans. The Throughput graph shows the amount of data in bytes that the Vusers received from the server in a second. When we compare this with the transaction response time, we will notice that as throughput decreased, the response time also decreased. Similarly, the peak throughput and highest response time would occur approximately at the same time.
Q33. Explain the Configuration of your systems?
Ans. The configuration of our systems refers to that of the client machines on which we run the Vusers. The configuration of any client machine includes its hardware settings, memory, operating system, software applications, development tools, etc. This system component configuration should match with the overall system configuration that would include the network infrastructure, the web server, the database server, and any other components that go with this larger system so as to achieve the load testing objectives.
Q34. How do you identify the performance bottlenecks?
Ans. Performance Bottlenecks can be detected by using monitors. These monitors might be application server monitors, web server monitors, database server monitors and network monitors. They help in finding out the troubled area in our scenario which causes increased response time. The measurements made are usually performance response time, throughput, hits/sec, network delay graphs, etc.
Q35. If web server, database and Network are all fine where could be the problem?
Ans. The problem could be in the system itself or in the application server or in the code written for the application.
Q36. How did you find web server related issues?
Ans. Using Web resource monitors we can find the performance of web servers. Using these monitors we can analyze throughput on the web server, number of hits per second that occurred during scenario, the number of http responses per second, the number of downloaded pages per second.
Q37. How did you find database related issues?
Ans. By running Database monitor and help of Data Resource Graph we can find database related issues. E.g. you can specify the resource you want to measure on before running the controller and than you can see database related issues.
Q38. What is the difference between Overlay graph and Correlate graph?
Ans. Overlay Graph: It overlay the content of two graphs that shares a common x-axis. Left Y-axis on the merged graph shows the current graphs value & Right Y-axis show the value of Y-axis of the graph that was merged. Correlate Graph: Plot the Y-axis of two graphs against each other. The active graphs Y-axis becomes X-axis of merged graph. Y-axis of the graph that was merged becomes merged graphs Y-axis.
Q39. How did you plan the Load?
Ans. Load test is planned to decide the number of users, what kind of machines we are going to use and from where they are run. It is based on 2 important documents, Task Distribution Diagram and Transaction profile. Task Distribution Diagram gives us the information on number of users for a particular transaction and the time of the load. The peak usage and off-usage are decided from this Diagram. Transaction profile gives us the information about the transactions name and their priority levels with regard to the scenario we are deciding.
Q40. What does vuser_init action contain?
Ans. Vuser_init action contains procedures to login to a server.
Q41. What does vuser_end action contain?
Ans. Vuser_end section contains log off procedures.
Q42. What is think time?
Ans. Think time is the time that a real user waits between actions. Example: When a user receives data from a server, the user may wait several seconds to review the data before responding. This delay is known as the think time. Changing the Threshold: Threshold level is the level below which the recorded think time will be ignored. The default value is five (5) seconds. We can change the think time threshold in the Recording options of the Vugen.
Q43. What is the difference between standard log and extended log?
Ans. The standard log sends a subset of functions and messages sent during script execution to a log. The subset depends on the Vuser type Extended log sends a detailed script execution messages to the output log. This is mainly used during debugging when we want information about:
- Parameter substitution
- Data returned by the server
- Advanced trace
Q44. What is lr_debug_message?
Ans. The lr_debug_message function sends a debug message to the output log when the specified message class is set.
Q45. What is lr_output_message?
Ans. The lr_output_message function sends notifications to the Controller Output window and the Vuser log file.
Q46. What is lr_error_message?
Ans. The lr_error_message function sends an error message to the LoadRunner Output window.
Q47. What is lrd_stmt?
Ans. The lrd_stmt function associates a character string (usually a SQL statement) with a cursor. This function sets a SQL statement to be processed.
Q48. What is lrd_fetch?
Ans. The lrd_fetch function fetches the next row from the result set.
Q49. What is Throughput?
Ans. If the throughput scales upward as time progresses and the number of Vusers increase, this indicates that the bandwidth is sufficient. If the graph were to remain relatively flat as the number of Vusers increased, it would be reasonable to conclude that the bandwidth is constraining the volume of data delivered.
Q50. What are the various types of Goals in Goal-Oriented Scenario ?
Ans. Load Runner provides you with five different types of goals in a goal oriented scenario:
- The number of concurrent Vusers
- The number of hits per second
- The number of transactions per second
- The number of pages per minute
The transaction response time that you want your scenario Analysis Scenario (Bottlenecks): In Running Vuser graph correlated with the response time graph you can see that as the number of Vusers increases, the average response time of the check itinerary transaction very gradually increases. In other words, the average response time steadily increases as the load increases. At 56 Vusers, there is a sudden, sharp increase in the average response time.
We say that the test broke the server. That is the mean time before failure (MTBF). The response time clearly began to degrade when there were more than 56 Vusers running simultaneously.
Manual Testing Q & A - Part 2
Manual Testing Interview Questions & Answers - Part 2
Q15. How QA processes can be introduced in an organization?
Ans. 1. It depends on the size of the organization and the risks involved. e.g. for large organizations with high-risk projects a formalized QA process is necessary.
2. If the risk is lower, management and organizational buy-in and QA implementation may be a slower.
3. The most value for effort will often be in
- Requirements management processes
- Design inspections and code inspections
- post-mortems / retrospectives
Q16. What are the steps to perform software testing?
Ans.
- Understand requirements and business logic
- Get budget and schedule requirements
- Determine required standards and processes
- Set priorities, and determine scope and limitations of tests
- Determine test approaches and methods
- Determine test environment, test ware, test input data requirements
- Set milestones and prepare test plan document
- Write test cases
- Have needed reviews/inspections/approvals of test cases
- Set up test environment
- Execute test cases
- Evaluate and report results
- Bug Tracking and fixing
- Retesting or regression testing if needed
- Update test plans, test cases, test results, traceability matrix etc.
Q17. What is a test plan?
Ans. A document that describes the objectives, scope, approach, and focus of a software testing effort.
Q18. What are the contents of test plan?
Ans.
- Title and identification of software including version etc.
- Revision history
- Table of Contents
- Purpose of document and intended audience
- Objective and software product overview
- Relevant related document list and standards or legal requirements
- Naming conventions
- Overview of software project organization
- Roles and responsibilities etc.
- Assumptions and dependencies
- Risk analysis
- Testing priorities
- Scope and limitations of testing effort
- Outline of testing effort and input data
- Test environment setup and configuration issues
- Configuration management processes
- Outline of bug tracking system
- Test automation if required
- Any tools to be used, including versions, patches, etc.
- Project test metrics to be calculated
- Testing deliverables
- Reporting plan
- Testing entrance and exit criteria
- Sanity testing period and criteria
- Test suspension and restart criteria
- Personnel pre-training needs
- Relevant proprietary, classified, security and licensing issues.
- Open issues if any
- Appendix
Q19. What is a test case?
Ans. A test case is a document that describes an input, action, or event and an expected response, to determine if a feature of a software application is working correctly.
Q20. What are the components of a bug report?
Ans.
- Application name
- The function, module, name
- Bug ID
- Bug reporting date
- Status
- Test case ID
- Bug description
- Steps needed to reproduce the bug
- Names and/or descriptions of file/data/messages/etc. used in test
- Snapshot that would be helpful in finding the cause of the problem
- Severity estimate
- Was the bug reproducible?
- Name of tester
- Description of problem cause (filled by developers)
- Description of fix (filled by developers)
- Code section/file/module/class/method that was fixed (filled by developers)
- Date of fix (filled by developers)
- Date of retest or regression testing
- Any remarks or comments
Q21. What is verification?
Ans. It involves reviews and meetings to evaluate documents, plans, code, requirements, and specifications. It can be done with checklists, issues lists, walkthroughs, and inspection meetings etc.
Q22. What is validation?
Ans. It involves actual testing and takes place after verifications are completed.
Q23. What is a walkthrough?
Ans. An informal meeting for evaluation or informational purposes.
Q24. What's an inspection?
Ans. It is more formalized than a 'walkthrough', typically with 3-8 people including a moderator, reader, and a recorder to take notes. The subject of the inspection is typically a document such as a requirements spec or a test plan, and the purpose is to find problems and see what's missing, not to fix anything.
Q25. What is configuration management?
Ans. It covers the processes used to control, coordinate, and track: code, requirements, documentation, problems, change requests, designs, tools / compilers / libraries / patches, changes made to them, and who makes the changes.
Q26. When you can stop testing?
Ans.
- Deadlines (release deadlines, testing deadlines, etc.)
- Test cases completed with certain percentage passed
- Test budget depleted
- Coverage of code/functionality/requirements reaches a specified point
- Bug rate falls below a certain level Beta or alpha testing period ends
Q27. What if there isn't enough time for thorough testing?
Ans. Consider the following scenarios:
- Which functionality is most important from business point of view?
- Which functionality is most visible to the user?
- Which functionality has the largest financial impact?
- Which aspects of the application are most important to the customer?
- Which parts of the code are most complex?
- Which parts of the application were developed in rush?
- Which aspects of similar/related previous projects caused problems?
- What do the developers think are the highest-risk aspects of the application?
- What kinds of problems would cause the worst publicity?
- What kinds of problems would cause the most customer service complaints?
- What kinds of tests could easily cover multiple functionalities?
Q28. What if the project isn't big enough to justify extensive testing?
Ans. Do risk analysis. See the impact of project errors, not the size of the project.
Q29. How can web based applications be tested?
Ans. Apart from functionality consider the following:
- What are the expected loads on the server and what kind of performance is expected on the client side?
- Who is the target audience?
- Will down time for server and content maintenance / upgrades be allowed?
- What kinds of security will be required and what is it expected to do?
- How reliable are the site's Internet / intranet connections required to be?
- How do the internet / intranet affect backup system or redundant connection requirements and testing?
- What variations will be allowed for targeted browsers?
- Will there be any standards or requirements for page appearance and / or graphics throughout a site or parts of a site?
- How will internal and external links be validated and updated?
- How are browser caching and variations in browser option settings?
- How are flash, applets, java scripts, ActiveX components, etc. to be maintained, tracked, controlled, and tested?
- From the usability point of view consider the following:
-- Pages should be 3-5 screens longer.
-- The page layouts and design elements should be consistent throughout the application / web site.
--Pages should be as browser-independent or generate based on the browser-type.
--There should be no dead-end pages. A link to a contact person or organization should be included on each page.
Q30. What is Extreme Programming?
Ans. Extreme Programming is a software development approach for risk-prone projects with unstable requirements. Unit testing is a core aspect of Extreme Programming. Programmers write unit and functional test code first - before writing the application code. Generally, customers are expected to be an integral part of the project team and to help create / design scenarios for acceptance testing.
Q15. How QA processes can be introduced in an organization?
Ans. 1. It depends on the size of the organization and the risks involved. e.g. for large organizations with high-risk projects a formalized QA process is necessary.
2. If the risk is lower, management and organizational buy-in and QA implementation may be a slower.
3. The most value for effort will often be in
- Requirements management processes
- Design inspections and code inspections
- post-mortems / retrospectives
Q16. What are the steps to perform software testing?
Ans.
- Understand requirements and business logic
- Get budget and schedule requirements
- Determine required standards and processes
- Set priorities, and determine scope and limitations of tests
- Determine test approaches and methods
- Determine test environment, test ware, test input data requirements
- Set milestones and prepare test plan document
- Write test cases
- Have needed reviews/inspections/approvals of test cases
- Set up test environment
- Execute test cases
- Evaluate and report results
- Bug Tracking and fixing
- Retesting or regression testing if needed
- Update test plans, test cases, test results, traceability matrix etc.
Q17. What is a test plan?
Ans. A document that describes the objectives, scope, approach, and focus of a software testing effort.
Q18. What are the contents of test plan?
Ans.
- Title and identification of software including version etc.
- Revision history
- Table of Contents
- Purpose of document and intended audience
- Objective and software product overview
- Relevant related document list and standards or legal requirements
- Naming conventions
- Overview of software project organization
- Roles and responsibilities etc.
- Assumptions and dependencies
- Risk analysis
- Testing priorities
- Scope and limitations of testing effort
- Outline of testing effort and input data
- Test environment setup and configuration issues
- Configuration management processes
- Outline of bug tracking system
- Test automation if required
- Any tools to be used, including versions, patches, etc.
- Project test metrics to be calculated
- Testing deliverables
- Reporting plan
- Testing entrance and exit criteria
- Sanity testing period and criteria
- Test suspension and restart criteria
- Personnel pre-training needs
- Relevant proprietary, classified, security and licensing issues.
- Open issues if any
- Appendix
Q19. What is a test case?
Ans. A test case is a document that describes an input, action, or event and an expected response, to determine if a feature of a software application is working correctly.
Q20. What are the components of a bug report?
Ans.
- Application name
- The function, module, name
- Bug ID
- Bug reporting date
- Status
- Test case ID
- Bug description
- Steps needed to reproduce the bug
- Names and/or descriptions of file/data/messages/etc. used in test
- Snapshot that would be helpful in finding the cause of the problem
- Severity estimate
- Was the bug reproducible?
- Name of tester
- Description of problem cause (filled by developers)
- Description of fix (filled by developers)
- Code section/file/module/class/method that was fixed (filled by developers)
- Date of fix (filled by developers)
- Date of retest or regression testing
- Any remarks or comments
Q21. What is verification?
Ans. It involves reviews and meetings to evaluate documents, plans, code, requirements, and specifications. It can be done with checklists, issues lists, walkthroughs, and inspection meetings etc.
Q22. What is validation?
Ans. It involves actual testing and takes place after verifications are completed.
Q23. What is a walkthrough?
Ans. An informal meeting for evaluation or informational purposes.
Q24. What's an inspection?
Ans. It is more formalized than a 'walkthrough', typically with 3-8 people including a moderator, reader, and a recorder to take notes. The subject of the inspection is typically a document such as a requirements spec or a test plan, and the purpose is to find problems and see what's missing, not to fix anything.
Q25. What is configuration management?
Ans. It covers the processes used to control, coordinate, and track: code, requirements, documentation, problems, change requests, designs, tools / compilers / libraries / patches, changes made to them, and who makes the changes.
Q26. When you can stop testing?
Ans.
- Deadlines (release deadlines, testing deadlines, etc.)
- Test cases completed with certain percentage passed
- Test budget depleted
- Coverage of code/functionality/requirements reaches a specified point
- Bug rate falls below a certain level Beta or alpha testing period ends
Q27. What if there isn't enough time for thorough testing?
Ans. Consider the following scenarios:
- Which functionality is most important from business point of view?
- Which functionality is most visible to the user?
- Which functionality has the largest financial impact?
- Which aspects of the application are most important to the customer?
- Which parts of the code are most complex?
- Which parts of the application were developed in rush?
- Which aspects of similar/related previous projects caused problems?
- What do the developers think are the highest-risk aspects of the application?
- What kinds of problems would cause the worst publicity?
- What kinds of problems would cause the most customer service complaints?
- What kinds of tests could easily cover multiple functionalities?
Q28. What if the project isn't big enough to justify extensive testing?
Ans. Do risk analysis. See the impact of project errors, not the size of the project.
Q29. How can web based applications be tested?
Ans. Apart from functionality consider the following:
- What are the expected loads on the server and what kind of performance is expected on the client side?
- Who is the target audience?
- Will down time for server and content maintenance / upgrades be allowed?
- What kinds of security will be required and what is it expected to do?
- How reliable are the site's Internet / intranet connections required to be?
- How do the internet / intranet affect backup system or redundant connection requirements and testing?
- What variations will be allowed for targeted browsers?
- Will there be any standards or requirements for page appearance and / or graphics throughout a site or parts of a site?
- How will internal and external links be validated and updated?
- How are browser caching and variations in browser option settings?
- How are flash, applets, java scripts, ActiveX components, etc. to be maintained, tracked, controlled, and tested?
- From the usability point of view consider the following:
-- Pages should be 3-5 screens longer.
-- The page layouts and design elements should be consistent throughout the application / web site.
--Pages should be as browser-independent or generate based on the browser-type.
--There should be no dead-end pages. A link to a contact person or organization should be included on each page.
Q30. What is Extreme Programming?
Ans. Extreme Programming is a software development approach for risk-prone projects with unstable requirements. Unit testing is a core aspect of Extreme Programming. Programmers write unit and functional test code first - before writing the application code. Generally, customers are expected to be an integral part of the project team and to help create / design scenarios for acceptance testing.
Manual Testing Interview Questions and Answers
Manual Testing Interview Questions
Q1. What is Software Testing?
Ans. Operation of a system or application under controlled conditions and evaluating the results. The controlled conditions must include both normal and abnormal conditions. It is oriented to detection.
Q2. What is Software Quality Assurance?
Ans. Software QA involves the monitoring and improving the entire software development process, making sure that any agreed-upon standards and procedures are followed. It is oriented to prevention.
Q 3. What are the qualities of a good test engineer?
Ans.
A good test engineer has a test to break attitude.
An ability to take the point of view of the customer
a strong desire for quality
Tactful and diplomatic
Good communication skills
Previous software development experience can be helpful as it provides a deeper understanding of the software development process
Good judgment skills
Q4. What are the qualities of a good QA engineer?
Ans.
The same qualities a good tester
Additionally, they must be able to understand the entire software development process and how it can fit into the business approach and goals of the organization.
In organizations in the early stages of implementing QA processes, patience and diplomacy are especially needed.
An ability to find problems as well as to see 'what's missing' is important for inspections and reviews.
Q5. What are the qualities of a good QA or Test manager?
Ans.
Must be familiar with the software development process
able to maintain enthusiasm of their team and promote a positive atmosphere
always looking for preventing problems
able to promote teamwork to increase productivity
able to promote cooperation between software, test, and QA engineers
have the skills needed to promote improvements in QA processes
have the ability to say 'no' to other managers when quality is insufficient or QA processes are not being adhered
have people judgement skills for hiring and keeping skilled personnel
be able to run meetings and keep them focused
Q6. What is the 'software life cycle'?
Ans. The life cycle begins when an application is first conceived and ends when it is no longer in use.
Q7. Tell us about some world famous bugs
Ans. 1. In December of 2007 an error occurred in a new ERP payroll system for a large urban school system. More than one third of employees had received incorrect paychecks that results in overpayments of $53 million. Inadequate testing reportedly contributed to the problems
2. A software error reportedly resulted in overbilling to 11,000 customers of a major telecommunications company in June of 2006. Making the corrections in the bills took a long time.
3. In March of 2002 it was reported that software bugs in Britain's national tax system resulted in more than 100,000 erroneous tax overcharges.
Q8. What are the common problems in the software development process?
Ans.
Poor requirements
Unrealistic schedule
Inadequate testing
A request to pile on new features after development is unnderway.
Miscommunication
Q9. What are the common solutions to software development problems?
Ans.
Solid requirements
Realistic schedules
Adequate testing
stick to initial requirements where feasible
require walkthroughs and inspections when appropriate
Q10. What is a Quality Software?
Ans. Quality software is reasonably bug-free, delivered on time and within budget, meets requirements and / or expectations, and is maintainable.
Q11. What is good code?
Ans. Good code is code that works, is reasonably bug free, and is readable and maintainable.
Q12. What is good design?
Ans. Good internal design is indicated by software code whose overall structure is clear, understandable, easily modifiable, and maintainable. It should also be robust with sufficient error-handling and status logging capability and work correctly when implemented. And, good functional design is indicated by an application whose functionality can be traced back to customer and end-user requirements.
Q13. What's the role of documentation in QA?
Ans. QA practices must be documented to enhance their repeatability. There should be a system for easily finding and obtaining information and determining what documentation will have a particular piece of information.
Q14. Which projects may not need independent test staff?
Ans. It depends on the size & nature of the project. Then, it depends on business risks, development methodology, the skills and experience of the developers.
Q15. Why does software have bugs?
Ans.
miscommunication or no communication
software complexity
programming errors
changing requirements
time pressures
poorly documented code
software development tools
egos - people prefer to say things like:
• 'no problem'
• 'piece of cake'
• 'I can whip that out in a few hours'
Q1. What is Software Testing?
Ans. Operation of a system or application under controlled conditions and evaluating the results. The controlled conditions must include both normal and abnormal conditions. It is oriented to detection.
Q2. What is Software Quality Assurance?
Ans. Software QA involves the monitoring and improving the entire software development process, making sure that any agreed-upon standards and procedures are followed. It is oriented to prevention.
Q 3. What are the qualities of a good test engineer?
Ans.
A good test engineer has a test to break attitude.
An ability to take the point of view of the customer
a strong desire for quality
Tactful and diplomatic
Good communication skills
Previous software development experience can be helpful as it provides a deeper understanding of the software development process
Good judgment skills
Q4. What are the qualities of a good QA engineer?
Ans.
The same qualities a good tester
Additionally, they must be able to understand the entire software development process and how it can fit into the business approach and goals of the organization.
In organizations in the early stages of implementing QA processes, patience and diplomacy are especially needed.
An ability to find problems as well as to see 'what's missing' is important for inspections and reviews.
Q5. What are the qualities of a good QA or Test manager?
Ans.
Must be familiar with the software development process
able to maintain enthusiasm of their team and promote a positive atmosphere
always looking for preventing problems
able to promote teamwork to increase productivity
able to promote cooperation between software, test, and QA engineers
have the skills needed to promote improvements in QA processes
have the ability to say 'no' to other managers when quality is insufficient or QA processes are not being adhered
have people judgement skills for hiring and keeping skilled personnel
be able to run meetings and keep them focused
Q6. What is the 'software life cycle'?
Ans. The life cycle begins when an application is first conceived and ends when it is no longer in use.
Q7. Tell us about some world famous bugs
Ans. 1. In December of 2007 an error occurred in a new ERP payroll system for a large urban school system. More than one third of employees had received incorrect paychecks that results in overpayments of $53 million. Inadequate testing reportedly contributed to the problems
2. A software error reportedly resulted in overbilling to 11,000 customers of a major telecommunications company in June of 2006. Making the corrections in the bills took a long time.
3. In March of 2002 it was reported that software bugs in Britain's national tax system resulted in more than 100,000 erroneous tax overcharges.
Q8. What are the common problems in the software development process?
Ans.
Poor requirements
Unrealistic schedule
Inadequate testing
A request to pile on new features after development is unnderway.
Miscommunication
Q9. What are the common solutions to software development problems?
Ans.
Solid requirements
Realistic schedules
Adequate testing
stick to initial requirements where feasible
require walkthroughs and inspections when appropriate
Q10. What is a Quality Software?
Ans. Quality software is reasonably bug-free, delivered on time and within budget, meets requirements and / or expectations, and is maintainable.
Q11. What is good code?
Ans. Good code is code that works, is reasonably bug free, and is readable and maintainable.
Q12. What is good design?
Ans. Good internal design is indicated by software code whose overall structure is clear, understandable, easily modifiable, and maintainable. It should also be robust with sufficient error-handling and status logging capability and work correctly when implemented. And, good functional design is indicated by an application whose functionality can be traced back to customer and end-user requirements.
Q13. What's the role of documentation in QA?
Ans. QA practices must be documented to enhance their repeatability. There should be a system for easily finding and obtaining information and determining what documentation will have a particular piece of information.
Q14. Which projects may not need independent test staff?
Ans. It depends on the size & nature of the project. Then, it depends on business risks, development methodology, the skills and experience of the developers.
Q15. Why does software have bugs?
Ans.
miscommunication or no communication
software complexity
programming errors
changing requirements
time pressures
poorly documented code
software development tools
egos - people prefer to say things like:
• 'no problem'
• 'piece of cake'
• 'I can whip that out in a few hours'
Build Verification Test or Smoke Test
Build Verification Testing or Smoke Testing is a set of tests that run on new build to verify that whether the build is testable or not. It is done prior to its release to test team for further testing. This testing is done for Build Validation and Build Acceptance.
The test cases of Build Verification Testing can include core functionality test cases that ensure software / application is stable and can be tested thoroughly. Some key points for this kind of
Software Testing is:
The Build Verification tests are subset of tests cases that verify main functionalities
These tests typically run for each build. If any of the tests fail, the build is rejected
It is done to save the efforts of a testing team to setup and test a build when major functionalities are having defects
An ideal BVT should not run more than 30 - 60 minutes depending on the testing points in the application.
It is better is these tests can be automated. If any of the tests fails, then developers fix the issues and deploy these to testing server.
In Build Verification Testing, one needs to check for the integrity of various modules of the application. Checking the integration of various modules is important when different teams work on different modules.
Some Basic Checks:
Check whether - all the new and modified files are included in release
All file formats are correct
Every file version and language
Flags associated with each file
Below are some tips to select Build Verification tests:
Include only critical test cases and they should be sufficient for application test coverage
Add only stable test cases and all the test cases should have known expected results
Do not include modules in BVT, which are not yet stable
Set some standards and these standards shall be met only by analyzing major project features and scenarios
BVT automation scripts needs to be maintained and modified time-to-time. Include test cases when there are new stable project modules available
Try to automate this process as much as possible - automate everything
Do not write BVT test cases scripts in hurry
Process for running the build verification tests:
The results are sent to TL / PM
Results are analyzed by TL / PM
The person who runs the tests and TL / PM diagnoses the cause of failure (if any)
If there is any defect, the relevant information is sent to respective developers
Developer fixes the bug
Once the bug is fixed; BVT test suite is executed again. This process gets repeated for every new build.
Also, remember that some times tests fail because of the following reasons:
Test case coding error
Automation Tool error
Infrastructure error
Hardware / software failures etc.
So, see the root causes of failures, and then take proper action. Log as much detailed info as possible to diagnose the BVT pass or fail result.
Penetration Testing
Penetration Testing - Evaluating the security of a computer system or network by hacking. Basically, it is an analysis of system for any potential vulnerabilities that may result from any of the following:
Poor or improper system configuration
Known and / or unknown hardware or software flaws
Operational weaknesses in process
Technical countermeasures
In other words, we can say that it is the process of actively evaluating your information security measures.
Importance of Penetration Testing:
It prevents financial loss through from hackers or extortionists or disgruntled employees
It prevents financial loss through unreliable business systems and processes
From an operational perspective, penetration testing helps shape information security strategy.
It protects your brand by avoiding loss of consumer confidence and business reputation.
Below are some common areas that can be tested in Penetration Testing:
Telephony or remote access
Products such as operating systems, applications, databases, networking equipment etc.
Custom build dynamic web sites or in-house applications etc.
WIFI, Bluetooth, IR, GSM or any other wireless devices etc.Access control devices etc.
However, you do not need to test all of the above mentioned areas. Do a risk analysis to find the main threats.
Selecting Penetration Testing Software: Before you select Penetration Testing Software, you will need to identify the types of tests that are required. (As tests may vary from application to application).
Example of Penetration Testing Software which is good to use for varity of penetration tests is DevPartner Studio Professional Edition. It is an award-winning suite of software development and testing tools that enable Windows application teams to build reliable, high-performance applications, components and web services for Microsoft .NET and native Windows platforms. You can download it from below URL:
http://www.compuware.com/products/devpartner/studio.htm
If you would like to use some third party Software Testing Services for penetration testing, below are some important points that you need to remember while selecting the vendor:
Eliminate the supplier who provided the systems that will be tested.
Is security assessment their core business?
How long have they been providing penetration testing software services?
Do they offer a range of services that can be tailored to your specific needs?
Do they perform their own research?
How experienced are the proposed testing team and do they hold professional certifications?
Are they recognised good contributors within the penetration testing software services?
What is their policy on information security and confidentiality?
Are they ready to do a legal agreement that will protect you from negligence on behalf of the supplier?
Poor or improper system configuration
Known and / or unknown hardware or software flaws
Operational weaknesses in process
Technical countermeasures
In other words, we can say that it is the process of actively evaluating your information security measures.
Importance of Penetration Testing:
It prevents financial loss through from hackers or extortionists or disgruntled employees
It prevents financial loss through unreliable business systems and processes
From an operational perspective, penetration testing helps shape information security strategy.
It protects your brand by avoiding loss of consumer confidence and business reputation.
Below are some common areas that can be tested in Penetration Testing:
Telephony or remote access
Products such as operating systems, applications, databases, networking equipment etc.
Custom build dynamic web sites or in-house applications etc.
WIFI, Bluetooth, IR, GSM or any other wireless devices etc.Access control devices etc.
However, you do not need to test all of the above mentioned areas. Do a risk analysis to find the main threats.
Selecting Penetration Testing Software: Before you select Penetration Testing Software, you will need to identify the types of tests that are required. (As tests may vary from application to application).
Example of Penetration Testing Software which is good to use for varity of penetration tests is DevPartner Studio Professional Edition. It is an award-winning suite of software development and testing tools that enable Windows application teams to build reliable, high-performance applications, components and web services for Microsoft .NET and native Windows platforms. You can download it from below URL:
http://www.compuware.com/products/devpartner/studio.htm
If you would like to use some third party Software Testing Services for penetration testing, below are some important points that you need to remember while selecting the vendor:
Eliminate the supplier who provided the systems that will be tested.
Is security assessment their core business?
How long have they been providing penetration testing software services?
Do they offer a range of services that can be tailored to your specific needs?
Do they perform their own research?
How experienced are the proposed testing team and do they hold professional certifications?
Are they recognised good contributors within the penetration testing software services?
What is their policy on information security and confidentiality?
Are they ready to do a legal agreement that will protect you from negligence on behalf of the supplier?
Usability Testing
Usability Testing in Software Testing refers to evaluating the ease with which users can use a new application / software product.
Software Usability is ease with which a product can be used by a specific group of users to achieve specified goals with effectiveness, efficiency and satisfaction in a specified context of use. Usable software enables workers to concentrate on their tasks rather than the software they are using. In other words, we can say a product as usable, if
It’s easy to learn
Easy to remember
Efficient to use
Enjoyable to use
Pleasing User InterfaceProvides quick recovery from errors
Every design and development decision made throughout the software development life cycle has an impact on that software’s usability.
Achieving the good Usability of a Software Product:
Observing users at their jobs and identifying their typical work tasks and procedures.
Meeting with users and trying to find out about their preferences and needs.
Evaluate the usability of similar products in the market
Include the users early in the development phase
Evaluate software against accepted usability principles
Consider the above points while during the whole Product Development Life Cycle
Benefits of Usability Testing:
Results in technical support savings
Good usability increases product sales
Good usability positively impacts user performance and satisfaction
It also improves development productivity through more efficient design and fewer code revisions.
Procedure for Usability Testing: Usability Testing is different from a normal testing or quality assurance. Below are some important points of Usability Testing:
Each test has a specific concern that is tested
The participants are real users and so real tasks
The participants are observed and recorded. The data is analyzed, problems diagnosed and recommendations made.
Tasks in Usability Testing:
Identification of participants from user pool.
Determining the usability criteria and measures.
Creation of test material and writing task scenarios.
Identify the test location
Pilot testing materials and procedures
Introduction of Product and procedures to the participants
Executing the task-based tests i.e. participants are asked to complete a series of tasks that address the specific goals and concerns being tested.
Participants are asked to articulate their thoughts, feeling and actions.
Recording of video images.
Analysis of data and documenting findings
Making recommendations.
During the Usability Testing, we can able to identify those areas of the system that will cause users to make errors, become less productive or be unable to complete a required activity
Software Usability is ease with which a product can be used by a specific group of users to achieve specified goals with effectiveness, efficiency and satisfaction in a specified context of use. Usable software enables workers to concentrate on their tasks rather than the software they are using. In other words, we can say a product as usable, if
It’s easy to learn
Easy to remember
Efficient to use
Enjoyable to use
Pleasing User InterfaceProvides quick recovery from errors
Every design and development decision made throughout the software development life cycle has an impact on that software’s usability.
Achieving the good Usability of a Software Product:
Observing users at their jobs and identifying their typical work tasks and procedures.
Meeting with users and trying to find out about their preferences and needs.
Evaluate the usability of similar products in the market
Include the users early in the development phase
Evaluate software against accepted usability principles
Consider the above points while during the whole Product Development Life Cycle
Benefits of Usability Testing:
Results in technical support savings
Good usability increases product sales
Good usability positively impacts user performance and satisfaction
It also improves development productivity through more efficient design and fewer code revisions.
Procedure for Usability Testing: Usability Testing is different from a normal testing or quality assurance. Below are some important points of Usability Testing:
Each test has a specific concern that is tested
The participants are real users and so real tasks
The participants are observed and recorded. The data is analyzed, problems diagnosed and recommendations made.
Tasks in Usability Testing:
Identification of participants from user pool.
Determining the usability criteria and measures.
Creation of test material and writing task scenarios.
Identify the test location
Pilot testing materials and procedures
Introduction of Product and procedures to the participants
Executing the task-based tests i.e. participants are asked to complete a series of tasks that address the specific goals and concerns being tested.
Participants are asked to articulate their thoughts, feeling and actions.
Recording of video images.
Analysis of data and documenting findings
Making recommendations.
During the Usability Testing, we can able to identify those areas of the system that will cause users to make errors, become less productive or be unable to complete a required activity
Rapid Testing
Rapid testing is the testing software faster than usual, without compromising on the standards of quality. It is the technique to test as thorough as reasonable within the constraints. This technique looks at testing as a process of heuristic inquiry and logically speaking it should be based on exploratory testing techniques.
Although most projects undergo continuous testing, it does not usually produce the information required to deal with the situations where it is necessary to make an instantaneous assessment of the product's quality at a particular moment. In most cases the testing is scheduled for just prior to launch and conventional testing techniques often cannot be applied to software that is incomplete or subject to constant change. At times like these Rapid Testing can be used.
The structure of rapid testing is built four components:
People
Integrated test process
Static Testing
Dynamic Testing
There is a need for people who can handle the pressure of tight schedules. They need to be productive contributors even through the early phases of the development life cycle with the core skill as the ability to think critically.
It should also be noted that dynamic testing lies at the heart of the software testing process, and the planning, design, development, and execution of dynamic tests should be performed well for any testing process to be efficient.
It would help us if we examine each phase of a development process very carefully to see how the efficiency, speed and quality of testing can be improved, bearing in mind the following factors:
Actions that the test team can take to prevent defects from escaping. For example, practices like extreme programming and exploratory testing.
Actions that the test team can take to manage risk to the development schedule.
The information that can be obtained from each phase so that the test team can speed up the activities.
If a test process is designed around the answers to these questions, both the speed of testing and the quality of the final product should be enhanced.
Some of the aspects that can be used while rapid testing are given below:
Test for link integrity
Test for disabled accessibility
Test the default settings
Check the navigations
Check for input constraints by injecting special characters at the sources of data
Run Multiple instances
Check for interdependencies and stress them
Test for consistency of design
Test for compatibility
Test for usability
Check for the possible variability’s and attack them
Go for possible stress and load testsAnd our favorite – banging the keyboard
Although most projects undergo continuous testing, it does not usually produce the information required to deal with the situations where it is necessary to make an instantaneous assessment of the product's quality at a particular moment. In most cases the testing is scheduled for just prior to launch and conventional testing techniques often cannot be applied to software that is incomplete or subject to constant change. At times like these Rapid Testing can be used.
The structure of rapid testing is built four components:
People
Integrated test process
Static Testing
Dynamic Testing
There is a need for people who can handle the pressure of tight schedules. They need to be productive contributors even through the early phases of the development life cycle with the core skill as the ability to think critically.
It should also be noted that dynamic testing lies at the heart of the software testing process, and the planning, design, development, and execution of dynamic tests should be performed well for any testing process to be efficient.
It would help us if we examine each phase of a development process very carefully to see how the efficiency, speed and quality of testing can be improved, bearing in mind the following factors:
Actions that the test team can take to prevent defects from escaping. For example, practices like extreme programming and exploratory testing.
Actions that the test team can take to manage risk to the development schedule.
The information that can be obtained from each phase so that the test team can speed up the activities.
If a test process is designed around the answers to these questions, both the speed of testing and the quality of the final product should be enhanced.
Some of the aspects that can be used while rapid testing are given below:
Test for link integrity
Test for disabled accessibility
Test the default settings
Check the navigations
Check for input constraints by injecting special characters at the sources of data
Run Multiple instances
Check for interdependencies and stress them
Test for consistency of design
Test for compatibility
Test for usability
Check for the possible variability’s and attack them
Go for possible stress and load testsAnd our favorite – banging the keyboard
Tuesday, July 1, 2008
TCS Paper-2
SECTION 1: VERBAL
COMPREHENSION HAD SIX QUESTIONS.SO HAD FILL IN THE BLANKS.FORMER WAS A VERY BORING PASSAGE.FILL IN HAD A PASSAGE WITH SIX SENTENCES IN BETWEEN TO BE FILLED WITH EIGHT CHOICES GIVEN.ALL STUDENTS HAD DIFFERENT PASSAGES.THE DATABASE IS VERY LARGE.FOR FILL IN GRE BOOK IS RECOMMENDED.
MOST OF THEM WERE NOT ABLE TO UNDERSTAND THE PASSAGE.
I HAVE GIVEN BELOW THE WORDS THAT WERE ASKED IN SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS.
1. WHIMSICAL
2. CENSURE.
3. OPTIMUM.
4. MISAPPREHENSION.
5. CANDID.
6. TORSE.
7. CITE.
8. EFFUSIVE.
9. IRRADIATE.
10. TENACIOUS.
11. VOLUBLE.
12. BANAL.
13. RUPTURE.
14. STANDING.
15. NASCENT.
16. TRANSIENT.
17. CLUTCH.
18. GENERIC.
19. EMPIRICAL.
20. ANOMALY.
21. CIRCUITOUS.
22. HAMPER.
23. SURVEILLANCE.
24. OBJECTIVE.
25. RAUCOUS.
26. VORACIOUS.
27. PEDIGREE.
28. FIDELITY.
29. AUGMENT.
30. PRECARIOUS.
31. TRANSIENT.
32. ALACRITY.
33. DEROGATORY.
34. ONUS.
35. ANALOGUE.
36. EXPEDIENT.
37. ANALOGOUS.
38. ASSUAGE.
39. COMPLIANCE.
40. IRRADIATE.
41. DIFFIDANT.
42. PLAINTIVE.
43. INCINUATE.
44. MISDEMEANOR.
45. EXONERATE.
46. GREGARIOUS.
47. ANATHEMATIZE.
48. BENIGN.
49. ATTENUATE.
50. SONOROUS.
51. BOLSTER.
52. DIVERGENT.
53. DECOLLATE
54. HETERODOX
55. RESTIVENESS
56. IGNONIMOUS.
57. PLAGARIOUS.
58. EFFIGY.
59. TENACIOUS.
60. RETROGADE.
61. SACROSANCT.
62. DANGLE.
63. ANOMALY.
64. CRYPTIC.
65. DEBILIATE.
66. DIVULGE.
67. SCEPTIC.
68. SPENDTHRIFT.
69. INDIGENOUS.
70. ERRONIUS.
71. RUPTURE.
72. MINION.
73. VERACITY.
74. QUAIL.
75. DESULTORY.
76. SAGE.
SECTION 2: QUANTITATIVE AND LOGICAL REASONING.
MOST OF THE QUESTIONS WERE FROM TCS OLD PAPERS.
THE QUESTIONS WILL BE OF THIS PATTERN TO EVERYONE. ONLY THE DATA GETS CHANGED.
1. In a two-dimensional array, X (9, 7), with each element occupying 4 bytes of memory, with the address of the first element X (1, 1) is 3000, find the address of X (8, 5).
2. In the word ORGANISATIONAL, if the first and second, third and forth, forth and fifth, fifth and sixth words are interchanged up to the last letter, what would be the tenth letter from right?
3. What is the largest prime number that can be stored in an 8-bit memory?
4. Select the odd one out. a. Java b. Lisp c. Smalltalk d. Eiffel.
5. Select the odd one out a. SMTP b. WAP c. SAP d. ARP
6. Select the odd one out a. Oracle b. Linux c. Ingress d. DB2
7. Select the odd one out a. WAP b. HTTP c. BAAN d. ARP
8. Select the odd one out a. LINUX b. UNIX c. SOLARIS d. SQL SEVER
9. Select the odd one out a. SQL b. DB2 c. SYBASE d. HTTP
10. The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied?
11. A man, a woman, and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days. Man only can do it in 24 days. Woman can do it in 16 days and in how many days child can do the same work?
12. In which of the system, decimal number 384 is equal to 1234?
13. Find the value of the 678 to the base 7.
14. Number of faces, vertices and edges of a cube
15. Complete the series 2, 7, 24, 77,__
16. Find the value of @@+25-++@16, where @ denotes "square" and + denotes "square root".
17. Find the result of the following expression if, M denotes modulus operation, R denotes round-off, T denotes truncation: M(373,5)+R(3.4)+T(7.7)+R(5.8)
18. If TAFJHH is coded as RBEKGI then RBDJK can be coded as ---------
19. G(0)=-1, G(1)=1, G(N)=G(N-1) - G(N-2), G(5)= ?
20. What is the max possible 3 digit prime number?
21. A power unit is there by the bank of the river of 750 meters width. A cable is made from power unit to power a plant opposite to that of the river and 1500mts away from the power unit. The cost of the cable below water is Rs. 15/- per meter and cost of cable on the bank is Rs.12/- per meter. Find the total of laying the cable.
22. The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied?
23. In Madras, temperature at noon varies according to -t^2/2 + 8t + 3, where t is elapsed time. Find how much temperature more or less in 4pm to 9pm.
24. The size of the bucket is N kb. The bucket fills at the rate of 0.1 kb per millisecond. A programmer sends a program to receiver. There it waits for 10 milliseconds. And response will be back to programmer in 20 milliseconds. How much time the program takes to get a response back to the programmer, after it is sent?
25. A man, a woman, and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days. Man only can do it in 24 days. Woman can do it in 16 days and in how many days child can do the same work?
26. If the vertex (5,7) is placed in the memory. First vertex (1,1) ?s address is 1245 and then address of (5,7) is ----------
27. Which of the following are orthogonal pairs? a. 3i+2j b. i+j c. 2i-3j d. -7i+j
28. If VXUPLVH is written as SURMISE, what is SHDVD?
29. If A, B and C are the mechanisms used separately to reduce the wastage of fuel by 30%, 20% and 10%. What will be the fuel economy if they were used combined.
30. What is the power of 2? a. 2068 b.2048 c.2668
31. Complete the series. 3, 8, --, 24, --, 48, 63
32. Complete the series. 4, -5, 11, -14, 22, ---
33. A, B and C are 8 bit no?s. They are as follows:
A 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
C 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
Find ( (A-B) u C )=?
Hint :
A-B is {A} ? {A n B}
34. A Flight takes off at 2 A.M from northeast direction and travels for 11 hours to reach the destination which is in north west direction. Given the latitude and longitude of source and destination. Find the local time of destination when the flight reaches there?
35. A can copy 50 papers in 10 hours while both A & B can copy 70 papers in 10 hours. Then for how many hours required for B to copy 26 papers?
36. A is twice efficient than B. A and B can both work together to complete a work in 7 days. Then find in how many days A alone can complete the work?
37. A finish the work in 10 days. B is 60% efficient than A. So how days does B take to finish the work?
38. A finishes the work in 10 days & B in 8 days individually. If A works for only 6 days then how many days should B work to complete A?s work?
39. Given the length of the 3 sides of a triangle. Find the one that is impossible? (HINT : sum of smaller 2 sides is greater than the other one which is larger)
40. Find the singularity matrix from a given set of matrices?(Hint det(A)==0)
41. A 2D array is declared as A[9,7] and each element requires 2 byte. If A[ 1,1 ] is stored in 3000. Find the memory of A[8,5] ?
42. Sum of slopes of 2 perpendicular st. lines is given. Find the pair of lines from the given set of options which satisfy the above condition?
43. (a) 2+3i (b)1+i (c) 3-2i (d) 1-7i .Find which of the above is orthogonal.
44. (Momentum*Velocity)/(Acceleration * distance ) find units.
45. The number 362 in decimal system is given by (1362)x in the X system of numbers find the value of X a}5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8 e) 9
46. Given $ means Tripling and % means change of sign then find the value of $%$6-%$%6
47. My flight takes of at 2am from a place at 18N 10E and landed 10 Hrs later at a place with coordinates 36N70W. What is the local time when my plane landed.
a) 6:00 am b) 6:40am c)7:40 d)7:00 e)8:00 (Hint : Every 1 deg longitude is equal to 4 minutes . If west to east add time else subtract time)
48. Find the highest prime number that can be stored in an 8bit computer.
49. Which of the following set of numbers has the highest Standard deviation?
1,0,1,0,1,0
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1
1,1,1,1,1,1
1,1,0,-1,0,-1
50. Match the following:
1. Male - Boy ---> a. A type of
2. Square - Polygon ---> b. A part of
3. Roof - Building ---> c. Not a type of
4. Mushroom - Vegetables ---> d. A superset of
Ans: 1- d, 2- a, 3- b, 4- c
51. Match the following.
1. brother ? sister ---> a. Part of
2. Alsatian ? dog ---> b. Sibling
3. sentence ? paragraph ---> c. Type of
4. car - steering ---> d. Not a type of
Ans. 1-b, 2-c, 3-a, 4-d
*****Remaining Questions were from Graph, pie charts, Bar chart and Venn diagram which were very easy.
SECTION 3: CRITICAL REASONING(BRM ?LOGICAL REASONING PACKAGE WILL BE VERY HELPFUL)
I.The players G,H,J,K,L,M,N,O are to be felicitated of representing the county team in Baseball Out of these H,M,O also are in the Football team and K,N are there in the Basket ball team . These players are to be seated on a table and no two players who has represented the county in more than one game are to sit together.
1.Which one of the orders can they be seated in
2. Which of the orders is not possible
3. If N is seated in the middle then which of the following pairs cannot be seated near him .
4. If M is seated then which of the following pairs can be seated next to him.
Choices are given for all the questions
II There are 2 groups named Brown and red. They can?t marry in the same group. If the husband or wife dies then the person will convert to their own group. If a person is married then the husband will have to change his group to his wife?s group. The child will own the mothers group. From these a set of 4 questions were given .Solve them
Eg;
1.Brown?s daughter is red (False)
2. If a person is red. Then his/her mother?s brother belong to which group if he is married (Brown)
III 7 people ? a,b,c,d,e,f,g
Need to make a seating arrangement for them.
Conditions: 1)A should be at the center 2) B,F should be at the right extreme 3)C,E always in pair 4)D,G as far as possible
Questions from the above were asked?
Eg:
Which of the following pairs were not possible?
Others questions were similar to the above. More questions were from Barrons.
HR QUESTIONS:
For all the questions they expect a elaborate answer with justifications and not a short one.
1) Market urself
2) Why TCS ?
3) Will u switch over to any other company after joining TCS? If NO then why?
4) R u mobile? ( R u ready to go anywhere ?)
5) R u ready to go to places of extreme temperature. If yes what do u think of ur safety?
6) What are the requirements for leadership quality ?
7) Why u switch over to s/w from ur own back ground?
8) What are the qualities required for a s/w engineer and Project manager?
9) Rate ur good qualities?
10) What is the difference between hard and smart work?
11) Do u have a plan of doing higher studies ?
Technical Questions :
General :
The questions were different for different persons and depends on the field of interest that u say.
Communication :
1) OSI Layers in n/w with the functionalities
2) TCP/IP protocol
3) Bridges, Routers, LAN, WAN, MAN
4) Token bus, FDDI, Ethernet
C Language :
1) Datastructures esp :Linked list and trees
2) Structures , unions, Kind of variables ( local ,Global)
3) Strrev( ) program
4) Case structure (it is not the usual switch case stat)
5) Calloc,malloc
6) Divide 2 number and print the o/p ( NOTE: Check for divide by zero error)
COMPREHENSION HAD SIX QUESTIONS.SO HAD FILL IN THE BLANKS.FORMER WAS A VERY BORING PASSAGE.FILL IN HAD A PASSAGE WITH SIX SENTENCES IN BETWEEN TO BE FILLED WITH EIGHT CHOICES GIVEN.ALL STUDENTS HAD DIFFERENT PASSAGES.THE DATABASE IS VERY LARGE.FOR FILL IN GRE BOOK IS RECOMMENDED.
MOST OF THEM WERE NOT ABLE TO UNDERSTAND THE PASSAGE.
I HAVE GIVEN BELOW THE WORDS THAT WERE ASKED IN SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS.
1. WHIMSICAL
2. CENSURE.
3. OPTIMUM.
4. MISAPPREHENSION.
5. CANDID.
6. TORSE.
7. CITE.
8. EFFUSIVE.
9. IRRADIATE.
10. TENACIOUS.
11. VOLUBLE.
12. BANAL.
13. RUPTURE.
14. STANDING.
15. NASCENT.
16. TRANSIENT.
17. CLUTCH.
18. GENERIC.
19. EMPIRICAL.
20. ANOMALY.
21. CIRCUITOUS.
22. HAMPER.
23. SURVEILLANCE.
24. OBJECTIVE.
25. RAUCOUS.
26. VORACIOUS.
27. PEDIGREE.
28. FIDELITY.
29. AUGMENT.
30. PRECARIOUS.
31. TRANSIENT.
32. ALACRITY.
33. DEROGATORY.
34. ONUS.
35. ANALOGUE.
36. EXPEDIENT.
37. ANALOGOUS.
38. ASSUAGE.
39. COMPLIANCE.
40. IRRADIATE.
41. DIFFIDANT.
42. PLAINTIVE.
43. INCINUATE.
44. MISDEMEANOR.
45. EXONERATE.
46. GREGARIOUS.
47. ANATHEMATIZE.
48. BENIGN.
49. ATTENUATE.
50. SONOROUS.
51. BOLSTER.
52. DIVERGENT.
53. DECOLLATE
54. HETERODOX
55. RESTIVENESS
56. IGNONIMOUS.
57. PLAGARIOUS.
58. EFFIGY.
59. TENACIOUS.
60. RETROGADE.
61. SACROSANCT.
62. DANGLE.
63. ANOMALY.
64. CRYPTIC.
65. DEBILIATE.
66. DIVULGE.
67. SCEPTIC.
68. SPENDTHRIFT.
69. INDIGENOUS.
70. ERRONIUS.
71. RUPTURE.
72. MINION.
73. VERACITY.
74. QUAIL.
75. DESULTORY.
76. SAGE.
SECTION 2: QUANTITATIVE AND LOGICAL REASONING.
MOST OF THE QUESTIONS WERE FROM TCS OLD PAPERS.
THE QUESTIONS WILL BE OF THIS PATTERN TO EVERYONE. ONLY THE DATA GETS CHANGED.
1. In a two-dimensional array, X (9, 7), with each element occupying 4 bytes of memory, with the address of the first element X (1, 1) is 3000, find the address of X (8, 5).
2. In the word ORGANISATIONAL, if the first and second, third and forth, forth and fifth, fifth and sixth words are interchanged up to the last letter, what would be the tenth letter from right?
3. What is the largest prime number that can be stored in an 8-bit memory?
4. Select the odd one out. a. Java b. Lisp c. Smalltalk d. Eiffel.
5. Select the odd one out a. SMTP b. WAP c. SAP d. ARP
6. Select the odd one out a. Oracle b. Linux c. Ingress d. DB2
7. Select the odd one out a. WAP b. HTTP c. BAAN d. ARP
8. Select the odd one out a. LINUX b. UNIX c. SOLARIS d. SQL SEVER
9. Select the odd one out a. SQL b. DB2 c. SYBASE d. HTTP
10. The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied?
11. A man, a woman, and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days. Man only can do it in 24 days. Woman can do it in 16 days and in how many days child can do the same work?
12. In which of the system, decimal number 384 is equal to 1234?
13. Find the value of the 678 to the base 7.
14. Number of faces, vertices and edges of a cube
15. Complete the series 2, 7, 24, 77,__
16. Find the value of @@+25-++@16, where @ denotes "square" and + denotes "square root".
17. Find the result of the following expression if, M denotes modulus operation, R denotes round-off, T denotes truncation: M(373,5)+R(3.4)+T(7.7)+R(5.8)
18. If TAFJHH is coded as RBEKGI then RBDJK can be coded as ---------
19. G(0)=-1, G(1)=1, G(N)=G(N-1) - G(N-2), G(5)= ?
20. What is the max possible 3 digit prime number?
21. A power unit is there by the bank of the river of 750 meters width. A cable is made from power unit to power a plant opposite to that of the river and 1500mts away from the power unit. The cost of the cable below water is Rs. 15/- per meter and cost of cable on the bank is Rs.12/- per meter. Find the total of laying the cable.
22. The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied?
23. In Madras, temperature at noon varies according to -t^2/2 + 8t + 3, where t is elapsed time. Find how much temperature more or less in 4pm to 9pm.
24. The size of the bucket is N kb. The bucket fills at the rate of 0.1 kb per millisecond. A programmer sends a program to receiver. There it waits for 10 milliseconds. And response will be back to programmer in 20 milliseconds. How much time the program takes to get a response back to the programmer, after it is sent?
25. A man, a woman, and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days. Man only can do it in 24 days. Woman can do it in 16 days and in how many days child can do the same work?
26. If the vertex (5,7) is placed in the memory. First vertex (1,1) ?s address is 1245 and then address of (5,7) is ----------
27. Which of the following are orthogonal pairs? a. 3i+2j b. i+j c. 2i-3j d. -7i+j
28. If VXUPLVH is written as SURMISE, what is SHDVD?
29. If A, B and C are the mechanisms used separately to reduce the wastage of fuel by 30%, 20% and 10%. What will be the fuel economy if they were used combined.
30. What is the power of 2? a. 2068 b.2048 c.2668
31. Complete the series. 3, 8, --, 24, --, 48, 63
32. Complete the series. 4, -5, 11, -14, 22, ---
33. A, B and C are 8 bit no?s. They are as follows:
A 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
C 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
Find ( (A-B) u C )=?
Hint :
A-B is {A} ? {A n B}
34. A Flight takes off at 2 A.M from northeast direction and travels for 11 hours to reach the destination which is in north west direction. Given the latitude and longitude of source and destination. Find the local time of destination when the flight reaches there?
35. A can copy 50 papers in 10 hours while both A & B can copy 70 papers in 10 hours. Then for how many hours required for B to copy 26 papers?
36. A is twice efficient than B. A and B can both work together to complete a work in 7 days. Then find in how many days A alone can complete the work?
37. A finish the work in 10 days. B is 60% efficient than A. So how days does B take to finish the work?
38. A finishes the work in 10 days & B in 8 days individually. If A works for only 6 days then how many days should B work to complete A?s work?
39. Given the length of the 3 sides of a triangle. Find the one that is impossible? (HINT : sum of smaller 2 sides is greater than the other one which is larger)
40. Find the singularity matrix from a given set of matrices?(Hint det(A)==0)
41. A 2D array is declared as A[9,7] and each element requires 2 byte. If A[ 1,1 ] is stored in 3000. Find the memory of A[8,5] ?
42. Sum of slopes of 2 perpendicular st. lines is given. Find the pair of lines from the given set of options which satisfy the above condition?
43. (a) 2+3i (b)1+i (c) 3-2i (d) 1-7i .Find which of the above is orthogonal.
44. (Momentum*Velocity)/(Acceleration * distance ) find units.
45. The number 362 in decimal system is given by (1362)x in the X system of numbers find the value of X a}5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8 e) 9
46. Given $ means Tripling and % means change of sign then find the value of $%$6-%$%6
47. My flight takes of at 2am from a place at 18N 10E and landed 10 Hrs later at a place with coordinates 36N70W. What is the local time when my plane landed.
a) 6:00 am b) 6:40am c)7:40 d)7:00 e)8:00 (Hint : Every 1 deg longitude is equal to 4 minutes . If west to east add time else subtract time)
48. Find the highest prime number that can be stored in an 8bit computer.
49. Which of the following set of numbers has the highest Standard deviation?
1,0,1,0,1,0
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1
1,1,1,1,1,1
1,1,0,-1,0,-1
50. Match the following:
1. Male - Boy ---> a. A type of
2. Square - Polygon ---> b. A part of
3. Roof - Building ---> c. Not a type of
4. Mushroom - Vegetables ---> d. A superset of
Ans: 1- d, 2- a, 3- b, 4- c
51. Match the following.
1. brother ? sister ---> a. Part of
2. Alsatian ? dog ---> b. Sibling
3. sentence ? paragraph ---> c. Type of
4. car - steering ---> d. Not a type of
Ans. 1-b, 2-c, 3-a, 4-d
*****Remaining Questions were from Graph, pie charts, Bar chart and Venn diagram which were very easy.
SECTION 3: CRITICAL REASONING(BRM ?LOGICAL REASONING PACKAGE WILL BE VERY HELPFUL)
I.The players G,H,J,K,L,M,N,O are to be felicitated of representing the county team in Baseball Out of these H,M,O also are in the Football team and K,N are there in the Basket ball team . These players are to be seated on a table and no two players who has represented the county in more than one game are to sit together.
1.Which one of the orders can they be seated in
2. Which of the orders is not possible
3. If N is seated in the middle then which of the following pairs cannot be seated near him .
4. If M is seated then which of the following pairs can be seated next to him.
Choices are given for all the questions
II There are 2 groups named Brown and red. They can?t marry in the same group. If the husband or wife dies then the person will convert to their own group. If a person is married then the husband will have to change his group to his wife?s group. The child will own the mothers group. From these a set of 4 questions were given .Solve them
Eg;
1.Brown?s daughter is red (False)
2. If a person is red. Then his/her mother?s brother belong to which group if he is married (Brown)
III 7 people ? a,b,c,d,e,f,g
Need to make a seating arrangement for them.
Conditions: 1)A should be at the center 2) B,F should be at the right extreme 3)C,E always in pair 4)D,G as far as possible
Questions from the above were asked?
Eg:
Which of the following pairs were not possible?
Others questions were similar to the above. More questions were from Barrons.
HR QUESTIONS:
For all the questions they expect a elaborate answer with justifications and not a short one.
1) Market urself
2) Why TCS ?
3) Will u switch over to any other company after joining TCS? If NO then why?
4) R u mobile? ( R u ready to go anywhere ?)
5) R u ready to go to places of extreme temperature. If yes what do u think of ur safety?
6) What are the requirements for leadership quality ?
7) Why u switch over to s/w from ur own back ground?
8) What are the qualities required for a s/w engineer and Project manager?
9) Rate ur good qualities?
10) What is the difference between hard and smart work?
11) Do u have a plan of doing higher studies ?
Technical Questions :
General :
The questions were different for different persons and depends on the field of interest that u say.
Communication :
1) OSI Layers in n/w with the functionalities
2) TCP/IP protocol
3) Bridges, Routers, LAN, WAN, MAN
4) Token bus, FDDI, Ethernet
C Language :
1) Datastructures esp :Linked list and trees
2) Structures , unions, Kind of variables ( local ,Global)
3) Strrev( ) program
4) Case structure (it is not the usual switch case stat)
5) Calloc,malloc
6) Divide 2 number and print the o/p ( NOTE: Check for divide by zero error)
TCS APTITUDE PAPER WITH SOLUTIONS
TCS APTITUDE PAPER WITH SOLUTIONS N
1) If log 0.317=0.3332 and log 0.318=0.3364 then find log 0.319 ?
Sol) log 0.317=0.3332 and log 0.318=0.3364, then
log 0.319=log0.318+(log0.318-log0.317) = 0.3396
2) A box of 150 packets consists of 1kg packets and 2kg packets. Total weight of box is 264kg. How many 2kg packets are there ?
Sol) x= 2 kg Packs
y= 1 kg packs
x + y = 150 .......... Eqn 1
2x + y = 264 .......... Eqn 2
Solve the Simultaneous equation; x = 114
so, y = 36
ANS : Number of 2 kg Packs = 114.
3) My flight takes of at 2am from a place at 18N 10E and landed 10 Hrs later at a place with coordinates 36N70W. What is the local time when my plane landed?
6:00 am b) 6:40am c) 7:40 d) 7:00 e) 8:00
Sol) The destination place is 80 degree west to the starting place. Hence the time difference between these two places is 5 hour 20 min. (=24hr*80/360).
When the flight landed, the time at the starting place is 12 noon (2 AM + 10 hours).
Hence, the time at the destination place is 12 noon - 5:20 hours = 6: 40 AM
4) A plane moves from 9°N40°E to 9°N40°W. If the plane starts at 10 am and takes 8 hours to reach the destination, find the local arrival time ?
Sol) Since it is moving from east to west longitide we need to add both
ie,40+40=80
multiply the ans by 4
=>80*4=320min
convert this min to hours ie, 5hrs 33min
It takes 8hrs totally . So 8-5hr 30 min=2hr 30min
So the ans is 10am+2hr 30 min
=>ans is 12:30 it will reach
5) The size of the bucket is N kb. The bucket fills at the rate of 0.1 kb per millisecond. A programmer sends a program to receiver. There it waits for 10 milliseconds. And response will be back to programmer in 20 milliseconds. How much time the program takes to get a response back to the programmer, after it is sent? Please tell me the answer with explanation. Very urgent.
Sol) see it doesn't matter that wat the time is being taken to fill the bucket.after reaching program it waits there for 10ms and back to the programmer in 20 ms.then total time to get the response is 20ms +10 ms=30ms...it's so simple....
6) A file is transferred from one location to another in 'buckets'. The size of the bucket is 10 kilobytes. Each bucket gets filled at the rate of 0.0001 kilobytes per millisecond. The transmission time from sender to receiver is 10 milliseconds per bucket. After the receipt of the bucket the receiver sends an acknowledgement that reaches sender in 100 milliseconds. Assuming no error during transmission, write a formula to calculate the time taken in seconds to successfully complete the transfer of a file of size N kilobytes.
(n/1000)*(n/10)*10+(n/100)....as i hv calculated...~~!not 100% sure
7) A fisherman's day is rated as good if he catches 9 fishes, fair if 7 fishes and bad if 5 fishes. He catches 53 fishes in a week n had all good, fair n bad days in the week. So how many good, fair n bad days did the fisher man had in the week
Ans:4 good, 1 fair n 2 bad days
Sol) Go to river catch fish
4*9=36
7*1=7
2*5=10
36+7+10=53...
take what is given 53
good days means --- 9 fishes so 53/9=4(remainder=17) if u assume 5 then there is no chance for bad days.
fair days means ----- 7 fishes so remaining 17 --- 17/7=1(remainder=10) if u assume 2 then there is no chance for bad days.
bad days means -------5 fishes so remaining 10---10/5=2days.
Ans: 4 good, 1 fair, 2bad. ==== total 7 days.
x+y+z=7--------- eq1
9*x+7*y+5*z=53 -------eq2
multiply eq 1 by 9,
9*x+9*y+9*z=35 -------------eq3
from eq2 and eq3
2*y+4*z=10-----eq4
since all x,y and z are integer i sud put a integer value of y such that z sud be integer in eq 4 .....and ther will be two value y=1 or 3 then z = 2 or 1 from eq 4
for first y=1,z=2 then from eq1 x= 4
so 9*4+1*7+2*5=53.... satisfied
now for second y=3 z=1 then from eq1 x=3
so 9*3+3*7+1*5=53 ......satisfied
so finally there are two solution of this question
(x,y,z)=(4,1,2) and (3,3,1)...
8) Y catches 5 times more fishes than X. If total number of fishes caught by X and Y is 42, then number of fishes caught by X?
Sol) Let no. of fish x catches=p
no. caught by y =r
r=5p.
r+p=42
then p=7,r=35
9) Three companies are working independently and receiving the savings 20%, 30%, 40%. If the companies work combinely, what will be their net savings?
suppose total income is 100 http://www.TowardsJob.com
so amount x is getting is 80
y is 70
z =60
total=210
but total money is 300
300-210=90
so they are getting 90 rs less
90 is 30% of 300 so they r getting 30% discount
10) The ratio of incomes of C and D is 3:4.the ratio of their expenditures is 4:5. Find the ratio of their savings if the savings of C is one fourths of his income?
Sol) incomes:3:4
expenditures:4:5
3x-4y=1/4(3x)
12x-16y=3x
9x=16y
y=9x/16
(3x-4(9x/16))/((4x-5(9x/16)))
ans:12/19
11) If G(0) = -1 G(1)= 1 and G(N)=G(N-1) - G(N-2) then what is the value of G(6)?
ans: -1
bcoz g(2)=g(1)-g(0)=1+1=2
g(3)=1
g(4)=-1
g(5)=-2
g(6)=-1
12) If A can copy 50 pages in 10 hours and A and B together can copy 70 pages in 10 hours, how much time does B takes to copy 26 pages?
Sol) A can copy 50 pages in 10 hrs.
A can copy 5 pages in 1hr.(50/10)
now A & B can copy 70 pages in 10hrs.
thus, B can copy 90 pages in 10 hrs.[eqn. is (50+x)/2=70, where x--> no. of pages B can copy in 10 hrs.]
so, B can copy 9 pages in 1hr.
therefore, to copy 26 pages B will need almost 3hrs.
since in 3hrs B can copy 27 pages.
13) what's the answer for that :
A, B and C are 8 bit no's. They are as follows:
A -> 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
B -> 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
C -> 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 ( - =minus, u=union)
Find ((A - C) u B) =?
To find A-C, We will find 2's compliment of C and them add it with A,
That will give us (A-C)
2's compliment of C=1's compliment of C+1
=11000101+1=11000110
A-C= 11000101
+ 11000110
=10001001
Now (A-C) U B is .OR. logic operation on (A-C) and B
10001001 .OR . 00110011
The answer is = 10111011,
Whose decimal equivalent is 187.
14) One circular array is given(means memory allocation tales place in circular fashion) diamension(9X7) and sarting add. is 3000, What is the address of (2,3)........
Sol) it's a 9x7 int array so it reqiure a 126 bytes for storing.b'ze integer value need 2 byes of memory allocation. and starting add is 3000
so starting add of 2x3 will be 3012.
15) In a two-dimensional array, X (9, 7), with each element occupying 4 bytes of memory, with the address of the first element X (1, 1) is 3000, find the address of X (8, 5).
Sol) initial x (1,1) = 3000 u hav to find from x(8,1)so u have x(1,1),x(1,2) ... x(7,7) = so u have totally 7 * 7 = 49 elementsu need to find for x(8,5) ? here we have 5 elements each element have 4 bytes : (49 + 5 -1) * 4 = 212 -----( -1 is to deduct the 1 element ) 3000 + 212 = 3212
16) Which of the following is power of 3 a) 2345 b) 9875 c) 6504 d) 9833
17) The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied ?
Sol) M=sqrt(100N)
N is increased by 1%
therefore new value of N=N + (N/100)
=101N/100
M=sqrt(100 * (101N/100) )
Hence, we get M=sqrt(101 * N)
18)
1)SCOOTER --j------- AUTOMOBILE--- A. PART OF
2.OXYGEN----------- WATER ------- B. A Type of
3.SHOP STAFF------- FITTERS------ C. NOT A TYPE OF
4. BUG -------------REPTILE------ D. A SUPERSET OF
1)B 2)A 3)D 4)C
19) A bus started from bustand at 8.00a m and after 30 min staying at destination, it returned back to the bustand. the destination is 27 miles from the bustand. the speed of the bus 50 percent fast speed. at what time it returns to the bustand
this is the step by step solution:
a bus cover 27 mile with 18 mph in =27/18= 1 hour 30 min. and it wait at stand =30 min.
after this speed of return increase by 50% so 50%of 18 mph=9mph
Total speed of returnig=18+9=27
Then in return it take 27/27=1 hour
then total time in joureny=1+1:30+00:30 =3 hour
so it will come at 8+3 hour=11 a.m.
So Ans==11 a.m
20) In two dimensional array X(7,9) each element occupies 2 bytes of memory.If the address of first element X(1,1)is 1258 then what will be the address of the element X(5,8) ?
Sol) Here, the address of first element x[1][1] is 1258 and also 2 byte of memory is given. now, we have to solve the address of element x[5][8], therefore, 1258+ 5*8*2 = 1258+80 = 1338 so the answer is 1338.
21) The temperature at Mumbai is given by the function: -t2/6+4t+12 where t is the elapsed time since midnight. What is the percentage rise (or fall) in temperature between 5.00PM and 8.00PM?
22) Low temperature at the night in a city is 1/3 more than 1/2 high as higher temperature in a day. Sum of the low temperature and highest temp. is 100 degrees. Then what is the low temp?
Sol) Let highest temp be x
so low temp=1/3 of x of 1/2 of x plus x/2 i.e. x/6+x/2
total temp=x+x/6+x/2=100
therefore, x=60
Lowest temp is 40
23) In Madras, temperature at noon varies according to -t^2/2 + 8t + 3, where t is elapsed time. Find how much temperature more or less in 4pm to 9pm. Ans. At 9pm 7.5 more
Sol) In equestion first put t=9,
we will get 34.5...........................(1)
now put t=4,
we will get 27..............................(2)
so ans=34.5-27
=7.5
24) A person had to multiply two numbers. Instead of multiplying by 35, he multiplied by 53 and the product went up by 540. What was the raised product?
a) 780 b) 1040 c) 1590 d) 1720
Sol) x*53-x*35=540=> x=30 therefore, 53*30=1590 Ans
25) How many positive integer solutions does the equation 2x+3y = 100 have?
a) 50 b) 33 c) 16 d) 35
Sol) There is a simple way to answer this kind of Q's given 2x+3y=100, take l.c.m of 'x' coeff and 'y' coeff i.e. l.c.m of 2,3 ==6then divide 100 with 6 , which turns out 16 hence answer is 16short cut formula--- constant / (l.cm of x coeff and y coeff)
26) The total expense of a boarding house are partly fixed and partly variable with the number of boarders. The charge is Rs.70 per head when there are 25 boarders and Rs.60 when there are 50 boarders. Find the charge per head when there are 100 boarders.
a) 65 b) 55 c) 50 d) 45
Sol)
Let a = fixed cost and k = variable cost and n = number of boarders
total cost when 25 boarders c = 25*70 = 1750 i.e. 1750 = a + 25k
total cost when 50 boarders c = 50*60 = 3000 i.e. 3000 = a + 50k
solving above 2 eqns, 3000-1750 = 25k i.e. 1250 = 25k i.e. k = 50
therefore, substituting this value of k in either of above 2 eqns we get
a = 500 (a = 3000-50*50 = 500 or a = 1750 - 25*50 = 500)
so total cost when 100 boarders = c = a + 100k = 500 + 100*50 = 5500
so cost per head = 5500/100 = 55
27) Amal bought 5 pens, 7 pencils and 4 erasers. Rajan bought 6 pens, 8 erasers and 14 pencils for an amount which was half more than what Amal had paid. What % of the total amount paid by Amal was paid for pens?
a) 37.5% b) 62.5% c) 50% d) None of these
Sol)
Let, 5 pens + 7 pencils + 4 erasers = x rupees
so 10 pens + 14 pencils + 8 erasers = 2*x rupees
also mentioned, 6 pens + 14 pencils + 8 erarsers = 1.5*x rupees
so (10-6) = 4 pens = (2-1.5)x rupees
so 4 pens = 0.5x rupees => 8 pens = x rupees
so 5 pens = 5x/8 rupees = 5/8 of total (note x rupees is total amt paid byamal)
i.e 5/8 = 500/8% = 62.5% is the answer
28) I lost Rs.68 in two races. My second race loss is Rs.6 more than the first race. My friend lost Rs.4 more than me in the second race. What is the amount lost by my friend in the second race?
Sol)
x + x+6 = rs 68
2x + 6 = 68
2x = 68-6
2x = 62
x=31
x is the amt lost in I race
x+ 6 = 31+6=37 is lost in second race
then my friend lost 37 + 4 = 41 Rs
29) Ten boxes are there. Each ball weighs 100 gms. One ball is weighing 90 gms. i) If there are 3 balls (n=3) in each box, how many times will it take to find 90 gms ball? ii) Same question with n=10 iii) Same question with n=9
to me the chances are
when n=3
(i) nC1= 3C1 =3 for 10 boxes .. 10*3=30
(ii) 10C1=10 for 10 boxes ....10*10=100
(iii)9C1=9 for 10 boxes .....10*9=90
30) (1-1/6) (1-1/7).... (1- (1/ (n+4))) (1-(1/ (n+5))) = ?
leaving the first numerater and last denominater, all the numerater and denominater will cancelled out one another. Ans. 5/(n+5)
31) A face of the clock is divided into three parts. First part hours total is equal to the sum of the second and third part. What is the total of hours in the bigger part?
Sol) the clock normally has 12 hr
three parts x,y,z
x+y+z=12
x=y+z
2x=12
x=6
so the largest part is 6 hrs
32) With 4/5 full tank vehicle travels 12 miles, with 1/3 full tank how much distance travels
Sol) 4/5 full tank= 12 mile
1 full tank= 12/(4/5)
1/3 full tank= 12/(4/5)*(1/3)= 5 miles
33) wind blows 160 miles in 330min.for 80 miles how much time required
Sol) 160 miles= 330 min
1 mile = 330/160
80 miles=(330*80)/160=165 min.
34) A person was fined for exceeding the speed limit by 10mph.another person was also fined for exceeding the same speed limit by twice the same if the second person was travelling at a speed of 35 mph. find the speed limit
Sol)
(x+10)=(x+35)/2
solving the eqn we get x=15
35) A sales person multiplied a number and get the answer is 3 instead of that number divided by 3. what is the answer he actually has to get.
Sol) Assume 1
1* 3 = 3
1*1/3=1/3
so he has to got 1/3
this is the exact answer
36) A person who decided to go weekend trip should not exceed 8 hours driving in a day average speed of forward journey is 40 mph due to traffic in Sundays the return journey average speed is 30 mph. How far he can select a picnic spot.
37) Low temperature at the night in a city is 1/3 more than 1/2 hinge as higher temperature in a day. Sum of the low temp and high temp is 100 c. then what is the low temp.
ans is 40 c.
Sol) let x be the highest temp. then,
x+x/2+x/6=100.
therefore, x=60 which is the highest temp
and 100-x=40 which is the lowest temp.
38) car is filled with four and half gallons of oil for full round trip. Fuel is taken 1/4 gallons more in going than coming. What is the fuel consumed in coming up.
Sol) let feul consumed in coming up is x. thus equation is: x+1.25x=4.5ans:2gallons
39) A work is done by the people in 24 min. One of them can do this work alone in 40 min. How much time required to do the same work for the second person
Sol) Two people work together in 24 mins.
So, their one day work is
(1/A)+(1+B)=(1/24)
One man can complete the work in 40mins
one man's one day work (1/B)= (1/40)
Now,
(1/A)=(1/24)-(1/40)
(1/A)=(1/60)
So, A can complete the work in 60 mins.
40) In a company 30% are supervisors and 40% employees are male if 60% of supervisors are male. What is the probability? That a randomly chosen employee is a male or female?
Sol) 40% employees are male if 60% of supervisors are male so for 100% is 26.4%so the probability is 0.264
41) In 80 coins one coin is counterfeit what is minimum number of weighing to find out counterfeit coin
Sol) the minimum number of wieghtings needed is just 5.as shown below
(1) 80->30-30
(2) 15-15
(3) 7-7
(4) 3-3
(5) 1-1
42) 2 oranges, 3 bananas and 4 apples cost Rs.15. 3 oranges, 2 bananas, and 1 apple costs Rs 10. What is the cost of 3 oranges, 3 bananas and 3 apples?
2x+3y+4z=15
3x+2y+z=10 adding
5x+5y+5z=25
x+y+z=5 that is for 1 orange, 1 bannana and 1 apple requires 5Rs.
so for 3 orange, 3 bannana and 3 apple requires 15Rs.
i.e. 3x+3y+3z=15
43) In 8*8 chess board what is the total number of squares refers
Sol) odele discovered that there are 204 squares on the board We found that you would add the different squares - 1 + 4 + 9 + 16+ 25 + 36 + 49 + 64.
Also in 3*3 tic tac toe board what is the total no of squares
Ans 14 ie 9+4(bigger ones)+1 (biggest one)
If you ger 100*100 board just use the formula
the formula for the sum of the first n perfect squares is
n x (n + 1) x (2n + 1)
______________________
6
if in this formula if you put n=8 you get your answer 204
44) One fast typist type some matter in 2hr and another slow typist type the same matter in 3hr. If both do combinely in how much time they will finish.
Sol) Faster one can do 1/2 of work in one hourslower one can do 1/3 of work in one hourboth they do (1/2+1/3=5/6) th work in one hour.so work will b finished in 6/5=1.2 hour i e 1 hour 12 min.
45) If Rs20/- is available to pay for typing a research report & typist A produces 42 pages and typist B produces 28 pages. How much should typist A receive?
Here is the answer Find of 42 % of 20 rs with respect to 70 (i.e 28 + 42) ==> (42 * 20 )/70 ==> 12 Rs
46) An officer kept files on his table at various times in the order 1,2,3,4,5,6. Typist can take file from top whenever she has time and type it.What order she cannt type.?
47) In some game 139 members have participated every time one fellow will get bye what is the number of matches to choose the champion to be held?
the answer is 138 matches
Sol) since one player gets a bye in each round,he will reach the finals of the tournament without playing a match. http://www.TowardsJob.com
therefore 137 matches should be played to detemine the second finalist from the remaining 138 players(excluding the 1st player)
therefore to determine the winner 138 matches shd be played.
48) One rectangular plate with length 8inches, breadth 11 inches and 2 inches thickness is there. What is the length of the circular rod with diameter 8 inches and equal to volume of rectangular plate?
Sol) Vol. of rect. plate= 8*11*2=176
area of rod=(22/7)*(8/2)*(8/2)=(352/7)
vol. of rod=area*length=vol. of plate
so length of rod= vol of plate/area=176/(352/7)=3.5
49) One tank will fill in 6 minutes at the rate of 3cu ft /min, length of tank is 4 ft and the width is 1/2 of length, what is the depth of the tank?
3 ft 7.5 inches
50) A man has to get air-mail. He starts to go to airport on his motorbike. Plane comes early and the mail is sent by a horse-cart. The man meets the cart in the middle after half an hour. He takes the mail and returns back, by doing so, he saves twenty minutes. How early did the plane arrive?
ans:10min:::assume he started at 1:00,so at 1:30 he met cart. He returned home at 2:00.so it took him 1 hour for the total jorney.by doing this he saved 20 min.so the actual time if the plane is not late is 1 hour and 20 min.so the actual time of plane is at 1:40.The cart travelled a time of 10 min before it met him.so the plane is 10 min early.
51) Ram singh goes to his office in the city every day from his suburban house. His driver Mangaram drops him at the railway station in the morning and picks him up in the evening. Every evening Ram singh reaches the station at 5 o'clock. Mangaram also reaches at the same time. One day Ram singh started early from his office and came to the station at 4 o'clock. Not wanting to wait for the car he starts walking home. Mangaram starts at normal time, picks him up on the way and takes him back house, half an hour early. How much time did Ram singh walked?
52) 2 trees are there. One grows at 3/5 of the other. In 4 years total growth of the trees is 8 ft. what growth will smaller tree have in 2 years.
Sol) THE BIG TREE GROWS 8FT IN 4 YEARS=>THE BIG TREE GROWS 4FT IN 2 YEARS.WHEN WE DIVIDE 4FT/5=.8*3=>2.4
ans: 1.5 mt 4 (x+(3/5)x)=88x/5=2x=5/4 after 2 years x=(3/5)*(5/4)*2 =1.5
53) There is a six digit code. Its first two digits, multiplied by 3 gives all ones. And the next two digits multiplied by 6 give all twos. Remaining two digits multiplied by 9 gives all threes. Then what is the code?
sol) Assume the digit xx xx xx (six digits)
First Two digit xx * 3=111
xx=111/3=37
( first two digits of 1 is not divisible by 3 so we can use 111)
Second Two digit xx*6=222
xx=222/6=37
( first two digits of 2 is not divisible by 6 so we can use 222)
Thrid Two digit xx*9=333
xx=333/9=37
( first two digits of 3 is not divisible by 9 so we can use 333)
54) There are 4 balls and 4 boxes of colours yellow, pink, red and green. Red ball is in a box whose colour is same as that of the ball in a yellow box. Red box has green ball. In which box you find the yellow ball?
ans is green...
Sol) Yellow box can have either of pink/yellow balls.
if we put a yellow ball in "yellow" box then it wud imply that "yellow" is also the colour of the box which has the red ball(becoz acordin 2 d question,d box of the red ball n the ball in the yellow box have same colour)
thus this possibility is ruled out...
therefore the ball in yellow box must be pink,hence the colour of box containin red ball is also pink....
=>the box colour left out is "green",,,which is alloted to the only box left,,,the one which has yellow ball..
55) A bag contains 20 yellow balls, 10 green balls, 5 white balls, 8 black balls, and 1 red ball. How many minimum balls one should pick out so that to make sure the he gets at least 2 balls of same color.
Ans:he should pick 6 ball totally.
Sol) Suppose he picks 5 balls of all different colours then when he picks up the sixth one, it must match any on of the previously drawn ball colour.
thus he must pick 6 balls
56) What is the number of zeros at the end of the product of the numbers from 1 to 100
Sol) For every 5 in unit palce one zero is added Ch eta naS
so between 1 to 100 there are 10 nos like 5,15,25,..,95 which has 5 in unit place.
Similarly for every no divisible by 10 one zero is added in the answer so between 1 to 100 11 zeros are added
for 25,50,75 3 extra zeros are added
so total no of zeros are 10+11+3=24
57) 10 Digit number has its first digit equals to the numbers of 1's, second digit equals to the numbers of 2's, 3rd digit equals to the numbers of 3's .4th equals number of 4's..till 9th digit equals to the numbers of 9's and 10th digit equals to the number of 0's. what is the number?.(6marks)
ans:2100010006
2---shows that two 1's in the ans
1---shows that one 2 in ans
0---shows no 3 in the ans
0---shows no 4 in the ans
0---shows no 5 in the ans
1---shows one 6 in the ans
0---shows no 7 in the ans
0---shows no 8 in the ans
0---shows no 9 in the ans
6---shows six 0's in the ans
58) There are two numbers in the ratio 8:9. if the smaller of the two numbers is increased by 12 and the larger number is reduced by 19 thee the ratio of the two numbers is 5:9. Find the larger number?
sol) 8x:9x initialy
8x+ 12 : 9x - 19 = 5x:9x
8x+12 = 5x
-> x = 4
9x = 36 not sure about the answer ..
59) There are three different boxes A, B and C. Difference between weights of A and B is 3 kgs. And between B and C is 5 kgs. Then what is the maximum sum of the differences of all possible combinations when two boxes are taken each time
A-B = 3
B-c = 5
a-c = 8
so sum of diff = 8+3+5 = 16 kgs
60) A and B are shooters and having their exam. A and B fall short of 10 and 2 shots respectively to the qualifying mark. If each of them fired atleast one shot and even by adding their total score together, they fall short of the qualifying mark, what is the qualifying mark?
ans is 11
coz each had atleast 1 shot done so 10 + 1 = 11
n 9 + 2 = 11
so d ans is 11
61) A, B, C, and D tells the following times by looking at their watches. A tells it is 3 to 12. B tells it is 3 past 12. C tells it is 12:2. D tells it is half a dozen too soon to 12. No two watches show the same time. The difference between the watches is 2,3,4,5 respectively. Whose watch shows maximum time?
sol) A shows 11:57, B shows 12:03, C shows 12:02, and D shows 11:06 therefore, max time is for B
62) Falling height is proportional to square of the time. One object falls 64cm in 2sec than in 6sec from how much height the object will fall.
Sol) The falling height is proportional to the squere of the time.
Now, the falling height is 64cm at 2sec
so, the proportional constant is=64/(2*2)=16;
so, at 6sec the object fall maximum (16*6*6)cm=576cm;
Now, the object may be situated at any where.
if it is>576 only that time the object falling 576cm within 6sec .Otherwise if it is situated<576 then it fall only that height at 6sec.
63) Gavaskar average in first 50 innings was 50. After the 51st innings his average was 51 how many runs he made in the 51st innings
Ans) first 50 ings.- run= 50*50=2500
51st ings.- avg 51. so total run =51*51=2601.
so run scored in that ings=2601-2500=101 runs.
64) Anand finishes a work in 7 days, Bittu finishes the same job in 8 days and Chandu in 6 days. They take turns to finish the work. Anand on the first day, Bittu on the second and Chandu on the third day and then Anand again and so on. On which day will the work get over?
a) 3rd b) 6th c) 9th d) 7th
Ans is d) 7th day
Sol) In d 1st day Anand does 1/7th of total work
similarly,
Bithu does 1/8th work in d 2nd day
hence at d end of 3 days, work done = 1/7+1/8+1/6=73/168
remaining work = (168-73)/168 = 95/168
again after 6 days of work, remaining work is = (95-73)/168 = 22/168
and hence Anand completes the work on 7th day.(hope u understood.)
65) A man, a women and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days,man can do it in 14 days, women can do it 16 days, and in how many days child can do the same work?
The child does it in 24 days
66)
A: 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B: 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
C: 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
Find ( (A-B) u C )==?
Hint : 109
A-B is {A} - {A n B}
A: 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B: 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
by binary sub. a-b = 01100001 (1-0=1, 1-1=0,0-0=0, n for the 1st 3 digits 110-011=011)
now (a-b)uc= 01100001
or 01101101
gives 1101101... convert to decimal equals 109
1) If log 0.317=0.3332 and log 0.318=0.3364 then find log 0.319 ?
Sol) log 0.317=0.3332 and log 0.318=0.3364, then
log 0.319=log0.318+(log0.318-log0.317) = 0.3396
2) A box of 150 packets consists of 1kg packets and 2kg packets. Total weight of box is 264kg. How many 2kg packets are there ?
Sol) x= 2 kg Packs
y= 1 kg packs
x + y = 150 .......... Eqn 1
2x + y = 264 .......... Eqn 2
Solve the Simultaneous equation; x = 114
so, y = 36
ANS : Number of 2 kg Packs = 114.
3) My flight takes of at 2am from a place at 18N 10E and landed 10 Hrs later at a place with coordinates 36N70W. What is the local time when my plane landed?
6:00 am b) 6:40am c) 7:40 d) 7:00 e) 8:00
Sol) The destination place is 80 degree west to the starting place. Hence the time difference between these two places is 5 hour 20 min. (=24hr*80/360).
When the flight landed, the time at the starting place is 12 noon (2 AM + 10 hours).
Hence, the time at the destination place is 12 noon - 5:20 hours = 6: 40 AM
4) A plane moves from 9°N40°E to 9°N40°W. If the plane starts at 10 am and takes 8 hours to reach the destination, find the local arrival time ?
Sol) Since it is moving from east to west longitide we need to add both
ie,40+40=80
multiply the ans by 4
=>80*4=320min
convert this min to hours ie, 5hrs 33min
It takes 8hrs totally . So 8-5hr 30 min=2hr 30min
So the ans is 10am+2hr 30 min
=>ans is 12:30 it will reach
5) The size of the bucket is N kb. The bucket fills at the rate of 0.1 kb per millisecond. A programmer sends a program to receiver. There it waits for 10 milliseconds. And response will be back to programmer in 20 milliseconds. How much time the program takes to get a response back to the programmer, after it is sent? Please tell me the answer with explanation. Very urgent.
Sol) see it doesn't matter that wat the time is being taken to fill the bucket.after reaching program it waits there for 10ms and back to the programmer in 20 ms.then total time to get the response is 20ms +10 ms=30ms...it's so simple....
6) A file is transferred from one location to another in 'buckets'. The size of the bucket is 10 kilobytes. Each bucket gets filled at the rate of 0.0001 kilobytes per millisecond. The transmission time from sender to receiver is 10 milliseconds per bucket. After the receipt of the bucket the receiver sends an acknowledgement that reaches sender in 100 milliseconds. Assuming no error during transmission, write a formula to calculate the time taken in seconds to successfully complete the transfer of a file of size N kilobytes.
(n/1000)*(n/10)*10+(n/100)....as i hv calculated...~~!not 100% sure
7) A fisherman's day is rated as good if he catches 9 fishes, fair if 7 fishes and bad if 5 fishes. He catches 53 fishes in a week n had all good, fair n bad days in the week. So how many good, fair n bad days did the fisher man had in the week
Ans:4 good, 1 fair n 2 bad days
Sol) Go to river catch fish
4*9=36
7*1=7
2*5=10
36+7+10=53...
take what is given 53
good days means --- 9 fishes so 53/9=4(remainder=17) if u assume 5 then there is no chance for bad days.
fair days means ----- 7 fishes so remaining 17 --- 17/7=1(remainder=10) if u assume 2 then there is no chance for bad days.
bad days means -------5 fishes so remaining 10---10/5=2days.
Ans: 4 good, 1 fair, 2bad. ==== total 7 days.
x+y+z=7--------- eq1
9*x+7*y+5*z=53 -------eq2
multiply eq 1 by 9,
9*x+9*y+9*z=35 -------------eq3
from eq2 and eq3
2*y+4*z=10-----eq4
since all x,y and z are integer i sud put a integer value of y such that z sud be integer in eq 4 .....and ther will be two value y=1 or 3 then z = 2 or 1 from eq 4
for first y=1,z=2 then from eq1 x= 4
so 9*4+1*7+2*5=53.... satisfied
now for second y=3 z=1 then from eq1 x=3
so 9*3+3*7+1*5=53 ......satisfied
so finally there are two solution of this question
(x,y,z)=(4,1,2) and (3,3,1)...
8) Y catches 5 times more fishes than X. If total number of fishes caught by X and Y is 42, then number of fishes caught by X?
Sol) Let no. of fish x catches=p
no. caught by y =r
r=5p.
r+p=42
then p=7,r=35
9) Three companies are working independently and receiving the savings 20%, 30%, 40%. If the companies work combinely, what will be their net savings?
suppose total income is 100 http://www.TowardsJob.com
so amount x is getting is 80
y is 70
z =60
total=210
but total money is 300
300-210=90
so they are getting 90 rs less
90 is 30% of 300 so they r getting 30% discount
10) The ratio of incomes of C and D is 3:4.the ratio of their expenditures is 4:5. Find the ratio of their savings if the savings of C is one fourths of his income?
Sol) incomes:3:4
expenditures:4:5
3x-4y=1/4(3x)
12x-16y=3x
9x=16y
y=9x/16
(3x-4(9x/16))/((4x-5(9x/16)))
ans:12/19
11) If G(0) = -1 G(1)= 1 and G(N)=G(N-1) - G(N-2) then what is the value of G(6)?
ans: -1
bcoz g(2)=g(1)-g(0)=1+1=2
g(3)=1
g(4)=-1
g(5)=-2
g(6)=-1
12) If A can copy 50 pages in 10 hours and A and B together can copy 70 pages in 10 hours, how much time does B takes to copy 26 pages?
Sol) A can copy 50 pages in 10 hrs.
A can copy 5 pages in 1hr.(50/10)
now A & B can copy 70 pages in 10hrs.
thus, B can copy 90 pages in 10 hrs.[eqn. is (50+x)/2=70, where x--> no. of pages B can copy in 10 hrs.]
so, B can copy 9 pages in 1hr.
therefore, to copy 26 pages B will need almost 3hrs.
since in 3hrs B can copy 27 pages.
13) what's the answer for that :
A, B and C are 8 bit no's. They are as follows:
A -> 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
B -> 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
C -> 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 ( - =minus, u=union)
Find ((A - C) u B) =?
To find A-C, We will find 2's compliment of C and them add it with A,
That will give us (A-C)
2's compliment of C=1's compliment of C+1
=11000101+1=11000110
A-C= 11000101
+ 11000110
=10001001
Now (A-C) U B is .OR. logic operation on (A-C) and B
10001001 .OR . 00110011
The answer is = 10111011,
Whose decimal equivalent is 187.
14) One circular array is given(means memory allocation tales place in circular fashion) diamension(9X7) and sarting add. is 3000, What is the address of (2,3)........
Sol) it's a 9x7 int array so it reqiure a 126 bytes for storing.b'ze integer value need 2 byes of memory allocation. and starting add is 3000
so starting add of 2x3 will be 3012.
15) In a two-dimensional array, X (9, 7), with each element occupying 4 bytes of memory, with the address of the first element X (1, 1) is 3000, find the address of X (8, 5).
Sol) initial x (1,1) = 3000 u hav to find from x(8,1)so u have x(1,1),x(1,2) ... x(7,7) = so u have totally 7 * 7 = 49 elementsu need to find for x(8,5) ? here we have 5 elements each element have 4 bytes : (49 + 5 -1) * 4 = 212 -----( -1 is to deduct the 1 element ) 3000 + 212 = 3212
16) Which of the following is power of 3 a) 2345 b) 9875 c) 6504 d) 9833
17) The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied ?
Sol) M=sqrt(100N)
N is increased by 1%
therefore new value of N=N + (N/100)
=101N/100
M=sqrt(100 * (101N/100) )
Hence, we get M=sqrt(101 * N)
18)
1)SCOOTER --j------- AUTOMOBILE--- A. PART OF
2.OXYGEN----------- WATER ------- B. A Type of
3.SHOP STAFF------- FITTERS------ C. NOT A TYPE OF
4. BUG -------------REPTILE------ D. A SUPERSET OF
1)B 2)A 3)D 4)C
19) A bus started from bustand at 8.00a m and after 30 min staying at destination, it returned back to the bustand. the destination is 27 miles from the bustand. the speed of the bus 50 percent fast speed. at what time it returns to the bustand
this is the step by step solution:
a bus cover 27 mile with 18 mph in =27/18= 1 hour 30 min. and it wait at stand =30 min.
after this speed of return increase by 50% so 50%of 18 mph=9mph
Total speed of returnig=18+9=27
Then in return it take 27/27=1 hour
then total time in joureny=1+1:30+00:30 =3 hour
so it will come at 8+3 hour=11 a.m.
So Ans==11 a.m
20) In two dimensional array X(7,9) each element occupies 2 bytes of memory.If the address of first element X(1,1)is 1258 then what will be the address of the element X(5,8) ?
Sol) Here, the address of first element x[1][1] is 1258 and also 2 byte of memory is given. now, we have to solve the address of element x[5][8], therefore, 1258+ 5*8*2 = 1258+80 = 1338 so the answer is 1338.
21) The temperature at Mumbai is given by the function: -t2/6+4t+12 where t is the elapsed time since midnight. What is the percentage rise (or fall) in temperature between 5.00PM and 8.00PM?
22) Low temperature at the night in a city is 1/3 more than 1/2 high as higher temperature in a day. Sum of the low temperature and highest temp. is 100 degrees. Then what is the low temp?
Sol) Let highest temp be x
so low temp=1/3 of x of 1/2 of x plus x/2 i.e. x/6+x/2
total temp=x+x/6+x/2=100
therefore, x=60
Lowest temp is 40
23) In Madras, temperature at noon varies according to -t^2/2 + 8t + 3, where t is elapsed time. Find how much temperature more or less in 4pm to 9pm. Ans. At 9pm 7.5 more
Sol) In equestion first put t=9,
we will get 34.5...........................(1)
now put t=4,
we will get 27..............................(2)
so ans=34.5-27
=7.5
24) A person had to multiply two numbers. Instead of multiplying by 35, he multiplied by 53 and the product went up by 540. What was the raised product?
a) 780 b) 1040 c) 1590 d) 1720
Sol) x*53-x*35=540=> x=30 therefore, 53*30=1590 Ans
25) How many positive integer solutions does the equation 2x+3y = 100 have?
a) 50 b) 33 c) 16 d) 35
Sol) There is a simple way to answer this kind of Q's given 2x+3y=100, take l.c.m of 'x' coeff and 'y' coeff i.e. l.c.m of 2,3 ==6then divide 100 with 6 , which turns out 16 hence answer is 16short cut formula--- constant / (l.cm of x coeff and y coeff)
26) The total expense of a boarding house are partly fixed and partly variable with the number of boarders. The charge is Rs.70 per head when there are 25 boarders and Rs.60 when there are 50 boarders. Find the charge per head when there are 100 boarders.
a) 65 b) 55 c) 50 d) 45
Sol)
Let a = fixed cost and k = variable cost and n = number of boarders
total cost when 25 boarders c = 25*70 = 1750 i.e. 1750 = a + 25k
total cost when 50 boarders c = 50*60 = 3000 i.e. 3000 = a + 50k
solving above 2 eqns, 3000-1750 = 25k i.e. 1250 = 25k i.e. k = 50
therefore, substituting this value of k in either of above 2 eqns we get
a = 500 (a = 3000-50*50 = 500 or a = 1750 - 25*50 = 500)
so total cost when 100 boarders = c = a + 100k = 500 + 100*50 = 5500
so cost per head = 5500/100 = 55
27) Amal bought 5 pens, 7 pencils and 4 erasers. Rajan bought 6 pens, 8 erasers and 14 pencils for an amount which was half more than what Amal had paid. What % of the total amount paid by Amal was paid for pens?
a) 37.5% b) 62.5% c) 50% d) None of these
Sol)
Let, 5 pens + 7 pencils + 4 erasers = x rupees
so 10 pens + 14 pencils + 8 erasers = 2*x rupees
also mentioned, 6 pens + 14 pencils + 8 erarsers = 1.5*x rupees
so (10-6) = 4 pens = (2-1.5)x rupees
so 4 pens = 0.5x rupees => 8 pens = x rupees
so 5 pens = 5x/8 rupees = 5/8 of total (note x rupees is total amt paid byamal)
i.e 5/8 = 500/8% = 62.5% is the answer
28) I lost Rs.68 in two races. My second race loss is Rs.6 more than the first race. My friend lost Rs.4 more than me in the second race. What is the amount lost by my friend in the second race?
Sol)
x + x+6 = rs 68
2x + 6 = 68
2x = 68-6
2x = 62
x=31
x is the amt lost in I race
x+ 6 = 31+6=37 is lost in second race
then my friend lost 37 + 4 = 41 Rs
29) Ten boxes are there. Each ball weighs 100 gms. One ball is weighing 90 gms. i) If there are 3 balls (n=3) in each box, how many times will it take to find 90 gms ball? ii) Same question with n=10 iii) Same question with n=9
to me the chances are
when n=3
(i) nC1= 3C1 =3 for 10 boxes .. 10*3=30
(ii) 10C1=10 for 10 boxes ....10*10=100
(iii)9C1=9 for 10 boxes .....10*9=90
30) (1-1/6) (1-1/7).... (1- (1/ (n+4))) (1-(1/ (n+5))) = ?
leaving the first numerater and last denominater, all the numerater and denominater will cancelled out one another. Ans. 5/(n+5)
31) A face of the clock is divided into three parts. First part hours total is equal to the sum of the second and third part. What is the total of hours in the bigger part?
Sol) the clock normally has 12 hr
three parts x,y,z
x+y+z=12
x=y+z
2x=12
x=6
so the largest part is 6 hrs
32) With 4/5 full tank vehicle travels 12 miles, with 1/3 full tank how much distance travels
Sol) 4/5 full tank= 12 mile
1 full tank= 12/(4/5)
1/3 full tank= 12/(4/5)*(1/3)= 5 miles
33) wind blows 160 miles in 330min.for 80 miles how much time required
Sol) 160 miles= 330 min
1 mile = 330/160
80 miles=(330*80)/160=165 min.
34) A person was fined for exceeding the speed limit by 10mph.another person was also fined for exceeding the same speed limit by twice the same if the second person was travelling at a speed of 35 mph. find the speed limit
Sol)
(x+10)=(x+35)/2
solving the eqn we get x=15
35) A sales person multiplied a number and get the answer is 3 instead of that number divided by 3. what is the answer he actually has to get.
Sol) Assume 1
1* 3 = 3
1*1/3=1/3
so he has to got 1/3
this is the exact answer
36) A person who decided to go weekend trip should not exceed 8 hours driving in a day average speed of forward journey is 40 mph due to traffic in Sundays the return journey average speed is 30 mph. How far he can select a picnic spot.
37) Low temperature at the night in a city is 1/3 more than 1/2 hinge as higher temperature in a day. Sum of the low temp and high temp is 100 c. then what is the low temp.
ans is 40 c.
Sol) let x be the highest temp. then,
x+x/2+x/6=100.
therefore, x=60 which is the highest temp
and 100-x=40 which is the lowest temp.
38) car is filled with four and half gallons of oil for full round trip. Fuel is taken 1/4 gallons more in going than coming. What is the fuel consumed in coming up.
Sol) let feul consumed in coming up is x. thus equation is: x+1.25x=4.5ans:2gallons
39) A work is done by the people in 24 min. One of them can do this work alone in 40 min. How much time required to do the same work for the second person
Sol) Two people work together in 24 mins.
So, their one day work is
(1/A)+(1+B)=(1/24)
One man can complete the work in 40mins
one man's one day work (1/B)= (1/40)
Now,
(1/A)=(1/24)-(1/40)
(1/A)=(1/60)
So, A can complete the work in 60 mins.
40) In a company 30% are supervisors and 40% employees are male if 60% of supervisors are male. What is the probability? That a randomly chosen employee is a male or female?
Sol) 40% employees are male if 60% of supervisors are male so for 100% is 26.4%so the probability is 0.264
41) In 80 coins one coin is counterfeit what is minimum number of weighing to find out counterfeit coin
Sol) the minimum number of wieghtings needed is just 5.as shown below
(1) 80->30-30
(2) 15-15
(3) 7-7
(4) 3-3
(5) 1-1
42) 2 oranges, 3 bananas and 4 apples cost Rs.15. 3 oranges, 2 bananas, and 1 apple costs Rs 10. What is the cost of 3 oranges, 3 bananas and 3 apples?
2x+3y+4z=15
3x+2y+z=10 adding
5x+5y+5z=25
x+y+z=5 that is for 1 orange, 1 bannana and 1 apple requires 5Rs.
so for 3 orange, 3 bannana and 3 apple requires 15Rs.
i.e. 3x+3y+3z=15
43) In 8*8 chess board what is the total number of squares refers
Sol) odele discovered that there are 204 squares on the board We found that you would add the different squares - 1 + 4 + 9 + 16+ 25 + 36 + 49 + 64.
Also in 3*3 tic tac toe board what is the total no of squares
Ans 14 ie 9+4(bigger ones)+1 (biggest one)
If you ger 100*100 board just use the formula
the formula for the sum of the first n perfect squares is
n x (n + 1) x (2n + 1)
______________________
6
if in this formula if you put n=8 you get your answer 204
44) One fast typist type some matter in 2hr and another slow typist type the same matter in 3hr. If both do combinely in how much time they will finish.
Sol) Faster one can do 1/2 of work in one hourslower one can do 1/3 of work in one hourboth they do (1/2+1/3=5/6) th work in one hour.so work will b finished in 6/5=1.2 hour i e 1 hour 12 min.
45) If Rs20/- is available to pay for typing a research report & typist A produces 42 pages and typist B produces 28 pages. How much should typist A receive?
Here is the answer Find of 42 % of 20 rs with respect to 70 (i.e 28 + 42) ==> (42 * 20 )/70 ==> 12 Rs
46) An officer kept files on his table at various times in the order 1,2,3,4,5,6. Typist can take file from top whenever she has time and type it.What order she cannt type.?
47) In some game 139 members have participated every time one fellow will get bye what is the number of matches to choose the champion to be held?
the answer is 138 matches
Sol) since one player gets a bye in each round,he will reach the finals of the tournament without playing a match. http://www.TowardsJob.com
therefore 137 matches should be played to detemine the second finalist from the remaining 138 players(excluding the 1st player)
therefore to determine the winner 138 matches shd be played.
48) One rectangular plate with length 8inches, breadth 11 inches and 2 inches thickness is there. What is the length of the circular rod with diameter 8 inches and equal to volume of rectangular plate?
Sol) Vol. of rect. plate= 8*11*2=176
area of rod=(22/7)*(8/2)*(8/2)=(352/7)
vol. of rod=area*length=vol. of plate
so length of rod= vol of plate/area=176/(352/7)=3.5
49) One tank will fill in 6 minutes at the rate of 3cu ft /min, length of tank is 4 ft and the width is 1/2 of length, what is the depth of the tank?
3 ft 7.5 inches
50) A man has to get air-mail. He starts to go to airport on his motorbike. Plane comes early and the mail is sent by a horse-cart. The man meets the cart in the middle after half an hour. He takes the mail and returns back, by doing so, he saves twenty minutes. How early did the plane arrive?
ans:10min:::assume he started at 1:00,so at 1:30 he met cart. He returned home at 2:00.so it took him 1 hour for the total jorney.by doing this he saved 20 min.so the actual time if the plane is not late is 1 hour and 20 min.so the actual time of plane is at 1:40.The cart travelled a time of 10 min before it met him.so the plane is 10 min early.
51) Ram singh goes to his office in the city every day from his suburban house. His driver Mangaram drops him at the railway station in the morning and picks him up in the evening. Every evening Ram singh reaches the station at 5 o'clock. Mangaram also reaches at the same time. One day Ram singh started early from his office and came to the station at 4 o'clock. Not wanting to wait for the car he starts walking home. Mangaram starts at normal time, picks him up on the way and takes him back house, half an hour early. How much time did Ram singh walked?
52) 2 trees are there. One grows at 3/5 of the other. In 4 years total growth of the trees is 8 ft. what growth will smaller tree have in 2 years.
Sol) THE BIG TREE GROWS 8FT IN 4 YEARS=>THE BIG TREE GROWS 4FT IN 2 YEARS.WHEN WE DIVIDE 4FT/5=.8*3=>2.4
ans: 1.5 mt 4 (x+(3/5)x)=88x/5=2x=5/4 after 2 years x=(3/5)*(5/4)*2 =1.5
53) There is a six digit code. Its first two digits, multiplied by 3 gives all ones. And the next two digits multiplied by 6 give all twos. Remaining two digits multiplied by 9 gives all threes. Then what is the code?
sol) Assume the digit xx xx xx (six digits)
First Two digit xx * 3=111
xx=111/3=37
( first two digits of 1 is not divisible by 3 so we can use 111)
Second Two digit xx*6=222
xx=222/6=37
( first two digits of 2 is not divisible by 6 so we can use 222)
Thrid Two digit xx*9=333
xx=333/9=37
( first two digits of 3 is not divisible by 9 so we can use 333)
54) There are 4 balls and 4 boxes of colours yellow, pink, red and green. Red ball is in a box whose colour is same as that of the ball in a yellow box. Red box has green ball. In which box you find the yellow ball?
ans is green...
Sol) Yellow box can have either of pink/yellow balls.
if we put a yellow ball in "yellow" box then it wud imply that "yellow" is also the colour of the box which has the red ball(becoz acordin 2 d question,d box of the red ball n the ball in the yellow box have same colour)
thus this possibility is ruled out...
therefore the ball in yellow box must be pink,hence the colour of box containin red ball is also pink....
=>the box colour left out is "green",,,which is alloted to the only box left,,,the one which has yellow ball..
55) A bag contains 20 yellow balls, 10 green balls, 5 white balls, 8 black balls, and 1 red ball. How many minimum balls one should pick out so that to make sure the he gets at least 2 balls of same color.
Ans:he should pick 6 ball totally.
Sol) Suppose he picks 5 balls of all different colours then when he picks up the sixth one, it must match any on of the previously drawn ball colour.
thus he must pick 6 balls
56) What is the number of zeros at the end of the product of the numbers from 1 to 100
Sol) For every 5 in unit palce one zero is added Ch eta naS
so between 1 to 100 there are 10 nos like 5,15,25,..,95 which has 5 in unit place.
Similarly for every no divisible by 10 one zero is added in the answer so between 1 to 100 11 zeros are added
for 25,50,75 3 extra zeros are added
so total no of zeros are 10+11+3=24
57) 10 Digit number has its first digit equals to the numbers of 1's, second digit equals to the numbers of 2's, 3rd digit equals to the numbers of 3's .4th equals number of 4's..till 9th digit equals to the numbers of 9's and 10th digit equals to the number of 0's. what is the number?.(6marks)
ans:2100010006
2---shows that two 1's in the ans
1---shows that one 2 in ans
0---shows no 3 in the ans
0---shows no 4 in the ans
0---shows no 5 in the ans
1---shows one 6 in the ans
0---shows no 7 in the ans
0---shows no 8 in the ans
0---shows no 9 in the ans
6---shows six 0's in the ans
58) There are two numbers in the ratio 8:9. if the smaller of the two numbers is increased by 12 and the larger number is reduced by 19 thee the ratio of the two numbers is 5:9. Find the larger number?
sol) 8x:9x initialy
8x+ 12 : 9x - 19 = 5x:9x
8x+12 = 5x
-> x = 4
9x = 36 not sure about the answer ..
59) There are three different boxes A, B and C. Difference between weights of A and B is 3 kgs. And between B and C is 5 kgs. Then what is the maximum sum of the differences of all possible combinations when two boxes are taken each time
A-B = 3
B-c = 5
a-c = 8
so sum of diff = 8+3+5 = 16 kgs
60) A and B are shooters and having their exam. A and B fall short of 10 and 2 shots respectively to the qualifying mark. If each of them fired atleast one shot and even by adding their total score together, they fall short of the qualifying mark, what is the qualifying mark?
ans is 11
coz each had atleast 1 shot done so 10 + 1 = 11
n 9 + 2 = 11
so d ans is 11
61) A, B, C, and D tells the following times by looking at their watches. A tells it is 3 to 12. B tells it is 3 past 12. C tells it is 12:2. D tells it is half a dozen too soon to 12. No two watches show the same time. The difference between the watches is 2,3,4,5 respectively. Whose watch shows maximum time?
sol) A shows 11:57, B shows 12:03, C shows 12:02, and D shows 11:06 therefore, max time is for B
62) Falling height is proportional to square of the time. One object falls 64cm in 2sec than in 6sec from how much height the object will fall.
Sol) The falling height is proportional to the squere of the time.
Now, the falling height is 64cm at 2sec
so, the proportional constant is=64/(2*2)=16;
so, at 6sec the object fall maximum (16*6*6)cm=576cm;
Now, the object may be situated at any where.
if it is>576 only that time the object falling 576cm within 6sec .Otherwise if it is situated<576 then it fall only that height at 6sec.
63) Gavaskar average in first 50 innings was 50. After the 51st innings his average was 51 how many runs he made in the 51st innings
Ans) first 50 ings.- run= 50*50=2500
51st ings.- avg 51. so total run =51*51=2601.
so run scored in that ings=2601-2500=101 runs.
64) Anand finishes a work in 7 days, Bittu finishes the same job in 8 days and Chandu in 6 days. They take turns to finish the work. Anand on the first day, Bittu on the second and Chandu on the third day and then Anand again and so on. On which day will the work get over?
a) 3rd b) 6th c) 9th d) 7th
Ans is d) 7th day
Sol) In d 1st day Anand does 1/7th of total work
similarly,
Bithu does 1/8th work in d 2nd day
hence at d end of 3 days, work done = 1/7+1/8+1/6=73/168
remaining work = (168-73)/168 = 95/168
again after 6 days of work, remaining work is = (95-73)/168 = 22/168
and hence Anand completes the work on 7th day.(hope u understood.)
65) A man, a women and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days,man can do it in 14 days, women can do it 16 days, and in how many days child can do the same work?
The child does it in 24 days
66)
A: 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B: 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
C: 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
Find ( (A-B) u C )==?
Hint : 109
A-B is {A} - {A n B}
A: 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B: 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
by binary sub. a-b = 01100001 (1-0=1, 1-1=0,0-0=0, n for the 1st 3 digits 110-011=011)
now (a-b)uc= 01100001
or 01101101
gives 1101101... convert to decimal equals 109
HONEYWELL PATTERN
HONEYWELL PATTERN - 20 APR 2007 - KOLKATA
HONEYWELL PATTERN - 20 APR 2007 - KOLKATA
Hi
I am Subhrojit Chowdhury from G.N.I.T. Kolkata. Recently I have been placed in Honeywell Automation India Limited. I would like to share my experience with you guys.
Selection Process
1>Written Test.
2>Technical Interview.
3>H R Interview.
Written Test
It consisted of 2 parts General Maths, General English.....Almost 1500 students appeared for the test and 43 students cleared the aptitude test. After that we had our technical round 21 cleared the round. At last 14 of us cleared the H R round.
General Maths (30 questions)
1>R.S Agarwal Will do The job.
simple percentage, profit and loss, work and wages etc
General English (15 questions)
1>Consult GRE Barrons.
Synonyms, Antonyms,Paragraph
HONEYWELL PATTERN - 20 APR 2007 - KOLKATA
Hi
I am Subhrojit Chowdhury from G.N.I.T. Kolkata. Recently I have been placed in Honeywell Automation India Limited. I would like to share my experience with you guys.
Selection Process
1>Written Test.
2>Technical Interview.
3>H R Interview.
Written Test
It consisted of 2 parts General Maths, General English.....Almost 1500 students appeared for the test and 43 students cleared the aptitude test. After that we had our technical round 21 cleared the round. At last 14 of us cleared the H R round.
General Maths (30 questions)
1>R.S Agarwal Will do The job.
simple percentage, profit and loss, work and wages etc
General English (15 questions)
1>Consult GRE Barrons.
Synonyms, Antonyms,Paragraph
TechMahindra Placement Paper-3
There were generally three rounds...
1) Aptitude test...(includes aptitude+verbal reasoning+non-verbal reasoning+comprehension(gre type))
2) Technical interview(HR+technical)
3) HR round
APTITUDE TEST:It consisted of 5 sections each with atleast 10 questions while one or two sections contained 20 questions.There were altogether 75 questions which u have to answer in 1 hr only(remember time is very very imp in this round).The sections were:
a) Verbal reasoning and analytical
b) Non verbal reasoning and analytical
c) MCQ-questions based on English grammar(very easy)
d) English comprehension…( Do it at last..coz it consumes time)
ThOrough prep from RS Aggarwal(verbal,non-verbal,quantitave) is enough to pass the aptitude test besides having minimum base in english.
Anyway the result was declared within 40 mins and luckily I was selected.
Here i remember some of the ques. frm the aptitude section. As they are
1. If a boat is moving in upstream with velocity of 14km/hr and goes downstream with a velocity of 40km/hr. then what is the speed of the stream?
(a) 13km/hr
(b) 26km/hr
(c) 34km/hr
(d) none of these
Ans: A
2. find the value of (0.75*0.75*0.75-0.001)/(0.75*0.75-0.75+0.01)
(a) 0.845
(b) 1.908
(c) 2.312
(d) 0.001
Ans: A
Then a questions frm alligation of mixtures
3. A man buys 12 lts of liquid which contain 20% of the liquid and the rest is water. He then mixes it with 10lts of another mixture with 30% of liquid.
What is the % of water in the new mixture?
4.A certain number of men can finish a piece of work in 10 days. If however there were 10 men less it will take 10days more for the work to be finished.
How many men were there originally?
(a) 110 men
(b) 130 men
(c) 100 men
(d) none of these
ans:- A
5. In simple interest what sum amount of Rs. 1120/- in 4 years and Rs.1200/- in 5 years?
(a) Rs.500
(b) Rs.600
(c) Rs.800
(d) Rs.900
6. x% of y is y% of?
(a) x/y
(b) 2y
(c) x
(d) can't be determined
ans: C
7. The population of a city increases @ 4%p.a. there is an additional annual increases of 4% of the population due to the influx of job seekers. Find
the % increase in population after 2 years?
8. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 3:2. Out of these 10% the boys and 25% of girls are scholarship holders. % of students who
are not scholarship holders?
9. A rectangular plant (2)^1/2 meters wide can be placed so that it is on either side of the diagonal of a square shown below. (Figure is available). what
is the area of the Plank?
ans: 7*(2)^1/2.
And some questions on ages.. some on profit and loss.
prepare frm R.S. agrawall.....it will be sufficient to clear..... beware time is the factor.....
Logical Section:
1. a,c,e,g..
(a) h
(b)i
(c)d
(d)j
Ans: b
2. a,e,i,m,q,u_,_
(a) y,e
(b) b,f
(c) g,i
(d) none
3. 1,2,3,5,7,11....
(a) 15
(b) 9
(c)13
(d)12
ans: c(Series of prime no)
4. 1,3,4,8,15,27,...
(a) 60
(b)59
(c)43
(d)50
and similar to these there are many more ques.....so be prepare for them also.....
5.All pens are elephants. some elephants are cats.
(a) Some pens are cats
(b) No pens are cats
(c) All pens are cats
(d) None of the above
i think it (d)
6. Some green are blue. No blue are white.
(a) No green are white
(b) Some green are white
(c) No green are white
(d) None of the above
ans: b
Technical Interview
Now i am giving some idea about the technical inteview of mine....
which is a very friendly kind of....
i am giving some questions which they fired on me.....
Ques1: so. nikhil...... Tell me about urself?
This is the most obvious ques..every hr asked to make us comfortable
just give us general introuduction with ur achievements and qualification...
B
Ques2: he see my resume.....and asked how u maintain a good percentage throughout ur BE?
ans: sir.....i am a hard worker frm my childhood...
ques: what languages u have done?
ans: ..........
Ques: what is the diffrence b/w c & c++?
ans: .....
Ques: then he gave me a program to write it was of addition of matrices?
Ques: what u see ur self after 5 years ago?
ans: I said sir i want to be the HR of tech mahindra.....
That! was a six! he really impressed with my presence of mind......
Ques: What were ur strength and weakness?
Ques: prove that ur a good team player?
Ques: What is data structures?
Ques: what are generic pointers?
Ques: Is c++ is a superset of c then why we are using c in banks?
Ques: what is inheritance? write its syntax?
Ques: what are access specifiers?
Ques: What according to u ur salary be?
Ques: When u started giving meaningful contribution to the organisation?
Ques: what are paramaterised constructors?
Ques: In header files.... files are declared or defined?
ans; declared
Ques: what is normalisation?
Ques: What is black box and white box testing?
HR ROUND.......
This round is merely a formality....as they asked us about any special quality that we have....
i said sir i love to ride bikes...
they told us to take any topic frm ourselves and then give idea on that.....
then they take each of our's resume with one photograph and then they asked us to make communications skills strong as there
are many chances to go abroad 4 their projects.
and then they asked that u all will miss bhopal
and i answer sir ! we are very eager to leave bhopal......
And then finally He said "WELCOME TO TECH MAHINDRA"
It will be all......
best of luck....just have confidence in urself...
hope i will help u all frm my experience..
meet u soon at MBT......
BEST OF LUCK TO U ALL.....
1) Aptitude test...(includes aptitude+verbal reasoning+non-verbal reasoning+comprehension(gre type))
2) Technical interview(HR+technical)
3) HR round
APTITUDE TEST:It consisted of 5 sections each with atleast 10 questions while one or two sections contained 20 questions.There were altogether 75 questions which u have to answer in 1 hr only(remember time is very very imp in this round).The sections were:
a) Verbal reasoning and analytical
b) Non verbal reasoning and analytical
c) MCQ-questions based on English grammar(very easy)
d) English comprehension…( Do it at last..coz it consumes time)
ThOrough prep from RS Aggarwal(verbal,non-verbal,quantitave) is enough to pass the aptitude test besides having minimum base in english.
Anyway the result was declared within 40 mins and luckily I was selected.
Here i remember some of the ques. frm the aptitude section. As they are
1. If a boat is moving in upstream with velocity of 14km/hr and goes downstream with a velocity of 40km/hr. then what is the speed of the stream?
(a) 13km/hr
(b) 26km/hr
(c) 34km/hr
(d) none of these
Ans: A
2. find the value of (0.75*0.75*0.75-0.001)/(0.75*0.75-0.75+0.01)
(a) 0.845
(b) 1.908
(c) 2.312
(d) 0.001
Ans: A
Then a questions frm alligation of mixtures
3. A man buys 12 lts of liquid which contain 20% of the liquid and the rest is water. He then mixes it with 10lts of another mixture with 30% of liquid.
What is the % of water in the new mixture?
4.A certain number of men can finish a piece of work in 10 days. If however there were 10 men less it will take 10days more for the work to be finished.
How many men were there originally?
(a) 110 men
(b) 130 men
(c) 100 men
(d) none of these
ans:- A
5. In simple interest what sum amount of Rs. 1120/- in 4 years and Rs.1200/- in 5 years?
(a) Rs.500
(b) Rs.600
(c) Rs.800
(d) Rs.900
6. x% of y is y% of?
(a) x/y
(b) 2y
(c) x
(d) can't be determined
ans: C
7. The population of a city increases @ 4%p.a. there is an additional annual increases of 4% of the population due to the influx of job seekers. Find
the % increase in population after 2 years?
8. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 3:2. Out of these 10% the boys and 25% of girls are scholarship holders. % of students who
are not scholarship holders?
9. A rectangular plant (2)^1/2 meters wide can be placed so that it is on either side of the diagonal of a square shown below. (Figure is available). what
is the area of the Plank?
ans: 7*(2)^1/2.
And some questions on ages.. some on profit and loss.
prepare frm R.S. agrawall.....it will be sufficient to clear..... beware time is the factor.....
Logical Section:
1. a,c,e,g..
(a) h
(b)i
(c)d
(d)j
Ans: b
2. a,e,i,m,q,u_,_
(a) y,e
(b) b,f
(c) g,i
(d) none
3. 1,2,3,5,7,11....
(a) 15
(b) 9
(c)13
(d)12
ans: c(Series of prime no)
4. 1,3,4,8,15,27,...
(a) 60
(b)59
(c)43
(d)50
and similar to these there are many more ques.....so be prepare for them also.....
5.All pens are elephants. some elephants are cats.
(a) Some pens are cats
(b) No pens are cats
(c) All pens are cats
(d) None of the above
i think it (d)
6. Some green are blue. No blue are white.
(a) No green are white
(b) Some green are white
(c) No green are white
(d) None of the above
ans: b
Technical Interview
Now i am giving some idea about the technical inteview of mine....
which is a very friendly kind of....
i am giving some questions which they fired on me.....
Ques1: so. nikhil...... Tell me about urself?
This is the most obvious ques..every hr asked to make us comfortable
just give us general introuduction with ur achievements and qualification...
B
Ques2: he see my resume.....and asked how u maintain a good percentage throughout ur BE?
ans: sir.....i am a hard worker frm my childhood...
ques: what languages u have done?
ans: ..........
Ques: what is the diffrence b/w c & c++?
ans: .....
Ques: then he gave me a program to write it was of addition of matrices?
Ques: what u see ur self after 5 years ago?
ans: I said sir i want to be the HR of tech mahindra.....
That! was a six! he really impressed with my presence of mind......
Ques: What were ur strength and weakness?
Ques: prove that ur a good team player?
Ques: What is data structures?
Ques: what are generic pointers?
Ques: Is c++ is a superset of c then why we are using c in banks?
Ques: what is inheritance? write its syntax?
Ques: what are access specifiers?
Ques: What according to u ur salary be?
Ques: When u started giving meaningful contribution to the organisation?
Ques: what are paramaterised constructors?
Ques: In header files.... files are declared or defined?
ans; declared
Ques: what is normalisation?
Ques: What is black box and white box testing?
HR ROUND.......
This round is merely a formality....as they asked us about any special quality that we have....
i said sir i love to ride bikes...
they told us to take any topic frm ourselves and then give idea on that.....
then they take each of our's resume with one photograph and then they asked us to make communications skills strong as there
are many chances to go abroad 4 their projects.
and then they asked that u all will miss bhopal
and i answer sir ! we are very eager to leave bhopal......
And then finally He said "WELCOME TO TECH MAHINDRA"
It will be all......
best of luck....just have confidence in urself...
hope i will help u all frm my experience..
meet u soon at MBT......
BEST OF LUCK TO U ALL.....
TechMahindra Placement Papers
SECTION
This section consists of 29 problems. The questions are simple though time consuming.
1. If a boat is moving in upstream with velocity of 14 km/hr and goes downstream with a velocity of 40 km/hr, then what is the speed of the stream ?
(a) 13 km/hr
(b) 26 km/hr
(c) 34 km/hr
(d) none of these
Ans. A
2. Find the value of ( 0.75 * 0.75 * 0.75 - 0.001 ) / ( 0.75 * 0.75 - 0.075 + 0.01)
(a) 0.845
(b) 1.908
(c) 2.312
(d) 0.001
Ans. A
3. A can have a piece of work done in 8 days, B can work three times faster than the A, C can work five times faster than A. How many days will they take to do the work together ?
(a) 3 days
(b) 8/9 days
(c) 4 days
(d) can't say
Ans. B
4. A car travels a certain distance taking 7 hrs in forward journey, during the return journey increased speed 12km/hr takes the times 5 hrs.What is the distance travelled
(a) 210 kms
(b) 30 kms
(c) 20 kms
(c) none of these
Ans. B
5. Instead of multiplying a number by 7, the number is divided by 7. What is the percentage of error obtained ?
6. Find (7x + 4y ) / (x-2y) if x/2y = 3/2 ?
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 7
(d) data insufficient
Ans. C
7. A man buys 12 lts of liquid which contains 20% of the liquid and the rest is water. He then mixes it with 10 lts of another mixture with 30% of liquid.What is the % of water in the new mixture?
8. If a man buys 1 lt of milk for Rs.12 and mixes it with 20% water and sells it for Rs.15, then what is the percentage of gain?
9. Pipe A can fill a tank in 30 mins and Pipe B can fill it in 28 mins.If 3/4th of the tank is filled by Pipe B alone and both are opened, how much time is required by both the pipes to fill the tank completely ?
10. If on an item a company gives 25% discount, they earn 25% profit. If they now give 10% discount then what is the profit percentage.
(a) 40%
(b) 55%
(c) 35%
(d) 30%
Ans. D
11. A certain number of men can finish a piece of work in 10 days. If however there were 10 men less it will take 10 days more for the work to be finished. How many men were there originally?
(a) 110 men
(b) 130 men
(c) 100 men
(d) none of these
Ans. A
12. In simple interest what sum amounts of Rs.1120/- in 4 years and Rs.1200/- in 5 years ?
(a) Rs. 500
(b) Rs. 600
(c) Rs. 800
(d) Rs. 900
Ans. C
13. If a sum of money compound annually amounts of thrice itself in 3 years. In how many years
will it become 9 times itself.
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 10
(d) 12
Ans A
14. Two trains move in the same direction at 50 kmph and 32 kmph respectively. A man in the slower train
observes the 15 seconds elapse before the faster train completely passes by him.
What is the length of faster train ?
(a) 100m
(b) 75m
(c) 120m
(d) 50m
Ans B
15. How many mashes are there in 1 squrare meter of wire gauge if each mesh
is 8mm long and 5mm wide ?
(a) 2500
(b) 25000
(c) 250
(d) 250000
Ans B
16. x% of y is y% of ?
(a) x/y
(b) 2y
(c) x
(d) can't be determined
Ans. C
17. The price of sugar increases by 20%, by what % should a housewife reduce the consumption of sugar so that expenditure on sugar can be same as before ?
(a) 15%
(b) 16.66%
(c) 12%
(d) 9%
Ans B
18. A man spends half of his salary on household expenses, 1/4th for rent, 1/5th for travel expenses, the man deposits the rest in a bank. If his monthly deposits in the bank amount 50, what is his monthly salary ?
(a) Rs.500
(b) Rs.1500
(c) Rs.1000
(d) Rs. 900
Ans C
20. The population of a city increases @ 4% p.a. There is an additional annual increase of 4% of the population due to the influx of job seekers, find the % increase in population after 2 years ?
21. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 3:2 Out of these 10% the boys and 25% of girls are scholarship holders. % of students who are not scholarship holders.?
22. 15 men take 21 days of 8 hrs. each to do a piece of work. How many days of 6 hrs. each would it take for 21 women if 3 women do as much work as 2 men?
(a) 30
(b) 20
(c) 19
(d) 29
Ans. A
23. A cylinder is 6 cms in diameter and 6 cms in height. If spheres of the same size are made from the material obtained, what is the diameter of each sphere?
(a) 5 cms
(b) 2 cms
(c) 3 cms
(d) 4 cms
Ans C
24. A rectangular plank (2)1/2 meters wide can be placed so that it is on either side of the diagonal of a square shown below.(Figure is not available)What is the area of the plank?
Ans :7*(2)1/2
25. The difference b/w the compound interest payble half yearly and the simple interest on a
certain sum lent out at 10% p.a for 1 year is Rs 25. What is the sum?
(a) Rs. 15000
(b) Rs. 12000
(c) Rs. 10000
(d) none of these
Ans C
26. What is the smallest number by which 2880 must be divided in order to make it into a
perfect square ?
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
Ans. C
27. A father is 30 years older than his son however he will be only thrice as old as the son after 5 years
what is father's present age ?
(a) 40 yrs
(b) 30 yrs
(c) 50 yrs
(d) none of these
Ans. A
28. An article sold at a profit of 20% if both the cost price and selling price would be Rs.20/- the profit would be 10% more. What is the cost price of that article?
29. If an item costs Rs.3 in '99 and Rs.203 in '00.What is the % increase in price?
(a) 200/3 %
(b) 200/6 %
(c) 100%
(d) none of these
Ans. A
LOGICAL SECTION
Directions: For questions 30-39 fill the missing number or letter in the given series
30. a, c, e, g, _
(a) h
(b) i
(c) d
(d) j
Ans. B
31. a, e, i, m, q, u, _, _
(a) y,c
(b) b,f
(c) g,i
(d) none
Ans. A
32. ay , bz , cw , dx ,__
(a) gu
(b) ev
(c) fv
(d) eu
Ans. D
33. 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, __
(a) 15
(b) 9
(c) 13
(d) 12
Ans. C (series of prime numbers)
34. kp , lo , mn , __
(a) nm
(b) np
(c) op
(d) pq
Ans. A
35. R,M,__,F,D,__
(a) I, C
(b) A, Q
(c) L, N
(d) B, Q
Ans. A
36. ___, ayw, gec, mki, sqo
(a) awx
(b) usq
(c) prs
(d) lmn
Ans. B
37. 1, 3, 4, 8, 15, 27, __
(a) 60
(b) 59
(c) 43
(d) 50
Ans D
38. 0, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 17, 24, 26,__
(a) 45
(b) 55
(c) 35
(d) 48
Ans. C
39. 2, 5, 9, 19, 37,__
(a) 64
(b) 55
(c) 75
(d) 40
Ans C
Directions for questions 40 to 45: Select the alternative that logically follows form the two given statements.
40. All scientists are fools. All fools are literates.
(a)All literates are scientists
(b) All scientists are literates
(c) No scientists are literates
(d) Both (a) and (b) are correct
Ans. B
41. No apple is an orange. All bananas are oranges.
(a) All apples are oranges
(b) Some apples are oranges
(c) No apple is a banana
(d) None of the above
Ans. A
42. All pens are elephants. Some elephants are cats.
(a) Some pens are cats
(b) No pens are cats
(c) All pens are cats
(d) None of the above
Ans. D
43. All shares are debentures.No debentures are deposits.
(a) All shares are deposits
(b) Some shares are deposits
(c) No shares are deposits
(d) None of the above
Ans. C
44. Many fathers are brothers. All brothers are priests.
(a) No father is a priest
(b) Many fathers are not priests
(c) Many fathers are priests
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Ans. B
45. Some green are blue. No blue are white.
(a) No green are white
(b) Some green are white
(c) No green are white
(d) None of the above
Ans. B
46. If the word "CODING" is represented as DPEJOH , then the word "CURFEW" can be represented?
(a) dvsgfx
(b) dvshfx
(c) dgshfx
(d) dtsgfy
Ans. A
47. If in a certain code "RANGE" is coded as 12345 and "RANDOM" is coded as 123678, then the code for the word "MANGO" would be
(a) 82357
(b) 84563
(c) 82346
(d) 82543
Ans. D
Directions for questions 48-50:The questions are based on the following data
In a class of 150 students 55 speak English;85 speak Telugu and 30 speak neither English nor Telugu
48. How many speak both English and Telugu?
(a) 10
(b) 15
(c) 20
(d) 12
Ans. C
49.How many speak only Telugu?
(a) 55
(b) 45
(c) 65
(d) none of the above
Ans.C
50.How many speak at least one of the two languages?
(a) 120
(b) 100
(c) 250
(d) 50
Ans. A
Refer R.S Agarwal books for more questions of the same kind
Verbal -- Page 254 problems 53 to56
246 eg.2
Page 104 Exercise.3a (Series Questions)
Page 354-355 8,13,
Page 115
Nonverbal -- Pages 5,41,54,108,145,158
This section consists of 29 problems. The questions are simple though time consuming.
1. If a boat is moving in upstream with velocity of 14 km/hr and goes downstream with a velocity of 40 km/hr, then what is the speed of the stream ?
(a) 13 km/hr
(b) 26 km/hr
(c) 34 km/hr
(d) none of these
Ans. A
2. Find the value of ( 0.75 * 0.75 * 0.75 - 0.001 ) / ( 0.75 * 0.75 - 0.075 + 0.01)
(a) 0.845
(b) 1.908
(c) 2.312
(d) 0.001
Ans. A
3. A can have a piece of work done in 8 days, B can work three times faster than the A, C can work five times faster than A. How many days will they take to do the work together ?
(a) 3 days
(b) 8/9 days
(c) 4 days
(d) can't say
Ans. B
4. A car travels a certain distance taking 7 hrs in forward journey, during the return journey increased speed 12km/hr takes the times 5 hrs.What is the distance travelled
(a) 210 kms
(b) 30 kms
(c) 20 kms
(c) none of these
Ans. B
5. Instead of multiplying a number by 7, the number is divided by 7. What is the percentage of error obtained ?
6. Find (7x + 4y ) / (x-2y) if x/2y = 3/2 ?
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 7
(d) data insufficient
Ans. C
7. A man buys 12 lts of liquid which contains 20% of the liquid and the rest is water. He then mixes it with 10 lts of another mixture with 30% of liquid.What is the % of water in the new mixture?
8. If a man buys 1 lt of milk for Rs.12 and mixes it with 20% water and sells it for Rs.15, then what is the percentage of gain?
9. Pipe A can fill a tank in 30 mins and Pipe B can fill it in 28 mins.If 3/4th of the tank is filled by Pipe B alone and both are opened, how much time is required by both the pipes to fill the tank completely ?
10. If on an item a company gives 25% discount, they earn 25% profit. If they now give 10% discount then what is the profit percentage.
(a) 40%
(b) 55%
(c) 35%
(d) 30%
Ans. D
11. A certain number of men can finish a piece of work in 10 days. If however there were 10 men less it will take 10 days more for the work to be finished. How many men were there originally?
(a) 110 men
(b) 130 men
(c) 100 men
(d) none of these
Ans. A
12. In simple interest what sum amounts of Rs.1120/- in 4 years and Rs.1200/- in 5 years ?
(a) Rs. 500
(b) Rs. 600
(c) Rs. 800
(d) Rs. 900
Ans. C
13. If a sum of money compound annually amounts of thrice itself in 3 years. In how many years
will it become 9 times itself.
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 10
(d) 12
Ans A
14. Two trains move in the same direction at 50 kmph and 32 kmph respectively. A man in the slower train
observes the 15 seconds elapse before the faster train completely passes by him.
What is the length of faster train ?
(a) 100m
(b) 75m
(c) 120m
(d) 50m
Ans B
15. How many mashes are there in 1 squrare meter of wire gauge if each mesh
is 8mm long and 5mm wide ?
(a) 2500
(b) 25000
(c) 250
(d) 250000
Ans B
16. x% of y is y% of ?
(a) x/y
(b) 2y
(c) x
(d) can't be determined
Ans. C
17. The price of sugar increases by 20%, by what % should a housewife reduce the consumption of sugar so that expenditure on sugar can be same as before ?
(a) 15%
(b) 16.66%
(c) 12%
(d) 9%
Ans B
18. A man spends half of his salary on household expenses, 1/4th for rent, 1/5th for travel expenses, the man deposits the rest in a bank. If his monthly deposits in the bank amount 50, what is his monthly salary ?
(a) Rs.500
(b) Rs.1500
(c) Rs.1000
(d) Rs. 900
Ans C
20. The population of a city increases @ 4% p.a. There is an additional annual increase of 4% of the population due to the influx of job seekers, find the % increase in population after 2 years ?
21. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 3:2 Out of these 10% the boys and 25% of girls are scholarship holders. % of students who are not scholarship holders.?
22. 15 men take 21 days of 8 hrs. each to do a piece of work. How many days of 6 hrs. each would it take for 21 women if 3 women do as much work as 2 men?
(a) 30
(b) 20
(c) 19
(d) 29
Ans. A
23. A cylinder is 6 cms in diameter and 6 cms in height. If spheres of the same size are made from the material obtained, what is the diameter of each sphere?
(a) 5 cms
(b) 2 cms
(c) 3 cms
(d) 4 cms
Ans C
24. A rectangular plank (2)1/2 meters wide can be placed so that it is on either side of the diagonal of a square shown below.(Figure is not available)What is the area of the plank?
Ans :7*(2)1/2
25. The difference b/w the compound interest payble half yearly and the simple interest on a
certain sum lent out at 10% p.a for 1 year is Rs 25. What is the sum?
(a) Rs. 15000
(b) Rs. 12000
(c) Rs. 10000
(d) none of these
Ans C
26. What is the smallest number by which 2880 must be divided in order to make it into a
perfect square ?
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
Ans. C
27. A father is 30 years older than his son however he will be only thrice as old as the son after 5 years
what is father's present age ?
(a) 40 yrs
(b) 30 yrs
(c) 50 yrs
(d) none of these
Ans. A
28. An article sold at a profit of 20% if both the cost price and selling price would be Rs.20/- the profit would be 10% more. What is the cost price of that article?
29. If an item costs Rs.3 in '99 and Rs.203 in '00.What is the % increase in price?
(a) 200/3 %
(b) 200/6 %
(c) 100%
(d) none of these
Ans. A
LOGICAL SECTION
Directions: For questions 30-39 fill the missing number or letter in the given series
30. a, c, e, g, _
(a) h
(b) i
(c) d
(d) j
Ans. B
31. a, e, i, m, q, u, _, _
(a) y,c
(b) b,f
(c) g,i
(d) none
Ans. A
32. ay , bz , cw , dx ,__
(a) gu
(b) ev
(c) fv
(d) eu
Ans. D
33. 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, __
(a) 15
(b) 9
(c) 13
(d) 12
Ans. C (series of prime numbers)
34. kp , lo , mn , __
(a) nm
(b) np
(c) op
(d) pq
Ans. A
35. R,M,__,F,D,__
(a) I, C
(b) A, Q
(c) L, N
(d) B, Q
Ans. A
36. ___, ayw, gec, mki, sqo
(a) awx
(b) usq
(c) prs
(d) lmn
Ans. B
37. 1, 3, 4, 8, 15, 27, __
(a) 60
(b) 59
(c) 43
(d) 50
Ans D
38. 0, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 17, 24, 26,__
(a) 45
(b) 55
(c) 35
(d) 48
Ans. C
39. 2, 5, 9, 19, 37,__
(a) 64
(b) 55
(c) 75
(d) 40
Ans C
Directions for questions 40 to 45: Select the alternative that logically follows form the two given statements.
40. All scientists are fools. All fools are literates.
(a)All literates are scientists
(b) All scientists are literates
(c) No scientists are literates
(d) Both (a) and (b) are correct
Ans. B
41. No apple is an orange. All bananas are oranges.
(a) All apples are oranges
(b) Some apples are oranges
(c) No apple is a banana
(d) None of the above
Ans. A
42. All pens are elephants. Some elephants are cats.
(a) Some pens are cats
(b) No pens are cats
(c) All pens are cats
(d) None of the above
Ans. D
43. All shares are debentures.No debentures are deposits.
(a) All shares are deposits
(b) Some shares are deposits
(c) No shares are deposits
(d) None of the above
Ans. C
44. Many fathers are brothers. All brothers are priests.
(a) No father is a priest
(b) Many fathers are not priests
(c) Many fathers are priests
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Ans. B
45. Some green are blue. No blue are white.
(a) No green are white
(b) Some green are white
(c) No green are white
(d) None of the above
Ans. B
46. If the word "CODING" is represented as DPEJOH , then the word "CURFEW" can be represented?
(a) dvsgfx
(b) dvshfx
(c) dgshfx
(d) dtsgfy
Ans. A
47. If in a certain code "RANGE" is coded as 12345 and "RANDOM" is coded as 123678, then the code for the word "MANGO" would be
(a) 82357
(b) 84563
(c) 82346
(d) 82543
Ans. D
Directions for questions 48-50:The questions are based on the following data
In a class of 150 students 55 speak English;85 speak Telugu and 30 speak neither English nor Telugu
48. How many speak both English and Telugu?
(a) 10
(b) 15
(c) 20
(d) 12
Ans. C
49.How many speak only Telugu?
(a) 55
(b) 45
(c) 65
(d) none of the above
Ans.C
50.How many speak at least one of the two languages?
(a) 120
(b) 100
(c) 250
(d) 50
Ans. A
Refer R.S Agarwal books for more questions of the same kind
Verbal -- Page 254 problems 53 to56
246 eg.2
Page 104 Exercise.3a (Series Questions)
Page 354-355 8,13,
Page 115
Nonverbal -- Pages 5,41,54,108,145,158
TechMahindra Interview Questions
ARITHMETIC SECTION
This section consists of 29 problems. The questions are simple though time consuming.
1. If a boat is moving in upstream with velocity of 14 km/hr and goes downstream with a velocity of 40 km/hr, then what is the speed of the stream ?
(a) 13 km/hr
(b) 26 km/hr
(c) 34 km/hr
(d) none of these
Ans. A
2. Find the value of ( 0.75 * 0.75 * 0.75 - 0.001 ) / ( 0.75 * 0.75 - 0.075 + 0.01)
(a) 0.845
(b) 1.908
(c) 2.312
(d) 0.001
Ans. A
3. A can have a piece of work done in 8 days, B can work three times faster than the A, C can work five times faster than A. How many days will they take to do the work together ?
(a) 3 days
(b) 8/9 days
(c) 4 days
(d) can't say
Ans. B
4. A car travels a certain distance taking 7 hrs in forward journey, during the return journey increased speed 12km/hr takes the times 5 hrs.What is the distance travelled
(a) 210 kms
(b) 30 kms
(c) 20 kms
(c) none of these
Ans. B
5. Instead of multiplying a number by 7, the number is divided by 7. What is the percentage of error obtained ?
6. Find (7x + 4y ) / (x-2y) if x/2y = 3/2 ?
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 7
(d) data insufficient
Ans. C
7. A man buys 12 lts of liquid which contains 20% of the liquid and the rest is water. He then mixes it with 10 lts of another mixture with 30% of liquid.What is the % of water in the new mixture?
8. If a man buys 1 lt of milk for Rs.12 and mixes it with 20% water and sells it for Rs.15, then what is the percentage of gain?
9. Pipe A can fill a tank in 30 mins and Pipe B can fill it in 28 mins.If 3/4th of the tank is filled by Pipe B alone and both are opened, how much time is required by both the pipes to fill the tank completely ?
10. If on an item a company gives 25% discount, they earn 25% profit. If they now give 10% discount then what is the profit percentage.
(a) 40%
(b) 55%
(c) 35%
(d) 30%
Ans. D
11. A certain number of men can finish a piece of work in 10 days. If however there were 10 men less it will take 10 days more for the work to be finished. How many men were there originally?
(a) 110 men
(b) 130 men
(c) 100 men
(d) none of these
Ans. A
12. In simple interest what sum amounts of Rs.1120/- in 4 years and Rs.1200/- in 5 years ?
(a) Rs. 500
(b) Rs. 600
(c) Rs. 800
(d) Rs. 900
Ans. C
13. If a sum of money compound annually amounts of thrice itself in 3 years. In how many years
will it become 9 times itself.
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 10
(d) 12
Ans A
14. Two trains move in the same direction at 50 kmph and 32 kmph respectively. A man in the slower train
observes the 15 seconds elapse before the faster train completely passes by him.
What is the length of faster train ?
(a) 100m
(b) 75m
(c) 120m
(d) 50m
Ans B
15. How many mashes are there in 1 squrare meter of wire gauge if each mesh
is 8mm long and 5mm wide ?
(a) 2500
(b) 25000
(c) 250
(d) 250000
Ans B
16. x% of y is y% of ?
(a) x/y
(b) 2y
(c) x
(d) can't be determined
Ans. C
17. The price of sugar increases by 20%, by what % should a housewife reduce the consumption of sugar so that expenditure on sugar can be same as before ?
(a) 15%
(b) 16.66%
(c) 12%
(d) 9%
Ans B
18. A man spends half of his salary on household expenses, 1/4th for rent, 1/5th for travel expenses, the man deposits the rest in a bank. If his monthly deposits in the bank amount 50, what is his monthly salary ?
(a) Rs.500
(b) Rs.1500
(c) Rs.1000
(d) Rs. 900
Ans C
20. The population of a city increases @ 4% p.a. There is an additional annual increase of 4% of the population due to the influx of job seekers, find the % increase in population after 2 years ?
21. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 3:2 Out of these 10% the boys and 25% of girls are scholarship holders. % of students who are not scholarship holders.?
22. 15 men take 21 days of 8 hrs. each to do a piece of work. How many days of 6 hrs. each would it take for 21 women if 3 women do as much work as 2 men?
(a) 30
(b) 20
(c) 19
(d) 29
Ans. A
23. A cylinder is 6 cms in diameter and 6 cms in height. If spheres of the same size are made from the material obtained, what is the diameter of each sphere?
(a) 5 cms
(b) 2 cms
(c) 3 cms
(d) 4 cms
Ans C
24. A rectangular plank (2)1/2 meters wide can be placed so that it is on either side of the diagonal of a square shown below.(Figure is not available)What is the area of the plank?
Ans :7*(2)1/2
25. The difference b/w the compound interest payble half yearly and the simple interest on a
certain sum lent out at 10% p.a for 1 year is Rs 25. What is the sum?
(a) Rs. 15000
(b) Rs. 12000
(c) Rs. 10000
(d) none of these
Ans C
26. What is the smallest number by which 2880 must be divided in order to make it into a
perfect square ?
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
Ans. C
27. A father is 30 years older than his son however he will be only thrice as old as the son after 5 years
what is father's present age ?
(a) 40 yrs
(b) 30 yrs
(c) 50 yrs
(d) none of these
Ans. A
28. An article sold at a profit of 20% if both the cost price and selling price would be Rs.20/- the profit would be 10% more. What is the cost price of that article?
29. If an item costs Rs.3 in '99 and Rs.203 in '00.What is the % increase in price?
(a) 200/3 %
(b) 200/6 %
(c) 100%
(d) none of these
Ans. A
LOGICAL SECTION
Directions: For questions 30-39 fill the missing number or letter in the given series
30. a, c, e, g, _
(a) h
(b) i
(c) d
(d) j
Ans. B
31. a, e, i, m, q, u, _, _
(a) y,c
(b) b,f
(c) g,i
(d) none
Ans. A
32. ay , bz , cw , dx ,__
(a) gu
(b) ev
(c) fv
(d) eu
Ans. D
33. 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, __
(a) 15
(b) 9
(c) 13
(d) 12
Ans. C (series of prime numbers)
34. kp , lo , mn , __
(a) nm
(b) np
(c) op
(d) pq
Ans. A
35. R,M,__,F,D,__
(a) I, C
(b) A, Q
(c) L, N
(d) B, Q
Ans. A
36. ___, ayw, gec, mki, sqo
(a) awx
(b) usq
(c) prs
(d) lmn
Ans. B
37. 1, 3, 4, 8, 15, 27, __
(a) 60
(b) 59
(c) 43
(d) 50
Ans D
38. 0, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 17, 24, 26,__
(a) 45
(b) 55
(c) 35
(d) 48
Ans. C
39. 2, 5, 9, 19, 37,__
(a) 64
(b) 55
(c) 75
(d) 40
Ans C
Directions for questions 40 to 45: Select the alternative that logically follows form the two given statements.
40. All scientists are fools. All fools are literates.
(a)All literates are scientists
(b) All scientists are literates
(c) No scientists are literates
(d) Both (a) and (b) are correct
Ans. B
41. No apple is an orange. All bananas are oranges.
(a) All apples are oranges
(b) Some apples are oranges
(c) No apple is a banana
(d) None of the above
Ans. A
42. All pens are elephants. Some elephants are cats.
(a) Some pens are cats
(b) No pens are cats
(c) All pens are cats
(d) None of the above
Ans. D
43. All shares are debentures.No debentures are deposits.
(a) All shares are deposits
(b) Some shares are deposits
(c) No shares are deposits
(d) None of the above
Ans. C
44. Many fathers are brothers. All brothers are priests.
(a) No father is a priest
(b) Many fathers are not priests
(c) Many fathers are priests
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Ans. B
45. Some green are blue. No blue are white.
(a) No green are white
(b) Some green are white
(c) No green are white
(d) None of the above
Ans. B
46. If the word "CODING" is represented as DPEJOH , then the word "CURFEW" can be represented?
(a) dvsgfx
(b) dvshfx
(c) dgshfx
(d) dtsgfy
Ans. A
47. If in a certain code "RANGE" is coded as 12345 and "RANDOM" is coded as 123678, then the code for the word "MANGO" would be
(a) 82357
(b) 84563
(c) 82346
(d) 82543
Ans. D
Directions for questions 48-50:The questions are based on the following data
In a class of 150 students 55 speak English;85 speak Telugu and 30 speak neither English nor Telugu
48. How many speak both English and Telugu?
(a) 10
(b) 15
(c) 20
(d) 12
Ans. C
49.How many speak only Telugu?
(a) 55
(b) 45
(c) 65
(d) none of the above
Ans.C
50.How many speak at least one of the two languages?
(a) 120
(b) 100
(c) 250
(d) 50
Ans. A
Refer R.S Agarwal books for more questions of the same kind
Verbal -- Page 254 problems 53 to56
246 eg.2
Page 104 Exercise.3a (Series Questions)
Page 354-355 8,13,
Page 115
Nonverbal -- Pages 5,41,54,108,145,158
This section consists of 29 problems. The questions are simple though time consuming.
1. If a boat is moving in upstream with velocity of 14 km/hr and goes downstream with a velocity of 40 km/hr, then what is the speed of the stream ?
(a) 13 km/hr
(b) 26 km/hr
(c) 34 km/hr
(d) none of these
Ans. A
2. Find the value of ( 0.75 * 0.75 * 0.75 - 0.001 ) / ( 0.75 * 0.75 - 0.075 + 0.01)
(a) 0.845
(b) 1.908
(c) 2.312
(d) 0.001
Ans. A
3. A can have a piece of work done in 8 days, B can work three times faster than the A, C can work five times faster than A. How many days will they take to do the work together ?
(a) 3 days
(b) 8/9 days
(c) 4 days
(d) can't say
Ans. B
4. A car travels a certain distance taking 7 hrs in forward journey, during the return journey increased speed 12km/hr takes the times 5 hrs.What is the distance travelled
(a) 210 kms
(b) 30 kms
(c) 20 kms
(c) none of these
Ans. B
5. Instead of multiplying a number by 7, the number is divided by 7. What is the percentage of error obtained ?
6. Find (7x + 4y ) / (x-2y) if x/2y = 3/2 ?
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 7
(d) data insufficient
Ans. C
7. A man buys 12 lts of liquid which contains 20% of the liquid and the rest is water. He then mixes it with 10 lts of another mixture with 30% of liquid.What is the % of water in the new mixture?
8. If a man buys 1 lt of milk for Rs.12 and mixes it with 20% water and sells it for Rs.15, then what is the percentage of gain?
9. Pipe A can fill a tank in 30 mins and Pipe B can fill it in 28 mins.If 3/4th of the tank is filled by Pipe B alone and both are opened, how much time is required by both the pipes to fill the tank completely ?
10. If on an item a company gives 25% discount, they earn 25% profit. If they now give 10% discount then what is the profit percentage.
(a) 40%
(b) 55%
(c) 35%
(d) 30%
Ans. D
11. A certain number of men can finish a piece of work in 10 days. If however there were 10 men less it will take 10 days more for the work to be finished. How many men were there originally?
(a) 110 men
(b) 130 men
(c) 100 men
(d) none of these
Ans. A
12. In simple interest what sum amounts of Rs.1120/- in 4 years and Rs.1200/- in 5 years ?
(a) Rs. 500
(b) Rs. 600
(c) Rs. 800
(d) Rs. 900
Ans. C
13. If a sum of money compound annually amounts of thrice itself in 3 years. In how many years
will it become 9 times itself.
(a) 6
(b) 8
(c) 10
(d) 12
Ans A
14. Two trains move in the same direction at 50 kmph and 32 kmph respectively. A man in the slower train
observes the 15 seconds elapse before the faster train completely passes by him.
What is the length of faster train ?
(a) 100m
(b) 75m
(c) 120m
(d) 50m
Ans B
15. How many mashes are there in 1 squrare meter of wire gauge if each mesh
is 8mm long and 5mm wide ?
(a) 2500
(b) 25000
(c) 250
(d) 250000
Ans B
16. x% of y is y% of ?
(a) x/y
(b) 2y
(c) x
(d) can't be determined
Ans. C
17. The price of sugar increases by 20%, by what % should a housewife reduce the consumption of sugar so that expenditure on sugar can be same as before ?
(a) 15%
(b) 16.66%
(c) 12%
(d) 9%
Ans B
18. A man spends half of his salary on household expenses, 1/4th for rent, 1/5th for travel expenses, the man deposits the rest in a bank. If his monthly deposits in the bank amount 50, what is his monthly salary ?
(a) Rs.500
(b) Rs.1500
(c) Rs.1000
(d) Rs. 900
Ans C
20. The population of a city increases @ 4% p.a. There is an additional annual increase of 4% of the population due to the influx of job seekers, find the % increase in population after 2 years ?
21. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 3:2 Out of these 10% the boys and 25% of girls are scholarship holders. % of students who are not scholarship holders.?
22. 15 men take 21 days of 8 hrs. each to do a piece of work. How many days of 6 hrs. each would it take for 21 women if 3 women do as much work as 2 men?
(a) 30
(b) 20
(c) 19
(d) 29
Ans. A
23. A cylinder is 6 cms in diameter and 6 cms in height. If spheres of the same size are made from the material obtained, what is the diameter of each sphere?
(a) 5 cms
(b) 2 cms
(c) 3 cms
(d) 4 cms
Ans C
24. A rectangular plank (2)1/2 meters wide can be placed so that it is on either side of the diagonal of a square shown below.(Figure is not available)What is the area of the plank?
Ans :7*(2)1/2
25. The difference b/w the compound interest payble half yearly and the simple interest on a
certain sum lent out at 10% p.a for 1 year is Rs 25. What is the sum?
(a) Rs. 15000
(b) Rs. 12000
(c) Rs. 10000
(d) none of these
Ans C
26. What is the smallest number by which 2880 must be divided in order to make it into a
perfect square ?
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 6
Ans. C
27. A father is 30 years older than his son however he will be only thrice as old as the son after 5 years
what is father's present age ?
(a) 40 yrs
(b) 30 yrs
(c) 50 yrs
(d) none of these
Ans. A
28. An article sold at a profit of 20% if both the cost price and selling price would be Rs.20/- the profit would be 10% more. What is the cost price of that article?
29. If an item costs Rs.3 in '99 and Rs.203 in '00.What is the % increase in price?
(a) 200/3 %
(b) 200/6 %
(c) 100%
(d) none of these
Ans. A
LOGICAL SECTION
Directions: For questions 30-39 fill the missing number or letter in the given series
30. a, c, e, g, _
(a) h
(b) i
(c) d
(d) j
Ans. B
31. a, e, i, m, q, u, _, _
(a) y,c
(b) b,f
(c) g,i
(d) none
Ans. A
32. ay , bz , cw , dx ,__
(a) gu
(b) ev
(c) fv
(d) eu
Ans. D
33. 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, __
(a) 15
(b) 9
(c) 13
(d) 12
Ans. C (series of prime numbers)
34. kp , lo , mn , __
(a) nm
(b) np
(c) op
(d) pq
Ans. A
35. R,M,__,F,D,__
(a) I, C
(b) A, Q
(c) L, N
(d) B, Q
Ans. A
36. ___, ayw, gec, mki, sqo
(a) awx
(b) usq
(c) prs
(d) lmn
Ans. B
37. 1, 3, 4, 8, 15, 27, __
(a) 60
(b) 59
(c) 43
(d) 50
Ans D
38. 0, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15, 17, 24, 26,__
(a) 45
(b) 55
(c) 35
(d) 48
Ans. C
39. 2, 5, 9, 19, 37,__
(a) 64
(b) 55
(c) 75
(d) 40
Ans C
Directions for questions 40 to 45: Select the alternative that logically follows form the two given statements.
40. All scientists are fools. All fools are literates.
(a)All literates are scientists
(b) All scientists are literates
(c) No scientists are literates
(d) Both (a) and (b) are correct
Ans. B
41. No apple is an orange. All bananas are oranges.
(a) All apples are oranges
(b) Some apples are oranges
(c) No apple is a banana
(d) None of the above
Ans. A
42. All pens are elephants. Some elephants are cats.
(a) Some pens are cats
(b) No pens are cats
(c) All pens are cats
(d) None of the above
Ans. D
43. All shares are debentures.No debentures are deposits.
(a) All shares are deposits
(b) Some shares are deposits
(c) No shares are deposits
(d) None of the above
Ans. C
44. Many fathers are brothers. All brothers are priests.
(a) No father is a priest
(b) Many fathers are not priests
(c) Many fathers are priests
(d) Both (b) and (c)
Ans. B
45. Some green are blue. No blue are white.
(a) No green are white
(b) Some green are white
(c) No green are white
(d) None of the above
Ans. B
46. If the word "CODING" is represented as DPEJOH , then the word "CURFEW" can be represented?
(a) dvsgfx
(b) dvshfx
(c) dgshfx
(d) dtsgfy
Ans. A
47. If in a certain code "RANGE" is coded as 12345 and "RANDOM" is coded as 123678, then the code for the word "MANGO" would be
(a) 82357
(b) 84563
(c) 82346
(d) 82543
Ans. D
Directions for questions 48-50:The questions are based on the following data
In a class of 150 students 55 speak English;85 speak Telugu and 30 speak neither English nor Telugu
48. How many speak both English and Telugu?
(a) 10
(b) 15
(c) 20
(d) 12
Ans. C
49.How many speak only Telugu?
(a) 55
(b) 45
(c) 65
(d) none of the above
Ans.C
50.How many speak at least one of the two languages?
(a) 120
(b) 100
(c) 250
(d) 50
Ans. A
Refer R.S Agarwal books for more questions of the same kind
Verbal -- Page 254 problems 53 to56
246 eg.2
Page 104 Exercise.3a (Series Questions)
Page 354-355 8,13,
Page 115
Nonverbal -- Pages 5,41,54,108,145,158
TechMahindra Aptitude Test
There were generally three rounds...
1) Aptitude test...(includes aptitude+verbal reasoning+non-verbal reasoning+comprehension(gre type))
2) Technical interview(HR+technical)
3) HR round
APTITUDE TEST:It consisted of 5 sections each with atleast 10 questions while one or two sections contained 20 questions.There were altogether 75 questions which u have to answer in 1 hr only(remember time is very very imp in this round).The sections were:
a) Verbal reasoning and analytical
b) Non verbal reasoning and analytical
c) MCQ-questions based on English grammar(very easy)
d) English comprehension…( Do it at last..coz it consumes time)
ThOrough prep from RS Aggarwal(verbal,non-verbal,quantitave) is enough to pass the aptitude test besides having minimum base in english.
Anyway the result was declared within 40 mins and luckily I was selected.
Here i remember some of the ques. frm the aptitude section. As they are
1. If a boat is moving in upstream with velocity of 14km/hr and goes downstream with a velocity of 40km/hr. then what is the speed of the stream?
(a) 13km/hr
(b) 26km/hr
(c) 34km/hr
(d) none of these
Ans: A
2. find the value of (0.75*0.75*0.75-0.001)/(0.75*0.75-0.75+0.01)
(a) 0.845
(b) 1.908
(c) 2.312
(d) 0.001
Ans: A
Then a questions frm alligation of mixtures
3. A man buys 12 lts of liquid which contain 20% of the liquid and the rest is water. He then mixes it with 10lts of another mixture with 30% of liquid.
What is the % of water in the new mixture?
4.A certain number of men can finish a piece of work in 10 days. If however there were 10 men less it will take 10days more for the work to be finished.
How many men were there originally?
(a) 110 men
(b) 130 men
(c) 100 men
(d) none of these
ans:- A
5. In simple interest what sum amount of Rs. 1120/- in 4 years and Rs.1200/- in 5 years?
(a) Rs.500
(b) Rs.600
(c) Rs.800
(d) Rs.900
6. x% of y is y% of?
(a) x/y
(b) 2y
(c) x
(d) can't be determined
ans: C
7. The population of a city increases @ 4%p.a. there is an additional annual increases of 4% of the population due to the influx of job seekers. Find
the % increase in population after 2 years?
8. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 3:2. Out of these 10% the boys and 25% of girls are scholarship holders. % of students who
are not scholarship holders?
9. A rectangular plant (2)^1/2 meters wide can be placed so that it is on either side of the diagonal of a square shown below. (Figure is available). what
is the area of the Plank?
ans: 7*(2)^1/2.
And some questions on ages.. some on profit and loss.
prepare frm R.S. agrawall.....it will be sufficient to clear..... beware time is the factor.....
Logical Section:
1. a,c,e,g..
(a) h
(b)i
(c)d
(d)j
Ans: b
2. a,e,i,m,q,u_,_
(a) y,e
(b) b,f
(c) g,i
(d) none
3. 1,2,3,5,7,11....
(a) 15
(b) 9
(c)13
(d)12
ans: c(Series of prime no)
4. 1,3,4,8,15,27,...
(a) 60
(b)59
(c)43
(d)50
and similar to these there are many more ques.....so be prepare for them also.....
5.All pens are elephants. some elephants are cats.
(a) Some pens are cats
(b) No pens are cats
(c) All pens are cats
(d) None of the above
i think it (d)
6. Some green are blue. No blue are white.
(a) No green are white
(b) Some green are white
(c) No green are white
(d) None of the above
ans: b
Technical Interview
Now i am giving some idea about the technical inteview of mine....
which is a very friendly kind of....
i am giving some questions which they fired on me.....
Ques1: so. nikhil...... Tell me about urself?
This is the most obvious ques..every hr asked to make us comfortable
just give us general introuduction with ur achievements and qualification...
B
Ques2: he see my resume.....and asked how u maintain a good percentage throughout ur BE?
ans: sir.....i am a hard worker frm my childhood...
ques: what languages u have done?
ans: ..........
Ques: what is the diffrence b/w c & c++?
ans: .....
Ques: then he gave me a program to write it was of addition of matrices?
Ques: what u see ur self after 5 years ago?
ans: I said sir i want to be the HR of tech mahindra.....
That! was a six! he really impressed with my presence of mind......
Ques: What were ur strength and weakness?
Ques: prove that ur a good team player?
Ques: What is data structures?
Ques: what are generic pointers?
Ques: Is c++ is a superset of c then why we are using c in banks?
Ques: what is inheritance? write its syntax?
Ques: what are access specifiers?
Ques: What according to u ur salary be?
Ques: When u started giving meaningful contribution to the organisation?
Ques: what are paramaterised constructors?
Ques: In header files.... files are declared or defined?
ans; declared
Ques: what is normalisation?
Ques: What is black box and white box testing?
HR ROUND.......
This round is merely a formality....as they asked us about any special quality that we have....
i said sir i love to ride bikes...
they told us to take any topic frm ourselves and then give idea on that.....
then they take each of our's resume with one photograph and then they asked us to make communications skills strong as there
are many chances to go abroad 4 their projects.
and then they asked that u all will miss bhopal
and i answer sir ! we are very eager to leave bhopal......
And then finally He said "WELCOME TO TECH MAHINDRA"
It will be all......
best of luck....just have confidence in urself...
hope i will help u all frm my experience..
meet u soon at MBT......
BEST OF LUCK TO U ALL.....
1) Aptitude test...(includes aptitude+verbal reasoning+non-verbal reasoning+comprehension(gre type))
2) Technical interview(HR+technical)
3) HR round
APTITUDE TEST:It consisted of 5 sections each with atleast 10 questions while one or two sections contained 20 questions.There were altogether 75 questions which u have to answer in 1 hr only(remember time is very very imp in this round).The sections were:
a) Verbal reasoning and analytical
b) Non verbal reasoning and analytical
c) MCQ-questions based on English grammar(very easy)
d) English comprehension…( Do it at last..coz it consumes time)
ThOrough prep from RS Aggarwal(verbal,non-verbal,quantitave) is enough to pass the aptitude test besides having minimum base in english.
Anyway the result was declared within 40 mins and luckily I was selected.
Here i remember some of the ques. frm the aptitude section. As they are
1. If a boat is moving in upstream with velocity of 14km/hr and goes downstream with a velocity of 40km/hr. then what is the speed of the stream?
(a) 13km/hr
(b) 26km/hr
(c) 34km/hr
(d) none of these
Ans: A
2. find the value of (0.75*0.75*0.75-0.001)/(0.75*0.75-0.75+0.01)
(a) 0.845
(b) 1.908
(c) 2.312
(d) 0.001
Ans: A
Then a questions frm alligation of mixtures
3. A man buys 12 lts of liquid which contain 20% of the liquid and the rest is water. He then mixes it with 10lts of another mixture with 30% of liquid.
What is the % of water in the new mixture?
4.A certain number of men can finish a piece of work in 10 days. If however there were 10 men less it will take 10days more for the work to be finished.
How many men were there originally?
(a) 110 men
(b) 130 men
(c) 100 men
(d) none of these
ans:- A
5. In simple interest what sum amount of Rs. 1120/- in 4 years and Rs.1200/- in 5 years?
(a) Rs.500
(b) Rs.600
(c) Rs.800
(d) Rs.900
6. x% of y is y% of?
(a) x/y
(b) 2y
(c) x
(d) can't be determined
ans: C
7. The population of a city increases @ 4%p.a. there is an additional annual increases of 4% of the population due to the influx of job seekers. Find
the % increase in population after 2 years?
8. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a school is 3:2. Out of these 10% the boys and 25% of girls are scholarship holders. % of students who
are not scholarship holders?
9. A rectangular plant (2)^1/2 meters wide can be placed so that it is on either side of the diagonal of a square shown below. (Figure is available). what
is the area of the Plank?
ans: 7*(2)^1/2.
And some questions on ages.. some on profit and loss.
prepare frm R.S. agrawall.....it will be sufficient to clear..... beware time is the factor.....
Logical Section:
1. a,c,e,g..
(a) h
(b)i
(c)d
(d)j
Ans: b
2. a,e,i,m,q,u_,_
(a) y,e
(b) b,f
(c) g,i
(d) none
3. 1,2,3,5,7,11....
(a) 15
(b) 9
(c)13
(d)12
ans: c(Series of prime no)
4. 1,3,4,8,15,27,...
(a) 60
(b)59
(c)43
(d)50
and similar to these there are many more ques.....so be prepare for them also.....
5.All pens are elephants. some elephants are cats.
(a) Some pens are cats
(b) No pens are cats
(c) All pens are cats
(d) None of the above
i think it (d)
6. Some green are blue. No blue are white.
(a) No green are white
(b) Some green are white
(c) No green are white
(d) None of the above
ans: b
Technical Interview
Now i am giving some idea about the technical inteview of mine....
which is a very friendly kind of....
i am giving some questions which they fired on me.....
Ques1: so. nikhil...... Tell me about urself?
This is the most obvious ques..every hr asked to make us comfortable
just give us general introuduction with ur achievements and qualification...
B
Ques2: he see my resume.....and asked how u maintain a good percentage throughout ur BE?
ans: sir.....i am a hard worker frm my childhood...
ques: what languages u have done?
ans: ..........
Ques: what is the diffrence b/w c & c++?
ans: .....
Ques: then he gave me a program to write it was of addition of matrices?
Ques: what u see ur self after 5 years ago?
ans: I said sir i want to be the HR of tech mahindra.....
That! was a six! he really impressed with my presence of mind......
Ques: What were ur strength and weakness?
Ques: prove that ur a good team player?
Ques: What is data structures?
Ques: what are generic pointers?
Ques: Is c++ is a superset of c then why we are using c in banks?
Ques: what is inheritance? write its syntax?
Ques: what are access specifiers?
Ques: What according to u ur salary be?
Ques: When u started giving meaningful contribution to the organisation?
Ques: what are paramaterised constructors?
Ques: In header files.... files are declared or defined?
ans; declared
Ques: what is normalisation?
Ques: What is black box and white box testing?
HR ROUND.......
This round is merely a formality....as they asked us about any special quality that we have....
i said sir i love to ride bikes...
they told us to take any topic frm ourselves and then give idea on that.....
then they take each of our's resume with one photograph and then they asked us to make communications skills strong as there
are many chances to go abroad 4 their projects.
and then they asked that u all will miss bhopal
and i answer sir ! we are very eager to leave bhopal......
And then finally He said "WELCOME TO TECH MAHINDRA"
It will be all......
best of luck....just have confidence in urself...
hope i will help u all frm my experience..
meet u soon at MBT......
BEST OF LUCK TO U ALL.....
TechMahindra Papers
TECH MAHINDRA PAPER ON 9th MAY 2007 AT BMSIT, BANGALORE
TECH MAHINDRA PAPER ON 9th MAY AT BANGALORE
hi i am priyanka from acharya inst, bangalore i got placed in TM because of god grace, parent blessing & u friends Totally there were 535 students 168 cleared apti 63 were totally selected.
GENERAL PAPER( 5-SECTIONS) 75 QUES IN 60 MINS
1.QUANTITATIVE : PERCENTAGE, RATIO & PROPORTION, SERIES (VERY IMP &*TRICKY), NUMBERS, TRAIN PROBLEM, TIME &WORK, BOAT &STREAM
2.VERBAL&NON VERBAL :BLOOD RELATION, PUZZLES,ETC
REFER R.S AGARWAL FOR BOTH
3.ENGLISH PASSAGE
4.ENGLISH :FILL UP BLANKS
5.SYNNONYMS PHRASE REPLACEMENT
English is easy do it first quanti is o.k do english first .time management is very imp .Dont guess everything. test started around 10 a.m results were out by 2.30 later we had an presentation
After 2 days we had tech &hr
TECHNICAL ROUND
-INTRODUCE YOUR SELF
-DIFF B/W WINDOW XP& 98(AS I HAD MENTIONED IN RESUME)
-BINARY SEARCH ALGORITHM
- LOGICAL GATES
-CONVERTION TO BINARY
-STRUCTURE & POINTERS
-DATA STRUCTURE
-ARRAYS
later after 30 mins we had hr consists of 8 students in a team and 4-5 hr people sometimes there will be surprise talk given by us on a given topic. hr was real cool
introduce yourself
-why tm
-define yourself in 1 word
TECH MAHINDRA PAPER ON 9th MAY AT BANGALORE
hi i am priyanka from acharya inst, bangalore i got placed in TM because of god grace, parent blessing & u friends Totally there were 535 students 168 cleared apti 63 were totally selected.
GENERAL PAPER( 5-SECTIONS) 75 QUES IN 60 MINS
1.QUANTITATIVE : PERCENTAGE, RATIO & PROPORTION, SERIES (VERY IMP &*TRICKY), NUMBERS, TRAIN PROBLEM, TIME &WORK, BOAT &STREAM
2.VERBAL&NON VERBAL :BLOOD RELATION, PUZZLES,ETC
REFER R.S AGARWAL FOR BOTH
3.ENGLISH PASSAGE
4.ENGLISH :FILL UP BLANKS
5.SYNNONYMS PHRASE REPLACEMENT
English is easy do it first quanti is o.k do english first .time management is very imp .Dont guess everything. test started around 10 a.m results were out by 2.30 later we had an presentation
After 2 days we had tech &hr
TECHNICAL ROUND
-INTRODUCE YOUR SELF
-DIFF B/W WINDOW XP& 98(AS I HAD MENTIONED IN RESUME)
-BINARY SEARCH ALGORITHM
- LOGICAL GATES
-CONVERTION TO BINARY
-STRUCTURE & POINTERS
-DATA STRUCTURE
-ARRAYS
later after 30 mins we had hr consists of 8 students in a team and 4-5 hr people sometimes there will be surprise talk given by us on a given topic. hr was real cool
introduce yourself
-why tm
-define yourself in 1 word
TCS Papers
SECTION 1: VERBAL
COMPREHENSION HAD SIX QUESTIONS.SO HAD FILL IN THE BLANKS.FORMER WAS A VERY BORING PASSAGE.FILL IN HAD A PASSAGE WITH SIX SENTENCES IN BETWEEN TO BE FILLED WITH EIGHT CHOICES GIVEN.ALL STUDENTS HAD DIFFERENT PASSAGES.THE DATABASE IS VERY LARGE.FOR FILL IN GRE BOOK IS RECOMMENDED.
MOST OF THEM WERE NOT ABLE TO UNDERSTAND THE PASSAGE.
I HAVE GIVEN BELOW THE WORDS THAT WERE ASKED IN SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS.
1. WHIMSICAL
2. CENSURE.
3. OPTIMUM.
4. MISAPPREHENSION.
5. CANDID.
6. TORSE.
7. CITE.
8. EFFUSIVE.
9. IRRADIATE.
10. TENACIOUS.
11. VOLUBLE.
12. BANAL.
13. RUPTURE.
14. STANDING.
15. NASCENT.
16. TRANSIENT.
17. CLUTCH.
18. GENERIC.
19. EMPIRICAL.
20. ANOMALY.
21. CIRCUITOUS.
22. HAMPER.
23. SURVEILLANCE.
24. OBJECTIVE.
25. RAUCOUS.
26. VORACIOUS.
27. PEDIGREE.
28. FIDELITY.
29. AUGMENT.
30. PRECARIOUS.
31. TRANSIENT.
32. ALACRITY.
33. DEROGATORY.
34. ONUS.
35. ANALOGUE.
36. EXPEDIENT.
37. ANALOGOUS.
38. ASSUAGE.
39. COMPLIANCE.
40. IRRADIATE.
41. DIFFIDANT.
42. PLAINTIVE.
43. INCINUATE.
44. MISDEMEANOR.
45. EXONERATE.
46. GREGARIOUS.
47. ANATHEMATIZE.
48. BENIGN.
49. ATTENUATE.
50. SONOROUS.
51. BOLSTER.
52. DIVERGENT.
53. DECOLLATE
54. HETERODOX
55. RESTIVENESS
56. IGNONIMOUS.
57. PLAGARIOUS.
58. EFFIGY.
59. TENACIOUS.
60. RETROGADE.
61. SACROSANCT.
62. DANGLE.
63. ANOMALY.
64. CRYPTIC.
65. DEBILIATE.
66. DIVULGE.
67. SCEPTIC.
68. SPENDTHRIFT.
69. INDIGENOUS.
70. ERRONIUS.
71. RUPTURE.
72. MINION.
73. VERACITY.
74. QUAIL.
75. DESULTORY.
76. SAGE.
SECTION 2: QUANTITATIVE AND LOGICAL REASONING.
MOST OF THE QUESTIONS WERE FROM TCS OLD PAPERS.
THE QUESTIONS WILL BE OF THIS PATTERN TO EVERYONE. ONLY THE DATA GETS CHANGED.
1. In a two-dimensional array, X (9, 7), with each element occupying 4 bytes of memory, with the address of the first element X (1, 1) is 3000, find the address of X (8, 5).
2. In the word ORGANISATIONAL, if the first and second, third and forth, forth and fifth, fifth and sixth words are interchanged up to the last letter, what would be the tenth letter from right?
3. What is the largest prime number that can be stored in an 8-bit memory?
4. Select the odd one out. a. Java b. Lisp c. Smalltalk d. Eiffel.
5. Select the odd one out a. SMTP b. WAP c. SAP d. ARP
6. Select the odd one out a. Oracle b. Linux c. Ingress d. DB2
7. Select the odd one out a. WAP b. HTTP c. BAAN d. ARP
8. Select the odd one out a. LINUX b. UNIX c. SOLARIS d. SQL SEVER
9. Select the odd one out a. SQL b. DB2 c. SYBASE d. HTTP
10. The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied?
11. A man, a woman, and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days. Man only can do it in 24 days. Woman can do it in 16 days and in how many days child can do the same work?
12. In which of the system, decimal number 384 is equal to 1234?
13. Find the value of the 678 to the base 7.
14. Number of faces, vertices and edges of a cube
15. Complete the series 2, 7, 24, 77,__
16. Find the value of @@+25-++@16, where @ denotes "square" and + denotes "square root".
17. Find the result of the following expression if, M denotes modulus operation, R denotes round-off, T denotes truncation: M(373,5)+R(3.4)+T(7.7)+R(5.8)
18. If TAFJHH is coded as RBEKGI then RBDJK can be coded as ---------
19. G(0)=-1, G(1)=1, G(N)=G(N-1) - G(N-2), G(5)= ?
20. What is the max possible 3 digit prime number?
21. A power unit is there by the bank of the river of 750 meters width. A cable is made from power unit to power a plant opposite to that of the river and 1500mts away from the power unit. The cost of the cable below water is Rs. 15/- per meter and cost of cable on the bank is Rs.12/- per meter. Find the total of laying the cable.
22. The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied?
23. In Madras, temperature at noon varies according to -t^2/2 + 8t + 3, where t is elapsed time. Find how much temperature more or less in 4pm to 9pm.
24. The size of the bucket is N kb. The bucket fills at the rate of 0.1 kb per millisecond. A programmer sends a program to receiver. There it waits for 10 milliseconds. And response will be back to programmer in 20 milliseconds. How much time the program takes to get a response back to the programmer, after it is sent?
25. A man, a woman, and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days. Man only can do it in 24 days. Woman can do it in 16 days and in how many days child can do the same work?
26. If the vertex (5,7) is placed in the memory. First vertex (1,1) ?s address is 1245 and then address of (5,7) is ----------
27. Which of the following are orthogonal pairs? a. 3i+2j b. i+j c. 2i-3j d. -7i+j
28. If VXUPLVH is written as SURMISE, what is SHDVD?
29. If A, B and C are the mechanisms used separately to reduce the wastage of fuel by 30%, 20% and 10%. What will be the fuel economy if they were used combined.
30. What is the power of 2? a. 2068 b.2048 c.2668
31. Complete the series. 3, 8, --, 24, --, 48, 63
32. Complete the series. 4, -5, 11, -14, 22, ---
33. A, B and C are 8 bit no?s. They are as follows:
A 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
C 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
Find ( (A-B) u C )=?
Hint :
A-B is {A} ? {A n B}
34. A Flight takes off at 2 A.M from northeast direction and travels for 11 hours to reach the destination which is in north west direction. Given the latitude and longitude of source and destination. Find the local time of destination when the flight reaches there?
35. A can copy 50 papers in 10 hours while both A & B can copy 70 papers in 10 hours. Then for how many hours required for B to copy 26 papers?
36. A is twice efficient than B. A and B can both work together to complete a work in 7 days. Then find in how many days A alone can complete the work?
37. A finish the work in 10 days. B is 60% efficient than A. So how days does B take to finish the work?
38. A finishes the work in 10 days & B in 8 days individually. If A works for only 6 days then how many days should B work to complete A?s work?
39. Given the length of the 3 sides of a triangle. Find the one that is impossible? (HINT : sum of smaller 2 sides is greater than the other one which is larger)
40. Find the singularity matrix from a given set of matrices?(Hint det(A)==0)
41. A 2D array is declared as A[9,7] and each element requires 2 byte. If A[ 1,1 ] is stored in 3000. Find the memory of A[8,5] ?
42. Sum of slopes of 2 perpendicular st. lines is given. Find the pair of lines from the given set of options which satisfy the above condition?
43. (a) 2+3i (b)1+i (c) 3-2i (d) 1-7i .Find which of the above is orthogonal.
44. (Momentum*Velocity)/(Acceleration * distance ) find units.
45. The number 362 in decimal system is given by (1362)x in the X system of numbers find the value of X a}5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8 e) 9
46. Given $ means Tripling and % means change of sign then find the value of $%$6-%$%6
47. My flight takes of at 2am from a place at 18N 10E and landed 10 Hrs later at a place with coordinates 36N70W. What is the local time when my plane landed.
a) 6:00 am b) 6:40am c)7:40 d)7:00 e)8:00 (Hint : Every 1 deg longitude is equal to 4 minutes . If west to east add time else subtract time)
48. Find the highest prime number that can be stored in an 8bit computer.
49. Which of the following set of numbers has the highest Standard deviation?
1,0,1,0,1,0
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1
1,1,1,1,1,1
1,1,0,-1,0,-1
50. Match the following:
1. Male - Boy ---> a. A type of
2. Square - Polygon ---> b. A part of
3. Roof - Building ---> c. Not a type of
4. Mushroom - Vegetables ---> d. A superset of
Ans: 1- d, 2- a, 3- b, 4- c
51. Match the following.
1. brother ? sister ---> a. Part of
2. Alsatian ? dog ---> b. Sibling
3. sentence ? paragraph ---> c. Type of
4. car - steering ---> d. Not a type of
Ans. 1-b, 2-c, 3-a, 4-d
*****Remaining Questions were from Graph, pie charts, Bar chart and Venn diagram which were very easy.
SECTION 3: CRITICAL REASONING(BRM ?LOGICAL REASONING PACKAGE WILL BE VERY HELPFUL)
I.The players G,H,J,K,L,M,N,O are to be felicitated of representing the county team in Baseball Out of these H,M,O also are in the Football team and K,N are there in the Basket ball team . These players are to be seated on a table and no two players who has represented the county in more than one game are to sit together.
1.Which one of the orders can they be seated in
2. Which of the orders is not possible
3. If N is seated in the middle then which of the following pairs cannot be seated near him .
4. If M is seated then which of the following pairs can be seated next to him.
Choices are given for all the questions
II There are 2 groups named Brown and red. They can?t marry in the same group. If the husband or wife dies then the person will convert to their own group. If a person is married then the husband will have to change his group to his wife?s group. The child will own the mothers group. From these a set of 4 questions were given .Solve them
Eg;
1.Brown?s daughter is red (False)
2. If a person is red. Then his/her mother?s brother belong to which group if he is married (Brown)
III 7 people ? a,b,c,d,e,f,g
Need to make a seating arrangement for them.
Conditions: 1)A should be at the center 2) B,F should be at the right extreme 3)C,E always in pair 4)D,G as far as possible
Questions from the above were asked?
Eg:
Which of the following pairs were not possible?
Others questions were similar to the above. More questions were from Barrons.
HR QUESTIONS:
For all the questions they expect a elaborate answer with justifications and not a short one.
1) Market urself
2) Why TCS ?
3) Will u switch over to any other company after joining TCS? If NO then why?
4) R u mobile? ( R u ready to go anywhere ?)
5) R u ready to go to places of extreme temperature. If yes what do u think of ur safety?
6) What are the requirements for leadership quality ?
7) Why u switch over to s/w from ur own back ground?
8) What are the qualities required for a s/w engineer and Project manager?
9) Rate ur good qualities?
10) What is the difference between hard and smart work?
11) Do u have a plan of doing higher studies ?
Technical Questions :
General :
The questions were different for different persons and depends on the field of interest that u say.
Communication :
1) OSI Layers in n/w with the functionalities
2) TCP/IP protocol
3) Bridges, Routers, LAN, WAN, MAN
4) Token bus, FDDI, Ethernet
C Language :
1) Datastructures esp :Linked list and trees
2) Structures , unions, Kind of variables ( local ,Global)
3) Strrev( ) program
4) Case structure (it is not the usual switch case stat)
5) Calloc,malloc
6) Divide 2 number and print the o/p ( NOTE: Check for divide by zero error)
COMPREHENSION HAD SIX QUESTIONS.SO HAD FILL IN THE BLANKS.FORMER WAS A VERY BORING PASSAGE.FILL IN HAD A PASSAGE WITH SIX SENTENCES IN BETWEEN TO BE FILLED WITH EIGHT CHOICES GIVEN.ALL STUDENTS HAD DIFFERENT PASSAGES.THE DATABASE IS VERY LARGE.FOR FILL IN GRE BOOK IS RECOMMENDED.
MOST OF THEM WERE NOT ABLE TO UNDERSTAND THE PASSAGE.
I HAVE GIVEN BELOW THE WORDS THAT WERE ASKED IN SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS.
1. WHIMSICAL
2. CENSURE.
3. OPTIMUM.
4. MISAPPREHENSION.
5. CANDID.
6. TORSE.
7. CITE.
8. EFFUSIVE.
9. IRRADIATE.
10. TENACIOUS.
11. VOLUBLE.
12. BANAL.
13. RUPTURE.
14. STANDING.
15. NASCENT.
16. TRANSIENT.
17. CLUTCH.
18. GENERIC.
19. EMPIRICAL.
20. ANOMALY.
21. CIRCUITOUS.
22. HAMPER.
23. SURVEILLANCE.
24. OBJECTIVE.
25. RAUCOUS.
26. VORACIOUS.
27. PEDIGREE.
28. FIDELITY.
29. AUGMENT.
30. PRECARIOUS.
31. TRANSIENT.
32. ALACRITY.
33. DEROGATORY.
34. ONUS.
35. ANALOGUE.
36. EXPEDIENT.
37. ANALOGOUS.
38. ASSUAGE.
39. COMPLIANCE.
40. IRRADIATE.
41. DIFFIDANT.
42. PLAINTIVE.
43. INCINUATE.
44. MISDEMEANOR.
45. EXONERATE.
46. GREGARIOUS.
47. ANATHEMATIZE.
48. BENIGN.
49. ATTENUATE.
50. SONOROUS.
51. BOLSTER.
52. DIVERGENT.
53. DECOLLATE
54. HETERODOX
55. RESTIVENESS
56. IGNONIMOUS.
57. PLAGARIOUS.
58. EFFIGY.
59. TENACIOUS.
60. RETROGADE.
61. SACROSANCT.
62. DANGLE.
63. ANOMALY.
64. CRYPTIC.
65. DEBILIATE.
66. DIVULGE.
67. SCEPTIC.
68. SPENDTHRIFT.
69. INDIGENOUS.
70. ERRONIUS.
71. RUPTURE.
72. MINION.
73. VERACITY.
74. QUAIL.
75. DESULTORY.
76. SAGE.
SECTION 2: QUANTITATIVE AND LOGICAL REASONING.
MOST OF THE QUESTIONS WERE FROM TCS OLD PAPERS.
THE QUESTIONS WILL BE OF THIS PATTERN TO EVERYONE. ONLY THE DATA GETS CHANGED.
1. In a two-dimensional array, X (9, 7), with each element occupying 4 bytes of memory, with the address of the first element X (1, 1) is 3000, find the address of X (8, 5).
2. In the word ORGANISATIONAL, if the first and second, third and forth, forth and fifth, fifth and sixth words are interchanged up to the last letter, what would be the tenth letter from right?
3. What is the largest prime number that can be stored in an 8-bit memory?
4. Select the odd one out. a. Java b. Lisp c. Smalltalk d. Eiffel.
5. Select the odd one out a. SMTP b. WAP c. SAP d. ARP
6. Select the odd one out a. Oracle b. Linux c. Ingress d. DB2
7. Select the odd one out a. WAP b. HTTP c. BAAN d. ARP
8. Select the odd one out a. LINUX b. UNIX c. SOLARIS d. SQL SEVER
9. Select the odd one out a. SQL b. DB2 c. SYBASE d. HTTP
10. The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied?
11. A man, a woman, and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days. Man only can do it in 24 days. Woman can do it in 16 days and in how many days child can do the same work?
12. In which of the system, decimal number 384 is equal to 1234?
13. Find the value of the 678 to the base 7.
14. Number of faces, vertices and edges of a cube
15. Complete the series 2, 7, 24, 77,__
16. Find the value of @@+25-++@16, where @ denotes "square" and + denotes "square root".
17. Find the result of the following expression if, M denotes modulus operation, R denotes round-off, T denotes truncation: M(373,5)+R(3.4)+T(7.7)+R(5.8)
18. If TAFJHH is coded as RBEKGI then RBDJK can be coded as ---------
19. G(0)=-1, G(1)=1, G(N)=G(N-1) - G(N-2), G(5)= ?
20. What is the max possible 3 digit prime number?
21. A power unit is there by the bank of the river of 750 meters width. A cable is made from power unit to power a plant opposite to that of the river and 1500mts away from the power unit. The cost of the cable below water is Rs. 15/- per meter and cost of cable on the bank is Rs.12/- per meter. Find the total of laying the cable.
22. The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied?
23. In Madras, temperature at noon varies according to -t^2/2 + 8t + 3, where t is elapsed time. Find how much temperature more or less in 4pm to 9pm.
24. The size of the bucket is N kb. The bucket fills at the rate of 0.1 kb per millisecond. A programmer sends a program to receiver. There it waits for 10 milliseconds. And response will be back to programmer in 20 milliseconds. How much time the program takes to get a response back to the programmer, after it is sent?
25. A man, a woman, and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days. Man only can do it in 24 days. Woman can do it in 16 days and in how many days child can do the same work?
26. If the vertex (5,7) is placed in the memory. First vertex (1,1) ?s address is 1245 and then address of (5,7) is ----------
27. Which of the following are orthogonal pairs? a. 3i+2j b. i+j c. 2i-3j d. -7i+j
28. If VXUPLVH is written as SURMISE, what is SHDVD?
29. If A, B and C are the mechanisms used separately to reduce the wastage of fuel by 30%, 20% and 10%. What will be the fuel economy if they were used combined.
30. What is the power of 2? a. 2068 b.2048 c.2668
31. Complete the series. 3, 8, --, 24, --, 48, 63
32. Complete the series. 4, -5, 11, -14, 22, ---
33. A, B and C are 8 bit no?s. They are as follows:
A 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
C 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
Find ( (A-B) u C )=?
Hint :
A-B is {A} ? {A n B}
34. A Flight takes off at 2 A.M from northeast direction and travels for 11 hours to reach the destination which is in north west direction. Given the latitude and longitude of source and destination. Find the local time of destination when the flight reaches there?
35. A can copy 50 papers in 10 hours while both A & B can copy 70 papers in 10 hours. Then for how many hours required for B to copy 26 papers?
36. A is twice efficient than B. A and B can both work together to complete a work in 7 days. Then find in how many days A alone can complete the work?
37. A finish the work in 10 days. B is 60% efficient than A. So how days does B take to finish the work?
38. A finishes the work in 10 days & B in 8 days individually. If A works for only 6 days then how many days should B work to complete A?s work?
39. Given the length of the 3 sides of a triangle. Find the one that is impossible? (HINT : sum of smaller 2 sides is greater than the other one which is larger)
40. Find the singularity matrix from a given set of matrices?(Hint det(A)==0)
41. A 2D array is declared as A[9,7] and each element requires 2 byte. If A[ 1,1 ] is stored in 3000. Find the memory of A[8,5] ?
42. Sum of slopes of 2 perpendicular st. lines is given. Find the pair of lines from the given set of options which satisfy the above condition?
43. (a) 2+3i (b)1+i (c) 3-2i (d) 1-7i .Find which of the above is orthogonal.
44. (Momentum*Velocity)/(Acceleration * distance ) find units.
45. The number 362 in decimal system is given by (1362)x in the X system of numbers find the value of X a}5 b) 6 c) 7 d) 8 e) 9
46. Given $ means Tripling and % means change of sign then find the value of $%$6-%$%6
47. My flight takes of at 2am from a place at 18N 10E and landed 10 Hrs later at a place with coordinates 36N70W. What is the local time when my plane landed.
a) 6:00 am b) 6:40am c)7:40 d)7:00 e)8:00 (Hint : Every 1 deg longitude is equal to 4 minutes . If west to east add time else subtract time)
48. Find the highest prime number that can be stored in an 8bit computer.
49. Which of the following set of numbers has the highest Standard deviation?
1,0,1,0,1,0
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1
1,1,1,1,1,1
1,1,0,-1,0,-1
50. Match the following:
1. Male - Boy ---> a. A type of
2. Square - Polygon ---> b. A part of
3. Roof - Building ---> c. Not a type of
4. Mushroom - Vegetables ---> d. A superset of
Ans: 1- d, 2- a, 3- b, 4- c
51. Match the following.
1. brother ? sister ---> a. Part of
2. Alsatian ? dog ---> b. Sibling
3. sentence ? paragraph ---> c. Type of
4. car - steering ---> d. Not a type of
Ans. 1-b, 2-c, 3-a, 4-d
*****Remaining Questions were from Graph, pie charts, Bar chart and Venn diagram which were very easy.
SECTION 3: CRITICAL REASONING(BRM ?LOGICAL REASONING PACKAGE WILL BE VERY HELPFUL)
I.The players G,H,J,K,L,M,N,O are to be felicitated of representing the county team in Baseball Out of these H,M,O also are in the Football team and K,N are there in the Basket ball team . These players are to be seated on a table and no two players who has represented the county in more than one game are to sit together.
1.Which one of the orders can they be seated in
2. Which of the orders is not possible
3. If N is seated in the middle then which of the following pairs cannot be seated near him .
4. If M is seated then which of the following pairs can be seated next to him.
Choices are given for all the questions
II There are 2 groups named Brown and red. They can?t marry in the same group. If the husband or wife dies then the person will convert to their own group. If a person is married then the husband will have to change his group to his wife?s group. The child will own the mothers group. From these a set of 4 questions were given .Solve them
Eg;
1.Brown?s daughter is red (False)
2. If a person is red. Then his/her mother?s brother belong to which group if he is married (Brown)
III 7 people ? a,b,c,d,e,f,g
Need to make a seating arrangement for them.
Conditions: 1)A should be at the center 2) B,F should be at the right extreme 3)C,E always in pair 4)D,G as far as possible
Questions from the above were asked?
Eg:
Which of the following pairs were not possible?
Others questions were similar to the above. More questions were from Barrons.
HR QUESTIONS:
For all the questions they expect a elaborate answer with justifications and not a short one.
1) Market urself
2) Why TCS ?
3) Will u switch over to any other company after joining TCS? If NO then why?
4) R u mobile? ( R u ready to go anywhere ?)
5) R u ready to go to places of extreme temperature. If yes what do u think of ur safety?
6) What are the requirements for leadership quality ?
7) Why u switch over to s/w from ur own back ground?
8) What are the qualities required for a s/w engineer and Project manager?
9) Rate ur good qualities?
10) What is the difference between hard and smart work?
11) Do u have a plan of doing higher studies ?
Technical Questions :
General :
The questions were different for different persons and depends on the field of interest that u say.
Communication :
1) OSI Layers in n/w with the functionalities
2) TCP/IP protocol
3) Bridges, Routers, LAN, WAN, MAN
4) Token bus, FDDI, Ethernet
C Language :
1) Datastructures esp :Linked list and trees
2) Structures , unions, Kind of variables ( local ,Global)
3) Strrev( ) program
4) Case structure (it is not the usual switch case stat)
5) Calloc,malloc
6) Divide 2 number and print the o/p ( NOTE: Check for divide by zero error)
TCS APTITUDE PAPER WITH SOLUTIONS
TCS APTITUDE PAPER WITH SOLUTIONS
1) If log 0.317=0.3332 and log 0.318=0.3364 then find log 0.319 ?
Sol) log 0.317=0.3332 and log 0.318=0.3364, then
log 0.319=log0.318+(log0.318-log0.317) = 0.3396
2) A box of 150 packets consists of 1kg packets and 2kg packets. Total weight of box is 264kg. How many 2kg packets are there ?
Sol) x= 2 kg Packs
y= 1 kg packs
x + y = 150 .......... Eqn 1
2x + y = 264 .......... Eqn 2
Solve the Simultaneous equation; x = 114
so, y = 36
ANS : Number of 2 kg Packs = 114.
3) My flight takes of at 2am from a place at 18N 10E and landed 10 Hrs later at a place with coordinates 36N70W. What is the local time when my plane landed?
6:00 am b) 6:40am c) 7:40 d) 7:00 e) 8:00
Sol) The destination place is 80 degree west to the starting place. Hence the time difference between these two places is 5 hour 20 min. (=24hr*80/360).
When the flight landed, the time at the starting place is 12 noon (2 AM + 10 hours).
Hence, the time at the destination place is 12 noon - 5:20 hours = 6: 40 AM
4) A plane moves from 9°N40°E to 9°N40°W. If the plane starts at 10 am and takes 8 hours to reach the destination, find the local arrival time ?
Sol) Since it is moving from east to west longitide we need to add both
ie,40+40=80
multiply the ans by 4
=>80*4=320min
convert this min to hours ie, 5hrs 33min
It takes 8hrs totally . So 8-5hr 30 min=2hr 30min
So the ans is 10am+2hr 30 min
=>ans is 12:30 it will reach
5) The size of the bucket is N kb. The bucket fills at the rate of 0.1 kb per millisecond. A programmer sends a program to receiver. There it waits for 10 milliseconds. And response will be back to programmer in 20 milliseconds. How much time the program takes to get a response back to the programmer, after it is sent? Please tell me the answer with explanation. Very urgent.
Sol) see it doesn't matter that wat the time is being taken to fill the bucket.after reaching program it waits there for 10ms and back to the programmer in 20 ms.then total time to get the response is 20ms +10 ms=30ms...it's so simple....
6) A file is transferred from one location to another in 'buckets'. The size of the bucket is 10 kilobytes. Each bucket gets filled at the rate of 0.0001 kilobytes per millisecond. The transmission time from sender to receiver is 10 milliseconds per bucket. After the receipt of the bucket the receiver sends an acknowledgement that reaches sender in 100 milliseconds. Assuming no error during transmission, write a formula to calculate the time taken in seconds to successfully complete the transfer of a file of size N kilobytes.
(n/1000)*(n/10)*10+(n/100)....as i hv calculated...~~!not 100% sure
7) A fisherman's day is rated as good if he catches 9 fishes, fair if 7 fishes and bad if 5 fishes. He catches 53 fishes in a week n had all good, fair n bad days in the week. So how many good, fair n bad days did the fisher man had in the week
Ans:4 good, 1 fair n 2 bad days
Sol) Go to river catch fish
4*9=36
7*1=7
2*5=10
36+7+10=53...
take what is given 53
good days means --- 9 fishes so 53/9=4(remainder=17) if u assume 5 then there is no chance for bad days.
fair days means ----- 7 fishes so remaining 17 --- 17/7=1(remainder=10) if u assume 2 then there is no chance for bad days.
bad days means -------5 fishes so remaining 10---10/5=2days.
Ans: 4 good, 1 fair, 2bad. ==== total 7 days.
x+y+z=7--------- eq1
9*x+7*y+5*z=53 -------eq2
multiply eq 1 by 9,
9*x+9*y+9*z=35 -------------eq3
from eq2 and eq3
2*y+4*z=10-----eq4
since all x,y and z are integer i sud put a integer value of y such that z sud be integer in eq 4 .....and ther will be two value y=1 or 3 then z = 2 or 1 from eq 4
for first y=1,z=2 then from eq1 x= 4
so 9*4+1*7+2*5=53.... satisfied
now for second y=3 z=1 then from eq1 x=3
so 9*3+3*7+1*5=53 ......satisfied
so finally there are two solution of this question
(x,y,z)=(4,1,2) and (3,3,1)...
8) Y catches 5 times more fishes than X. If total number of fishes caught by X and Y is 42, then number of fishes caught by X?
Sol) Let no. of fish x catches=p
no. caught by y =r
r=5p.
r+p=42
then p=7,r=35
9) Three companies are working independently and receiving the savings 20%, 30%, 40%. If the companies work combinely, what will be their net savings?
suppose total income is 100 http://www.TowardsJob.com
so amount x is getting is 80
y is 70
z =60
total=210
but total money is 300
300-210=90
so they are getting 90 rs less
90 is 30% of 300 so they r getting 30% discount
10) The ratio of incomes of C and D is 3:4.the ratio of their expenditures is 4:5. Find the ratio of their savings if the savings of C is one fourths of his income?
Sol) incomes:3:4
expenditures:4:5
3x-4y=1/4(3x)
12x-16y=3x
9x=16y
y=9x/16
(3x-4(9x/16))/((4x-5(9x/16)))
ans:12/19
11) If G(0) = -1 G(1)= 1 and G(N)=G(N-1) - G(N-2) then what is the value of G(6)?
ans: -1
bcoz g(2)=g(1)-g(0)=1+1=2
g(3)=1
g(4)=-1
g(5)=-2
g(6)=-1
12) If A can copy 50 pages in 10 hours and A and B together can copy 70 pages in 10 hours, how much time does B takes to copy 26 pages?
Sol) A can copy 50 pages in 10 hrs.
A can copy 5 pages in 1hr.(50/10)
now A & B can copy 70 pages in 10hrs.
thus, B can copy 90 pages in 10 hrs.[eqn. is (50+x)/2=70, where x--> no. of pages B can copy in 10 hrs.]
so, B can copy 9 pages in 1hr.
therefore, to copy 26 pages B will need almost 3hrs.
since in 3hrs B can copy 27 pages.
13) what's the answer for that :
A, B and C are 8 bit no's. They are as follows:
A -> 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
B -> 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
C -> 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 ( - =minus, u=union)
Find ((A - C) u B) =?
To find A-C, We will find 2's compliment of C and them add it with A,
That will give us (A-C)
2's compliment of C=1's compliment of C+1
=11000101+1=11000110
A-C= 11000101
+ 11000110
=10001001
Now (A-C) U B is .OR. logic operation on (A-C) and B
10001001 .OR . 00110011
The answer is = 10111011,
Whose decimal equivalent is 187.
14) One circular array is given(means memory allocation tales place in circular fashion) diamension(9X7) and sarting add. is 3000, What is the address of (2,3)........
Sol) it's a 9x7 int array so it reqiure a 126 bytes for storing.b'ze integer value need 2 byes of memory allocation. and starting add is 3000
so starting add of 2x3 will be 3012.
15) In a two-dimensional array, X (9, 7), with each element occupying 4 bytes of memory, with the address of the first element X (1, 1) is 3000, find the address of X (8, 5).
Sol) initial x (1,1) = 3000 u hav to find from x(8,1)so u have x(1,1),x(1,2) ... x(7,7) = so u have totally 7 * 7 = 49 elementsu need to find for x(8,5) ? here we have 5 elements each element have 4 bytes : (49 + 5 -1) * 4 = 212 -----( -1 is to deduct the 1 element ) 3000 + 212 = 3212
16) Which of the following is power of 3 a) 2345 b) 9875 c) 6504 d) 9833
17) The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied ?
Sol) M=sqrt(100N)
N is increased by 1%
therefore new value of N=N + (N/100)
=101N/100
M=sqrt(100 * (101N/100) )
Hence, we get M=sqrt(101 * N)
18)
1)SCOOTER --j------- AUTOMOBILE--- A. PART OF
2.OXYGEN----------- WATER ------- B. A Type of
3.SHOP STAFF------- FITTERS------ C. NOT A TYPE OF
4. BUG -------------REPTILE------ D. A SUPERSET OF
1)B 2)A 3)D 4)C
19) A bus started from bustand at 8.00a m and after 30 min staying at destination, it returned back to the bustand. the destination is 27 miles from the bustand. the speed of the bus 50 percent fast speed. at what time it returns to the bustand
this is the step by step solution:
a bus cover 27 mile with 18 mph in =27/18= 1 hour 30 min. and it wait at stand =30 min.
after this speed of return increase by 50% so 50%of 18 mph=9mph
Total speed of returnig=18+9=27
Then in return it take 27/27=1 hour
then total time in joureny=1+1:30+00:30 =3 hour
so it will come at 8+3 hour=11 a.m.
So Ans==11 a.m
20) In two dimensional array X(7,9) each element occupies 2 bytes of memory.If the address of first element X(1,1)is 1258 then what will be the address of the element X(5,8) ?
Sol) Here, the address of first element x[1][1] is 1258 and also 2 byte of memory is given. now, we have to solve the address of element x[5][8], therefore, 1258+ 5*8*2 = 1258+80 = 1338 so the answer is 1338.
21) The temperature at Mumbai is given by the function: -t2/6+4t+12 where t is the elapsed time since midnight. What is the percentage rise (or fall) in temperature between 5.00PM and 8.00PM?
22) Low temperature at the night in a city is 1/3 more than 1/2 high as higher temperature in a day. Sum of the low temperature and highest temp. is 100 degrees. Then what is the low temp?
Sol) Let highest temp be x
so low temp=1/3 of x of 1/2 of x plus x/2 i.e. x/6+x/2
total temp=x+x/6+x/2=100
therefore, x=60
Lowest temp is 40
23) In Madras, temperature at noon varies according to -t^2/2 + 8t + 3, where t is elapsed time. Find how much temperature more or less in 4pm to 9pm. Ans. At 9pm 7.5 more
Sol) In equestion first put t=9,
we will get 34.5...........................(1)
now put t=4,
we will get 27..............................(2)
so ans=34.5-27
=7.5
24) A person had to multiply two numbers. Instead of multiplying by 35, he multiplied by 53 and the product went up by 540. What was the raised product?
a) 780 b) 1040 c) 1590 d) 1720
Sol) x*53-x*35=540=> x=30 therefore, 53*30=1590 Ans
25) How many positive integer solutions does the equation 2x+3y = 100 have?
a) 50 b) 33 c) 16 d) 35
Sol) There is a simple way to answer this kind of Q's given 2x+3y=100, take l.c.m of 'x' coeff and 'y' coeff i.e. l.c.m of 2,3 ==6then divide 100 with 6 , which turns out 16 hence answer is 16short cut formula--- constant / (l.cm of x coeff and y coeff)
26) The total expense of a boarding house are partly fixed and partly variable with the number of boarders. The charge is Rs.70 per head when there are 25 boarders and Rs.60 when there are 50 boarders. Find the charge per head when there are 100 boarders.
a) 65 b) 55 c) 50 d) 45
Sol)
Let a = fixed cost and k = variable cost and n = number of boarders
total cost when 25 boarders c = 25*70 = 1750 i.e. 1750 = a + 25k
total cost when 50 boarders c = 50*60 = 3000 i.e. 3000 = a + 50k
solving above 2 eqns, 3000-1750 = 25k i.e. 1250 = 25k i.e. k = 50
therefore, substituting this value of k in either of above 2 eqns we get
a = 500 (a = 3000-50*50 = 500 or a = 1750 - 25*50 = 500)
so total cost when 100 boarders = c = a + 100k = 500 + 100*50 = 5500
so cost per head = 5500/100 = 55
27) Amal bought 5 pens, 7 pencils and 4 erasers. Rajan bought 6 pens, 8 erasers and 14 pencils for an amount which was half more than what Amal had paid. What % of the total amount paid by Amal was paid for pens?
a) 37.5% b) 62.5% c) 50% d) None of these
Sol)
Let, 5 pens + 7 pencils + 4 erasers = x rupees
so 10 pens + 14 pencils + 8 erasers = 2*x rupees
also mentioned, 6 pens + 14 pencils + 8 erarsers = 1.5*x rupees
so (10-6) = 4 pens = (2-1.5)x rupees
so 4 pens = 0.5x rupees => 8 pens = x rupees
so 5 pens = 5x/8 rupees = 5/8 of total (note x rupees is total amt paid byamal)
i.e 5/8 = 500/8% = 62.5% is the answer
28) I lost Rs.68 in two races. My second race loss is Rs.6 more than the first race. My friend lost Rs.4 more than me in the second race. What is the amount lost by my friend in the second race?
Sol)
x + x+6 = rs 68
2x + 6 = 68
2x = 68-6
2x = 62
x=31
x is the amt lost in I race
x+ 6 = 31+6=37 is lost in second race
then my friend lost 37 + 4 = 41 Rs
29) Ten boxes are there. Each ball weighs 100 gms. One ball is weighing 90 gms. i) If there are 3 balls (n=3) in each box, how many times will it take to find 90 gms ball? ii) Same question with n=10 iii) Same question with n=9
to me the chances are
when n=3
(i) nC1= 3C1 =3 for 10 boxes .. 10*3=30
(ii) 10C1=10 for 10 boxes ....10*10=100
(iii)9C1=9 for 10 boxes .....10*9=90
30) (1-1/6) (1-1/7).... (1- (1/ (n+4))) (1-(1/ (n+5))) = ?
leaving the first numerater and last denominater, all the numerater and denominater will cancelled out one another. Ans. 5/(n+5)
31) A face of the clock is divided into three parts. First part hours total is equal to the sum of the second and third part. What is the total of hours in the bigger part?
Sol) the clock normally has 12 hr
three parts x,y,z
x+y+z=12
x=y+z
2x=12
x=6
so the largest part is 6 hrs
32) With 4/5 full tank vehicle travels 12 miles, with 1/3 full tank how much distance travels
Sol) 4/5 full tank= 12 mile
1 full tank= 12/(4/5)
1/3 full tank= 12/(4/5)*(1/3)= 5 miles
33) wind blows 160 miles in 330min.for 80 miles how much time required
Sol) 160 miles= 330 min
1 mile = 330/160
80 miles=(330*80)/160=165 min.
34) A person was fined for exceeding the speed limit by 10mph.another person was also fined for exceeding the same speed limit by twice the same if the second person was travelling at a speed of 35 mph. find the speed limit
Sol)
(x+10)=(x+35)/2
solving the eqn we get x=15
35) A sales person multiplied a number and get the answer is 3 instead of that number divided by 3. what is the answer he actually has to get.
Sol) Assume 1
1* 3 = 3
1*1/3=1/3
so he has to got 1/3
this is the exact answer
36) A person who decided to go weekend trip should not exceed 8 hours driving in a day average speed of forward journey is 40 mph due to traffic in Sundays the return journey average speed is 30 mph. How far he can select a picnic spot.
37) Low temperature at the night in a city is 1/3 more than 1/2 hinge as higher temperature in a day. Sum of the low temp and high temp is 100 c. then what is the low temp.
ans is 40 c.
Sol) let x be the highest temp. then,
x+x/2+x/6=100.
therefore, x=60 which is the highest temp
and 100-x=40 which is the lowest temp.
38) car is filled with four and half gallons of oil for full round trip. Fuel is taken 1/4 gallons more in going than coming. What is the fuel consumed in coming up.
Sol) let feul consumed in coming up is x. thus equation is: x+1.25x=4.5ans:2gallons
39) A work is done by the people in 24 min. One of them can do this work alone in 40 min. How much time required to do the same work for the second person
Sol) Two people work together in 24 mins.
So, their one day work is
(1/A)+(1+B)=(1/24)
One man can complete the work in 40mins
one man's one day work (1/B)= (1/40)
Now,
(1/A)=(1/24)-(1/40)
(1/A)=(1/60)
So, A can complete the work in 60 mins.
40) In a company 30% are supervisors and 40% employees are male if 60% of supervisors are male. What is the probability? That a randomly chosen employee is a male or female?
Sol) 40% employees are male if 60% of supervisors are male so for 100% is 26.4%so the probability is 0.264
41) In 80 coins one coin is counterfeit what is minimum number of weighing to find out counterfeit coin
Sol) the minimum number of wieghtings needed is just 5.as shown below
(1) 80->30-30
(2) 15-15
(3) 7-7
(4) 3-3
(5) 1-1
42) 2 oranges, 3 bananas and 4 apples cost Rs.15. 3 oranges, 2 bananas, and 1 apple costs Rs 10. What is the cost of 3 oranges, 3 bananas and 3 apples?
2x+3y+4z=15
3x+2y+z=10 adding
5x+5y+5z=25
x+y+z=5 that is for 1 orange, 1 bannana and 1 apple requires 5Rs.
so for 3 orange, 3 bannana and 3 apple requires 15Rs.
i.e. 3x+3y+3z=15
43) In 8*8 chess board what is the total number of squares refers
Sol) odele discovered that there are 204 squares on the board We found that you would add the different squares - 1 + 4 + 9 + 16+ 25 + 36 + 49 + 64.
Also in 3*3 tic tac toe board what is the total no of squares
Ans 14 ie 9+4(bigger ones)+1 (biggest one)
If you ger 100*100 board just use the formula
the formula for the sum of the first n perfect squares is
n x (n + 1) x (2n + 1)
______________________
6
if in this formula if you put n=8 you get your answer 204
44) One fast typist type some matter in 2hr and another slow typist type the same matter in 3hr. If both do combinely in how much time they will finish.
Sol) Faster one can do 1/2 of work in one hourslower one can do 1/3 of work in one hourboth they do (1/2+1/3=5/6) th work in one hour.so work will b finished in 6/5=1.2 hour i e 1 hour 12 min.
45) If Rs20/- is available to pay for typing a research report & typist A produces 42 pages and typist B produces 28 pages. How much should typist A receive?
Here is the answer Find of 42 % of 20 rs with respect to 70 (i.e 28 + 42) ==> (42 * 20 )/70 ==> 12 Rs
46) An officer kept files on his table at various times in the order 1,2,3,4,5,6. Typist can take file from top whenever she has time and type it.What order she cannt type.?
47) In some game 139 members have participated every time one fellow will get bye what is the number of matches to choose the champion to be held?
the answer is 138 matches
Sol) since one player gets a bye in each round,he will reach the finals of the tournament without playing a match. http://www.TowardsJob.com
therefore 137 matches should be played to detemine the second finalist from the remaining 138 players(excluding the 1st player)
therefore to determine the winner 138 matches shd be played.
48) One rectangular plate with length 8inches, breadth 11 inches and 2 inches thickness is there. What is the length of the circular rod with diameter 8 inches and equal to volume of rectangular plate?
Sol) Vol. of rect. plate= 8*11*2=176
area of rod=(22/7)*(8/2)*(8/2)=(352/7)
vol. of rod=area*length=vol. of plate
so length of rod= vol of plate/area=176/(352/7)=3.5
49) One tank will fill in 6 minutes at the rate of 3cu ft /min, length of tank is 4 ft and the width is 1/2 of length, what is the depth of the tank?
3 ft 7.5 inches
50) A man has to get air-mail. He starts to go to airport on his motorbike. Plane comes early and the mail is sent by a horse-cart. The man meets the cart in the middle after half an hour. He takes the mail and returns back, by doing so, he saves twenty minutes. How early did the plane arrive?
ans:10min:::assume he started at 1:00,so at 1:30 he met cart. He returned home at 2:00.so it took him 1 hour for the total jorney.by doing this he saved 20 min.so the actual time if the plane is not late is 1 hour and 20 min.so the actual time of plane is at 1:40.The cart travelled a time of 10 min before it met him.so the plane is 10 min early.
51) Ram singh goes to his office in the city every day from his suburban house. His driver Mangaram drops him at the railway station in the morning and picks him up in the evening. Every evening Ram singh reaches the station at 5 o'clock. Mangaram also reaches at the same time. One day Ram singh started early from his office and came to the station at 4 o'clock. Not wanting to wait for the car he starts walking home. Mangaram starts at normal time, picks him up on the way and takes him back house, half an hour early. How much time did Ram singh walked?
52) 2 trees are there. One grows at 3/5 of the other. In 4 years total growth of the trees is 8 ft. what growth will smaller tree have in 2 years.
Sol) THE BIG TREE GROWS 8FT IN 4 YEARS=>THE BIG TREE GROWS 4FT IN 2 YEARS.WHEN WE DIVIDE 4FT/5=.8*3=>2.4
ans: 1.5 mt 4 (x+(3/5)x)=88x/5=2x=5/4 after 2 years x=(3/5)*(5/4)*2 =1.5
53) There is a six digit code. Its first two digits, multiplied by 3 gives all ones. And the next two digits multiplied by 6 give all twos. Remaining two digits multiplied by 9 gives all threes. Then what is the code?
sol) Assume the digit xx xx xx (six digits)
First Two digit xx * 3=111
xx=111/3=37
( first two digits of 1 is not divisible by 3 so we can use 111)
Second Two digit xx*6=222
xx=222/6=37
( first two digits of 2 is not divisible by 6 so we can use 222)
Thrid Two digit xx*9=333
xx=333/9=37
( first two digits of 3 is not divisible by 9 so we can use 333)
54) There are 4 balls and 4 boxes of colours yellow, pink, red and green. Red ball is in a box whose colour is same as that of the ball in a yellow box. Red box has green ball. In which box you find the yellow ball?
ans is green...
Sol) Yellow box can have either of pink/yellow balls.
if we put a yellow ball in "yellow" box then it wud imply that "yellow" is also the colour of the box which has the red ball(becoz acordin 2 d question,d box of the red ball n the ball in the yellow box have same colour)
thus this possibility is ruled out...
therefore the ball in yellow box must be pink,hence the colour of box containin red ball is also pink....
=>the box colour left out is "green",,,which is alloted to the only box left,,,the one which has yellow ball..
55) A bag contains 20 yellow balls, 10 green balls, 5 white balls, 8 black balls, and 1 red ball. How many minimum balls one should pick out so that to make sure the he gets at least 2 balls of same color.
Ans:he should pick 6 ball totally.
Sol) Suppose he picks 5 balls of all different colours then when he picks up the sixth one, it must match any on of the previously drawn ball colour.
thus he must pick 6 balls
56) What is the number of zeros at the end of the product of the numbers from 1 to 100
Sol) For every 5 in unit palce one zero is added Ch eta naS
so between 1 to 100 there are 10 nos like 5,15,25,..,95 which has 5 in unit place.
Similarly for every no divisible by 10 one zero is added in the answer so between 1 to 100 11 zeros are added
for 25,50,75 3 extra zeros are added
so total no of zeros are 10+11+3=24
57) 10 Digit number has its first digit equals to the numbers of 1's, second digit equals to the numbers of 2's, 3rd digit equals to the numbers of 3's .4th equals number of 4's..till 9th digit equals to the numbers of 9's and 10th digit equals to the number of 0's. what is the number?.(6marks)
ans:2100010006
2---shows that two 1's in the ans
1---shows that one 2 in ans
0---shows no 3 in the ans
0---shows no 4 in the ans
0---shows no 5 in the ans
1---shows one 6 in the ans
0---shows no 7 in the ans
0---shows no 8 in the ans
0---shows no 9 in the ans
6---shows six 0's in the ans
58) There are two numbers in the ratio 8:9. if the smaller of the two numbers is increased by 12 and the larger number is reduced by 19 thee the ratio of the two numbers is 5:9. Find the larger number?
sol) 8x:9x initialy
8x+ 12 : 9x - 19 = 5x:9x
8x+12 = 5x
-> x = 4
9x = 36 not sure about the answer ..
59) There are three different boxes A, B and C. Difference between weights of A and B is 3 kgs. And between B and C is 5 kgs. Then what is the maximum sum of the differences of all possible combinations when two boxes are taken each time
A-B = 3
B-c = 5
a-c = 8
so sum of diff = 8+3+5 = 16 kgs
60) A and B are shooters and having their exam. A and B fall short of 10 and 2 shots respectively to the qualifying mark. If each of them fired atleast one shot and even by adding their total score together, they fall short of the qualifying mark, what is the qualifying mark?
ans is 11
coz each had atleast 1 shot done so 10 + 1 = 11
n 9 + 2 = 11
so d ans is 11
61) A, B, C, and D tells the following times by looking at their watches. A tells it is 3 to 12. B tells it is 3 past 12. C tells it is 12:2. D tells it is half a dozen too soon to 12. No two watches show the same time. The difference between the watches is 2,3,4,5 respectively. Whose watch shows maximum time?
sol) A shows 11:57, B shows 12:03, C shows 12:02, and D shows 11:06 therefore, max time is for B
62) Falling height is proportional to square of the time. One object falls 64cm in 2sec than in 6sec from how much height the object will fall.
Sol) The falling height is proportional to the squere of the time.
Now, the falling height is 64cm at 2sec
so, the proportional constant is=64/(2*2)=16;
so, at 6sec the object fall maximum (16*6*6)cm=576cm;
Now, the object may be situated at any where.
if it is>576 only that time the object falling 576cm within 6sec .Otherwise if it is situated<576 then it fall only that height at 6sec.
63) Gavaskar average in first 50 innings was 50. After the 51st innings his average was 51 how many runs he made in the 51st innings
Ans) first 50 ings.- run= 50*50=2500
51st ings.- avg 51. so total run =51*51=2601.
so run scored in that ings=2601-2500=101 runs.
64) Anand finishes a work in 7 days, Bittu finishes the same job in 8 days and Chandu in 6 days. They take turns to finish the work. Anand on the first day, Bittu on the second and Chandu on the third day and then Anand again and so on. On which day will the work get over?
a) 3rd b) 6th c) 9th d) 7th
Ans is d) 7th day
Sol) In d 1st day Anand does 1/7th of total work
similarly,
Bithu does 1/8th work in d 2nd day
hence at d end of 3 days, work done = 1/7+1/8+1/6=73/168
remaining work = (168-73)/168 = 95/168
again after 6 days of work, remaining work is = (95-73)/168 = 22/168
and hence Anand completes the work on 7th day.(hope u understood.)
65) A man, a women and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days,man can do it in 14 days, women can do it 16 days, and in how many days child can do the same work?
The child does it in 24 days
66)
A: 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B: 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
C: 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
Find ( (A-B) u C )==?
Hint : 109
A-B is {A} - {A n B}
A: 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B: 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
by binary sub. a-b = 01100001 (1-0=1, 1-1=0,0-0=0, n for the 1st 3 digits 110-011=011)
now (a-b)uc= 01100001
or 01101101
gives 1101101... convert to decimal equals 109
1) If log 0.317=0.3332 and log 0.318=0.3364 then find log 0.319 ?
Sol) log 0.317=0.3332 and log 0.318=0.3364, then
log 0.319=log0.318+(log0.318-log0.317) = 0.3396
2) A box of 150 packets consists of 1kg packets and 2kg packets. Total weight of box is 264kg. How many 2kg packets are there ?
Sol) x= 2 kg Packs
y= 1 kg packs
x + y = 150 .......... Eqn 1
2x + y = 264 .......... Eqn 2
Solve the Simultaneous equation; x = 114
so, y = 36
ANS : Number of 2 kg Packs = 114.
3) My flight takes of at 2am from a place at 18N 10E and landed 10 Hrs later at a place with coordinates 36N70W. What is the local time when my plane landed?
6:00 am b) 6:40am c) 7:40 d) 7:00 e) 8:00
Sol) The destination place is 80 degree west to the starting place. Hence the time difference between these two places is 5 hour 20 min. (=24hr*80/360).
When the flight landed, the time at the starting place is 12 noon (2 AM + 10 hours).
Hence, the time at the destination place is 12 noon - 5:20 hours = 6: 40 AM
4) A plane moves from 9°N40°E to 9°N40°W. If the plane starts at 10 am and takes 8 hours to reach the destination, find the local arrival time ?
Sol) Since it is moving from east to west longitide we need to add both
ie,40+40=80
multiply the ans by 4
=>80*4=320min
convert this min to hours ie, 5hrs 33min
It takes 8hrs totally . So 8-5hr 30 min=2hr 30min
So the ans is 10am+2hr 30 min
=>ans is 12:30 it will reach
5) The size of the bucket is N kb. The bucket fills at the rate of 0.1 kb per millisecond. A programmer sends a program to receiver. There it waits for 10 milliseconds. And response will be back to programmer in 20 milliseconds. How much time the program takes to get a response back to the programmer, after it is sent? Please tell me the answer with explanation. Very urgent.
Sol) see it doesn't matter that wat the time is being taken to fill the bucket.after reaching program it waits there for 10ms and back to the programmer in 20 ms.then total time to get the response is 20ms +10 ms=30ms...it's so simple....
6) A file is transferred from one location to another in 'buckets'. The size of the bucket is 10 kilobytes. Each bucket gets filled at the rate of 0.0001 kilobytes per millisecond. The transmission time from sender to receiver is 10 milliseconds per bucket. After the receipt of the bucket the receiver sends an acknowledgement that reaches sender in 100 milliseconds. Assuming no error during transmission, write a formula to calculate the time taken in seconds to successfully complete the transfer of a file of size N kilobytes.
(n/1000)*(n/10)*10+(n/100)....as i hv calculated...~~!not 100% sure
7) A fisherman's day is rated as good if he catches 9 fishes, fair if 7 fishes and bad if 5 fishes. He catches 53 fishes in a week n had all good, fair n bad days in the week. So how many good, fair n bad days did the fisher man had in the week
Ans:4 good, 1 fair n 2 bad days
Sol) Go to river catch fish
4*9=36
7*1=7
2*5=10
36+7+10=53...
take what is given 53
good days means --- 9 fishes so 53/9=4(remainder=17) if u assume 5 then there is no chance for bad days.
fair days means ----- 7 fishes so remaining 17 --- 17/7=1(remainder=10) if u assume 2 then there is no chance for bad days.
bad days means -------5 fishes so remaining 10---10/5=2days.
Ans: 4 good, 1 fair, 2bad. ==== total 7 days.
x+y+z=7--------- eq1
9*x+7*y+5*z=53 -------eq2
multiply eq 1 by 9,
9*x+9*y+9*z=35 -------------eq3
from eq2 and eq3
2*y+4*z=10-----eq4
since all x,y and z are integer i sud put a integer value of y such that z sud be integer in eq 4 .....and ther will be two value y=1 or 3 then z = 2 or 1 from eq 4
for first y=1,z=2 then from eq1 x= 4
so 9*4+1*7+2*5=53.... satisfied
now for second y=3 z=1 then from eq1 x=3
so 9*3+3*7+1*5=53 ......satisfied
so finally there are two solution of this question
(x,y,z)=(4,1,2) and (3,3,1)...
8) Y catches 5 times more fishes than X. If total number of fishes caught by X and Y is 42, then number of fishes caught by X?
Sol) Let no. of fish x catches=p
no. caught by y =r
r=5p.
r+p=42
then p=7,r=35
9) Three companies are working independently and receiving the savings 20%, 30%, 40%. If the companies work combinely, what will be their net savings?
suppose total income is 100 http://www.TowardsJob.com
so amount x is getting is 80
y is 70
z =60
total=210
but total money is 300
300-210=90
so they are getting 90 rs less
90 is 30% of 300 so they r getting 30% discount
10) The ratio of incomes of C and D is 3:4.the ratio of their expenditures is 4:5. Find the ratio of their savings if the savings of C is one fourths of his income?
Sol) incomes:3:4
expenditures:4:5
3x-4y=1/4(3x)
12x-16y=3x
9x=16y
y=9x/16
(3x-4(9x/16))/((4x-5(9x/16)))
ans:12/19
11) If G(0) = -1 G(1)= 1 and G(N)=G(N-1) - G(N-2) then what is the value of G(6)?
ans: -1
bcoz g(2)=g(1)-g(0)=1+1=2
g(3)=1
g(4)=-1
g(5)=-2
g(6)=-1
12) If A can copy 50 pages in 10 hours and A and B together can copy 70 pages in 10 hours, how much time does B takes to copy 26 pages?
Sol) A can copy 50 pages in 10 hrs.
A can copy 5 pages in 1hr.(50/10)
now A & B can copy 70 pages in 10hrs.
thus, B can copy 90 pages in 10 hrs.[eqn. is (50+x)/2=70, where x--> no. of pages B can copy in 10 hrs.]
so, B can copy 9 pages in 1hr.
therefore, to copy 26 pages B will need almost 3hrs.
since in 3hrs B can copy 27 pages.
13) what's the answer for that :
A, B and C are 8 bit no's. They are as follows:
A -> 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1
B -> 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
C -> 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 ( - =minus, u=union)
Find ((A - C) u B) =?
To find A-C, We will find 2's compliment of C and them add it with A,
That will give us (A-C)
2's compliment of C=1's compliment of C+1
=11000101+1=11000110
A-C= 11000101
+ 11000110
=10001001
Now (A-C) U B is .OR. logic operation on (A-C) and B
10001001 .OR . 00110011
The answer is = 10111011,
Whose decimal equivalent is 187.
14) One circular array is given(means memory allocation tales place in circular fashion) diamension(9X7) and sarting add. is 3000, What is the address of (2,3)........
Sol) it's a 9x7 int array so it reqiure a 126 bytes for storing.b'ze integer value need 2 byes of memory allocation. and starting add is 3000
so starting add of 2x3 will be 3012.
15) In a two-dimensional array, X (9, 7), with each element occupying 4 bytes of memory, with the address of the first element X (1, 1) is 3000, find the address of X (8, 5).
Sol) initial x (1,1) = 3000 u hav to find from x(8,1)so u have x(1,1),x(1,2) ... x(7,7) = so u have totally 7 * 7 = 49 elementsu need to find for x(8,5) ? here we have 5 elements each element have 4 bytes : (49 + 5 -1) * 4 = 212 -----( -1 is to deduct the 1 element ) 3000 + 212 = 3212
16) Which of the following is power of 3 a) 2345 b) 9875 c) 6504 d) 9833
17) The size of a program is N. And the memory occupied by the program is given by M = square root of 100N. If the size of the program is increased by 1% then how much memory now occupied ?
Sol) M=sqrt(100N)
N is increased by 1%
therefore new value of N=N + (N/100)
=101N/100
M=sqrt(100 * (101N/100) )
Hence, we get M=sqrt(101 * N)
18)
1)SCOOTER --j------- AUTOMOBILE--- A. PART OF
2.OXYGEN----------- WATER ------- B. A Type of
3.SHOP STAFF------- FITTERS------ C. NOT A TYPE OF
4. BUG -------------REPTILE------ D. A SUPERSET OF
1)B 2)A 3)D 4)C
19) A bus started from bustand at 8.00a m and after 30 min staying at destination, it returned back to the bustand. the destination is 27 miles from the bustand. the speed of the bus 50 percent fast speed. at what time it returns to the bustand
this is the step by step solution:
a bus cover 27 mile with 18 mph in =27/18= 1 hour 30 min. and it wait at stand =30 min.
after this speed of return increase by 50% so 50%of 18 mph=9mph
Total speed of returnig=18+9=27
Then in return it take 27/27=1 hour
then total time in joureny=1+1:30+00:30 =3 hour
so it will come at 8+3 hour=11 a.m.
So Ans==11 a.m
20) In two dimensional array X(7,9) each element occupies 2 bytes of memory.If the address of first element X(1,1)is 1258 then what will be the address of the element X(5,8) ?
Sol) Here, the address of first element x[1][1] is 1258 and also 2 byte of memory is given. now, we have to solve the address of element x[5][8], therefore, 1258+ 5*8*2 = 1258+80 = 1338 so the answer is 1338.
21) The temperature at Mumbai is given by the function: -t2/6+4t+12 where t is the elapsed time since midnight. What is the percentage rise (or fall) in temperature between 5.00PM and 8.00PM?
22) Low temperature at the night in a city is 1/3 more than 1/2 high as higher temperature in a day. Sum of the low temperature and highest temp. is 100 degrees. Then what is the low temp?
Sol) Let highest temp be x
so low temp=1/3 of x of 1/2 of x plus x/2 i.e. x/6+x/2
total temp=x+x/6+x/2=100
therefore, x=60
Lowest temp is 40
23) In Madras, temperature at noon varies according to -t^2/2 + 8t + 3, where t is elapsed time. Find how much temperature more or less in 4pm to 9pm. Ans. At 9pm 7.5 more
Sol) In equestion first put t=9,
we will get 34.5...........................(1)
now put t=4,
we will get 27..............................(2)
so ans=34.5-27
=7.5
24) A person had to multiply two numbers. Instead of multiplying by 35, he multiplied by 53 and the product went up by 540. What was the raised product?
a) 780 b) 1040 c) 1590 d) 1720
Sol) x*53-x*35=540=> x=30 therefore, 53*30=1590 Ans
25) How many positive integer solutions does the equation 2x+3y = 100 have?
a) 50 b) 33 c) 16 d) 35
Sol) There is a simple way to answer this kind of Q's given 2x+3y=100, take l.c.m of 'x' coeff and 'y' coeff i.e. l.c.m of 2,3 ==6then divide 100 with 6 , which turns out 16 hence answer is 16short cut formula--- constant / (l.cm of x coeff and y coeff)
26) The total expense of a boarding house are partly fixed and partly variable with the number of boarders. The charge is Rs.70 per head when there are 25 boarders and Rs.60 when there are 50 boarders. Find the charge per head when there are 100 boarders.
a) 65 b) 55 c) 50 d) 45
Sol)
Let a = fixed cost and k = variable cost and n = number of boarders
total cost when 25 boarders c = 25*70 = 1750 i.e. 1750 = a + 25k
total cost when 50 boarders c = 50*60 = 3000 i.e. 3000 = a + 50k
solving above 2 eqns, 3000-1750 = 25k i.e. 1250 = 25k i.e. k = 50
therefore, substituting this value of k in either of above 2 eqns we get
a = 500 (a = 3000-50*50 = 500 or a = 1750 - 25*50 = 500)
so total cost when 100 boarders = c = a + 100k = 500 + 100*50 = 5500
so cost per head = 5500/100 = 55
27) Amal bought 5 pens, 7 pencils and 4 erasers. Rajan bought 6 pens, 8 erasers and 14 pencils for an amount which was half more than what Amal had paid. What % of the total amount paid by Amal was paid for pens?
a) 37.5% b) 62.5% c) 50% d) None of these
Sol)
Let, 5 pens + 7 pencils + 4 erasers = x rupees
so 10 pens + 14 pencils + 8 erasers = 2*x rupees
also mentioned, 6 pens + 14 pencils + 8 erarsers = 1.5*x rupees
so (10-6) = 4 pens = (2-1.5)x rupees
so 4 pens = 0.5x rupees => 8 pens = x rupees
so 5 pens = 5x/8 rupees = 5/8 of total (note x rupees is total amt paid byamal)
i.e 5/8 = 500/8% = 62.5% is the answer
28) I lost Rs.68 in two races. My second race loss is Rs.6 more than the first race. My friend lost Rs.4 more than me in the second race. What is the amount lost by my friend in the second race?
Sol)
x + x+6 = rs 68
2x + 6 = 68
2x = 68-6
2x = 62
x=31
x is the amt lost in I race
x+ 6 = 31+6=37 is lost in second race
then my friend lost 37 + 4 = 41 Rs
29) Ten boxes are there. Each ball weighs 100 gms. One ball is weighing 90 gms. i) If there are 3 balls (n=3) in each box, how many times will it take to find 90 gms ball? ii) Same question with n=10 iii) Same question with n=9
to me the chances are
when n=3
(i) nC1= 3C1 =3 for 10 boxes .. 10*3=30
(ii) 10C1=10 for 10 boxes ....10*10=100
(iii)9C1=9 for 10 boxes .....10*9=90
30) (1-1/6) (1-1/7).... (1- (1/ (n+4))) (1-(1/ (n+5))) = ?
leaving the first numerater and last denominater, all the numerater and denominater will cancelled out one another. Ans. 5/(n+5)
31) A face of the clock is divided into three parts. First part hours total is equal to the sum of the second and third part. What is the total of hours in the bigger part?
Sol) the clock normally has 12 hr
three parts x,y,z
x+y+z=12
x=y+z
2x=12
x=6
so the largest part is 6 hrs
32) With 4/5 full tank vehicle travels 12 miles, with 1/3 full tank how much distance travels
Sol) 4/5 full tank= 12 mile
1 full tank= 12/(4/5)
1/3 full tank= 12/(4/5)*(1/3)= 5 miles
33) wind blows 160 miles in 330min.for 80 miles how much time required
Sol) 160 miles= 330 min
1 mile = 330/160
80 miles=(330*80)/160=165 min.
34) A person was fined for exceeding the speed limit by 10mph.another person was also fined for exceeding the same speed limit by twice the same if the second person was travelling at a speed of 35 mph. find the speed limit
Sol)
(x+10)=(x+35)/2
solving the eqn we get x=15
35) A sales person multiplied a number and get the answer is 3 instead of that number divided by 3. what is the answer he actually has to get.
Sol) Assume 1
1* 3 = 3
1*1/3=1/3
so he has to got 1/3
this is the exact answer
36) A person who decided to go weekend trip should not exceed 8 hours driving in a day average speed of forward journey is 40 mph due to traffic in Sundays the return journey average speed is 30 mph. How far he can select a picnic spot.
37) Low temperature at the night in a city is 1/3 more than 1/2 hinge as higher temperature in a day. Sum of the low temp and high temp is 100 c. then what is the low temp.
ans is 40 c.
Sol) let x be the highest temp. then,
x+x/2+x/6=100.
therefore, x=60 which is the highest temp
and 100-x=40 which is the lowest temp.
38) car is filled with four and half gallons of oil for full round trip. Fuel is taken 1/4 gallons more in going than coming. What is the fuel consumed in coming up.
Sol) let feul consumed in coming up is x. thus equation is: x+1.25x=4.5ans:2gallons
39) A work is done by the people in 24 min. One of them can do this work alone in 40 min. How much time required to do the same work for the second person
Sol) Two people work together in 24 mins.
So, their one day work is
(1/A)+(1+B)=(1/24)
One man can complete the work in 40mins
one man's one day work (1/B)= (1/40)
Now,
(1/A)=(1/24)-(1/40)
(1/A)=(1/60)
So, A can complete the work in 60 mins.
40) In a company 30% are supervisors and 40% employees are male if 60% of supervisors are male. What is the probability? That a randomly chosen employee is a male or female?
Sol) 40% employees are male if 60% of supervisors are male so for 100% is 26.4%so the probability is 0.264
41) In 80 coins one coin is counterfeit what is minimum number of weighing to find out counterfeit coin
Sol) the minimum number of wieghtings needed is just 5.as shown below
(1) 80->30-30
(2) 15-15
(3) 7-7
(4) 3-3
(5) 1-1
42) 2 oranges, 3 bananas and 4 apples cost Rs.15. 3 oranges, 2 bananas, and 1 apple costs Rs 10. What is the cost of 3 oranges, 3 bananas and 3 apples?
2x+3y+4z=15
3x+2y+z=10 adding
5x+5y+5z=25
x+y+z=5 that is for 1 orange, 1 bannana and 1 apple requires 5Rs.
so for 3 orange, 3 bannana and 3 apple requires 15Rs.
i.e. 3x+3y+3z=15
43) In 8*8 chess board what is the total number of squares refers
Sol) odele discovered that there are 204 squares on the board We found that you would add the different squares - 1 + 4 + 9 + 16+ 25 + 36 + 49 + 64.
Also in 3*3 tic tac toe board what is the total no of squares
Ans 14 ie 9+4(bigger ones)+1 (biggest one)
If you ger 100*100 board just use the formula
the formula for the sum of the first n perfect squares is
n x (n + 1) x (2n + 1)
______________________
6
if in this formula if you put n=8 you get your answer 204
44) One fast typist type some matter in 2hr and another slow typist type the same matter in 3hr. If both do combinely in how much time they will finish.
Sol) Faster one can do 1/2 of work in one hourslower one can do 1/3 of work in one hourboth they do (1/2+1/3=5/6) th work in one hour.so work will b finished in 6/5=1.2 hour i e 1 hour 12 min.
45) If Rs20/- is available to pay for typing a research report & typist A produces 42 pages and typist B produces 28 pages. How much should typist A receive?
Here is the answer Find of 42 % of 20 rs with respect to 70 (i.e 28 + 42) ==> (42 * 20 )/70 ==> 12 Rs
46) An officer kept files on his table at various times in the order 1,2,3,4,5,6. Typist can take file from top whenever she has time and type it.What order she cannt type.?
47) In some game 139 members have participated every time one fellow will get bye what is the number of matches to choose the champion to be held?
the answer is 138 matches
Sol) since one player gets a bye in each round,he will reach the finals of the tournament without playing a match. http://www.TowardsJob.com
therefore 137 matches should be played to detemine the second finalist from the remaining 138 players(excluding the 1st player)
therefore to determine the winner 138 matches shd be played.
48) One rectangular plate with length 8inches, breadth 11 inches and 2 inches thickness is there. What is the length of the circular rod with diameter 8 inches and equal to volume of rectangular plate?
Sol) Vol. of rect. plate= 8*11*2=176
area of rod=(22/7)*(8/2)*(8/2)=(352/7)
vol. of rod=area*length=vol. of plate
so length of rod= vol of plate/area=176/(352/7)=3.5
49) One tank will fill in 6 minutes at the rate of 3cu ft /min, length of tank is 4 ft and the width is 1/2 of length, what is the depth of the tank?
3 ft 7.5 inches
50) A man has to get air-mail. He starts to go to airport on his motorbike. Plane comes early and the mail is sent by a horse-cart. The man meets the cart in the middle after half an hour. He takes the mail and returns back, by doing so, he saves twenty minutes. How early did the plane arrive?
ans:10min:::assume he started at 1:00,so at 1:30 he met cart. He returned home at 2:00.so it took him 1 hour for the total jorney.by doing this he saved 20 min.so the actual time if the plane is not late is 1 hour and 20 min.so the actual time of plane is at 1:40.The cart travelled a time of 10 min before it met him.so the plane is 10 min early.
51) Ram singh goes to his office in the city every day from his suburban house. His driver Mangaram drops him at the railway station in the morning and picks him up in the evening. Every evening Ram singh reaches the station at 5 o'clock. Mangaram also reaches at the same time. One day Ram singh started early from his office and came to the station at 4 o'clock. Not wanting to wait for the car he starts walking home. Mangaram starts at normal time, picks him up on the way and takes him back house, half an hour early. How much time did Ram singh walked?
52) 2 trees are there. One grows at 3/5 of the other. In 4 years total growth of the trees is 8 ft. what growth will smaller tree have in 2 years.
Sol) THE BIG TREE GROWS 8FT IN 4 YEARS=>THE BIG TREE GROWS 4FT IN 2 YEARS.WHEN WE DIVIDE 4FT/5=.8*3=>2.4
ans: 1.5 mt 4 (x+(3/5)x)=88x/5=2x=5/4 after 2 years x=(3/5)*(5/4)*2 =1.5
53) There is a six digit code. Its first two digits, multiplied by 3 gives all ones. And the next two digits multiplied by 6 give all twos. Remaining two digits multiplied by 9 gives all threes. Then what is the code?
sol) Assume the digit xx xx xx (six digits)
First Two digit xx * 3=111
xx=111/3=37
( first two digits of 1 is not divisible by 3 so we can use 111)
Second Two digit xx*6=222
xx=222/6=37
( first two digits of 2 is not divisible by 6 so we can use 222)
Thrid Two digit xx*9=333
xx=333/9=37
( first two digits of 3 is not divisible by 9 so we can use 333)
54) There are 4 balls and 4 boxes of colours yellow, pink, red and green. Red ball is in a box whose colour is same as that of the ball in a yellow box. Red box has green ball. In which box you find the yellow ball?
ans is green...
Sol) Yellow box can have either of pink/yellow balls.
if we put a yellow ball in "yellow" box then it wud imply that "yellow" is also the colour of the box which has the red ball(becoz acordin 2 d question,d box of the red ball n the ball in the yellow box have same colour)
thus this possibility is ruled out...
therefore the ball in yellow box must be pink,hence the colour of box containin red ball is also pink....
=>the box colour left out is "green",,,which is alloted to the only box left,,,the one which has yellow ball..
55) A bag contains 20 yellow balls, 10 green balls, 5 white balls, 8 black balls, and 1 red ball. How many minimum balls one should pick out so that to make sure the he gets at least 2 balls of same color.
Ans:he should pick 6 ball totally.
Sol) Suppose he picks 5 balls of all different colours then when he picks up the sixth one, it must match any on of the previously drawn ball colour.
thus he must pick 6 balls
56) What is the number of zeros at the end of the product of the numbers from 1 to 100
Sol) For every 5 in unit palce one zero is added Ch eta naS
so between 1 to 100 there are 10 nos like 5,15,25,..,95 which has 5 in unit place.
Similarly for every no divisible by 10 one zero is added in the answer so between 1 to 100 11 zeros are added
for 25,50,75 3 extra zeros are added
so total no of zeros are 10+11+3=24
57) 10 Digit number has its first digit equals to the numbers of 1's, second digit equals to the numbers of 2's, 3rd digit equals to the numbers of 3's .4th equals number of 4's..till 9th digit equals to the numbers of 9's and 10th digit equals to the number of 0's. what is the number?.(6marks)
ans:2100010006
2---shows that two 1's in the ans
1---shows that one 2 in ans
0---shows no 3 in the ans
0---shows no 4 in the ans
0---shows no 5 in the ans
1---shows one 6 in the ans
0---shows no 7 in the ans
0---shows no 8 in the ans
0---shows no 9 in the ans
6---shows six 0's in the ans
58) There are two numbers in the ratio 8:9. if the smaller of the two numbers is increased by 12 and the larger number is reduced by 19 thee the ratio of the two numbers is 5:9. Find the larger number?
sol) 8x:9x initialy
8x+ 12 : 9x - 19 = 5x:9x
8x+12 = 5x
-> x = 4
9x = 36 not sure about the answer ..
59) There are three different boxes A, B and C. Difference between weights of A and B is 3 kgs. And between B and C is 5 kgs. Then what is the maximum sum of the differences of all possible combinations when two boxes are taken each time
A-B = 3
B-c = 5
a-c = 8
so sum of diff = 8+3+5 = 16 kgs
60) A and B are shooters and having their exam. A and B fall short of 10 and 2 shots respectively to the qualifying mark. If each of them fired atleast one shot and even by adding their total score together, they fall short of the qualifying mark, what is the qualifying mark?
ans is 11
coz each had atleast 1 shot done so 10 + 1 = 11
n 9 + 2 = 11
so d ans is 11
61) A, B, C, and D tells the following times by looking at their watches. A tells it is 3 to 12. B tells it is 3 past 12. C tells it is 12:2. D tells it is half a dozen too soon to 12. No two watches show the same time. The difference between the watches is 2,3,4,5 respectively. Whose watch shows maximum time?
sol) A shows 11:57, B shows 12:03, C shows 12:02, and D shows 11:06 therefore, max time is for B
62) Falling height is proportional to square of the time. One object falls 64cm in 2sec than in 6sec from how much height the object will fall.
Sol) The falling height is proportional to the squere of the time.
Now, the falling height is 64cm at 2sec
so, the proportional constant is=64/(2*2)=16;
so, at 6sec the object fall maximum (16*6*6)cm=576cm;
Now, the object may be situated at any where.
if it is>576 only that time the object falling 576cm within 6sec .Otherwise if it is situated<576 then it fall only that height at 6sec.
63) Gavaskar average in first 50 innings was 50. After the 51st innings his average was 51 how many runs he made in the 51st innings
Ans) first 50 ings.- run= 50*50=2500
51st ings.- avg 51. so total run =51*51=2601.
so run scored in that ings=2601-2500=101 runs.
64) Anand finishes a work in 7 days, Bittu finishes the same job in 8 days and Chandu in 6 days. They take turns to finish the work. Anand on the first day, Bittu on the second and Chandu on the third day and then Anand again and so on. On which day will the work get over?
a) 3rd b) 6th c) 9th d) 7th
Ans is d) 7th day
Sol) In d 1st day Anand does 1/7th of total work
similarly,
Bithu does 1/8th work in d 2nd day
hence at d end of 3 days, work done = 1/7+1/8+1/6=73/168
remaining work = (168-73)/168 = 95/168
again after 6 days of work, remaining work is = (95-73)/168 = 22/168
and hence Anand completes the work on 7th day.(hope u understood.)
65) A man, a women and a child can do a piece of work in 6 days,man can do it in 14 days, women can do it 16 days, and in how many days child can do the same work?
The child does it in 24 days
66)
A: 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B: 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
C: 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
Find ( (A-B) u C )==?
Hint : 109
A-B is {A} - {A n B}
A: 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
B: 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
by binary sub. a-b = 01100001 (1-0=1, 1-1=0,0-0=0, n for the 1st 3 digits 110-011=011)
now (a-b)uc= 01100001
or 01101101
gives 1101101... convert to decimal equals 109
Virtusa Papers
1. x1 peach + y1 plum = z1 apple, x2 peach + y2 plum = z2 apple ,(x1,y1 .... z2 are integer values) How many peaches make one apple?
Here multiply both equation by y2 and y1 resply
(X1 peach +Y1 pulm =Z1 apple)Y2
(X2 peach + Y2 pulm= Z2 apple)Y1
_____________________________________________
X1Y2peach+ Y1Y2 pulm= Y2Z1apple
X2Y1peach+Y1Y2pulm=Y1Z2apple
Now sub both eq than common terms of plum will be cancelled
Then we get one Apple=(X1Y2-X2Y1/Z1Y2-Z2Y1)peach
2. 100,100,102,106,112,120,_130
Here the difference between each number increase by multiple of 2
100+0 and 100+2 and 102+4 .......
3. Which is greater ?Product of all Bradman's first class scores or Sum of all test scores of Sachin.
No data given
4. U r provided with 500ml and 300ml jar(it has no markings).
a) u have to measure exactly 100ml.
Jar 1(500) jar2(300)
Intial fill j2 0 300 (j2 to j1)
Pour in 300 0
Again fill j2 300 300(j2 to j1)
J1willbfull500 100(remain in j2)
b) u have to measure exactly 200ml.
Jar 1(500) jar2(300)
Intial fill j1 500 0 (j1 to j2)
J2 will be full 200 300
5. Using four 4's u have to make 1 ... 10. ( for eg. 1 = (4/4)*(4/4) 2 = ? 10 = ? )
(4-4)+(4/4)=1 or 44^(4-4)
(4*4)/(4+4)=2
(4+4+4)/4=3
Sqrt (4*4)+(4-4)=4
Sqrt (4*4)+(4/4)=5
Sqrt (4)*(4-(4/4))=6
(4+4)-(4/4)=7
(4+4)*(4/4)=8
(4+4)+(4/4)=9
(4*4)-(4+sqrt4)=10
6. student,canopy,thirst,... are the words given.u have to group the words using the following words
1)Master
2) Teacher
3) Deft
etc.
It is nothing but match the following
7. U have to cut a Pizza using 7 st. lines(wit out rearranging) and u have to obtain maximum number of pieces.( Give generalised solution..)
(27)=128
8 A problem from sum of Alphabets are given numbers from 1 - 9 we hav to assign numbers to alphabets and A+B+C= something like that we have to know value of E
Question incomplete
9.In an exam consists of 150 questions, 50 questions are of mathematics and remaining are others. In which twice the time is to be given to mathematics bit when compared to others.total time is 3 hrs then how much time is to be given to each bit of mathematics?
Let x be the time taken by the other subjects then time taken maths is 2x
Then 50(2x)+100(x) =180
100x+100x=180
200x=180
X=9/10
Then time taken by the maths =2*9/10*60=108sec
10)In an multiple choice question paper, each correct answer carries 4 marks and each wrong answer deducts 2 marks. a person scores 480 marks in a 150 questions paper how many questions he did correctly?
Let the correct ans be x and wrong ans be y
Then X+Y=150 Ã (1)
And for 1 crt ans it carry 4mark and for 1 wrng it carry 2 mark
Then 4X-2Y=480Ã (2) then mul eq(1) with 2 and add with eq(2)
Then Y terms will be cancelled then we get eq as 6X=780 then X=130
11)A problem on work and time. A can do a work in 6 days B can do same work in 8 days, C can complete the same in 12 days.A under took 3 works like that and did for 8 days and left. Then B started work and did for some days and left then in how many days C completes this work?
No of day work by B is not given. If data is given we should have to submit in this formula m(a)+n(b)+o(c)=1
12)total M persons want to buy a gift of D Rs. Out of which 3 members are dropped out so how much each person have to pay extra ?
Let no.of rupees per head is =D/M
Now 3 members dropped ,no .of rupees per 3mem is =3(D/M)
Then this amount should be divided between rest of the members i.e. M-3
Then =3(D/M)/ (M-3)
=3D/M(M-3)
13)A monkey trying to ascend a greesy pole.He ascends 20 mtrs in one minute and goes down 4 mtrs in next minute.how much time it will take to ascend pole of 96 mtrs?
20 -1min
16-2min
36-3min
32-4min
52-5min
48-6min
68-7min
64-8min
84-9min
80-10min
96-10min 48sec
1min(60sec)-20mts
1sec=20/60=1/3mts
16mts remaining
Remaining time 16*3=48sec
14)On a good if 25% discount is given, he will earn profit of 25% what will be profit if he gives 10% discount?
S.P=0.75d
S.P=1.25c.p equating both
1.25c.p=0.75d
5c.p=3d à (1)
Xc.p=0.9d
c.p=0.9d*(5/3)d
c.p=1.5
so 50% is the profit.
15)A container has 64 lit of alcohol. 8 lit of which is removed and added with same amt of water. the same process is repeated 3times. what is the percentage of alcohol after the end of the
operations.
ans-
There is a direct formula
X(1-y/x)n
Where X is quantity present in the container
Y is quantity removed
n is no.of process
after the end of third operation is
=64(1-8/64)3
=42.875
16)x+y+z=0, find the value of (x**3+y**3+z**3)/xyz.
Formula of a3+b3+c3-3abc=(a+b+c)(a2+b2+c2-ab-bc-ac)
If a+b+c=0 then a3+b3+c3=3abc
=(xyz)/ (xyz)
=1
17)3 men n 2boys can do piece of work in 12 days. same work is done by 6men n 1 boy in 6 days. find how many days can a man alone can complete the work?
Here 3m+2b=1/12 Ã (1)
6m+1b=1/6 Ã (2)
Mul eq(2)with 2 and sub eq(1) from this
Then b will be cancelled
M=1/36
36 days
18)In an exam the maximum marks is 500. a got 20% more than b, b got 25% less than c, c got 20% more than d. if b marks are 360 then how much did d score? (no. r different prob type is the same.)
Here marks scored by B is given i.e 360 and we should have to take it as 100%(w.r.t B)and we should have to solve the problems
Now marks scored by A is 20%more than B then A=marks scored byB*1.2
A=360*1.2
=432
Marks scored by C is 25% more than B(since B score is 25%less than C means C is 25%more than B)
C=360*1.25
=450
For D we should have take ref of C, D=marks of C*0.8
=450*0.8
=360
18) Find the odd word
ALPHA
DELTA
SIGMA
BETA
Ans: Delta, Reason: as it has specific meaning(addition)and others don't
19)You are given a bunch of threads each having differing length. No two thereads have same thickness and no thread has same length. But it is certified that any thread when lit burns itself in exactly 12 mins. The question is you are asked to find an elapsed time of 9 minuites. How can u find it out and how many threads do u want for this?
Whatever may be the length and thickness the time taken by the thread to burn is 12min. Then take two threads T1,T2 lit T1on both sides and T2 on one side. After 6min T1will be completely burnt then lit theT2 which is half burnt in first 6min for another 3min T2will completely burns. Total time is 9 min.
20)How can u get 81 using the digits 2,3,25,50,75,100 only once using any of the arithmatic operator Key Steps: 50+(100/75*3)+25+2
Sol:(100/75) is (4/3) and multiplied by 3 then the ans is 4 and we should nave to add with other i.e.50+25+2+4=81
This type of question are repeatedly giving in every paper so be prepared to do such questions using all arithmetic operators.
21)one question from series
22)one question from venndiagram
23)Attention to details:
In this section, some questions like the following are given--
if $ represents 1 n * represents 0; then wt is the value ****$$$$
Whatever they may give just see what is given to 0 and1 and don’t concentrate on other i.e. other will be double to 2 means $* and for 3 $$ like that...
Some examples are 0 is denoted as * and 1 as @
Or 0 is denoted as * and 1 as $ all these are in binary form
****$$$$ here $=1 and 0=* convert it into binary form i.e.
00001111=15
Here multiply both equation by y2 and y1 resply
(X1 peach +Y1 pulm =Z1 apple)Y2
(X2 peach + Y2 pulm= Z2 apple)Y1
_____________________________________________
X1Y2peach+ Y1Y2 pulm= Y2Z1apple
X2Y1peach+Y1Y2pulm=Y1Z2apple
Now sub both eq than common terms of plum will be cancelled
Then we get one Apple=(X1Y2-X2Y1/Z1Y2-Z2Y1)peach
2. 100,100,102,106,112,120,_130
Here the difference between each number increase by multiple of 2
100+0 and 100+2 and 102+4 .......
3. Which is greater ?Product of all Bradman's first class scores or Sum of all test scores of Sachin.
No data given
4. U r provided with 500ml and 300ml jar(it has no markings).
a) u have to measure exactly 100ml.
Jar 1(500) jar2(300)
Intial fill j2 0 300 (j2 to j1)
Pour in 300 0
Again fill j2 300 300(j2 to j1)
J1willbfull500 100(remain in j2)
b) u have to measure exactly 200ml.
Jar 1(500) jar2(300)
Intial fill j1 500 0 (j1 to j2)
J2 will be full 200 300
5. Using four 4's u have to make 1 ... 10. ( for eg. 1 = (4/4)*(4/4) 2 = ? 10 = ? )
(4-4)+(4/4)=1 or 44^(4-4)
(4*4)/(4+4)=2
(4+4+4)/4=3
Sqrt (4*4)+(4-4)=4
Sqrt (4*4)+(4/4)=5
Sqrt (4)*(4-(4/4))=6
(4+4)-(4/4)=7
(4+4)*(4/4)=8
(4+4)+(4/4)=9
(4*4)-(4+sqrt4)=10
6. student,canopy,thirst,... are the words given.u have to group the words using the following words
1)Master
2) Teacher
3) Deft
etc.
It is nothing but match the following
7. U have to cut a Pizza using 7 st. lines(wit out rearranging) and u have to obtain maximum number of pieces.( Give generalised solution..)
(27)=128
8 A problem from sum of Alphabets are given numbers from 1 - 9 we hav to assign numbers to alphabets and A+B+C= something like that we have to know value of E
Question incomplete
9.In an exam consists of 150 questions, 50 questions are of mathematics and remaining are others. In which twice the time is to be given to mathematics bit when compared to others.total time is 3 hrs then how much time is to be given to each bit of mathematics?
Let x be the time taken by the other subjects then time taken maths is 2x
Then 50(2x)+100(x) =180
100x+100x=180
200x=180
X=9/10
Then time taken by the maths =2*9/10*60=108sec
10)In an multiple choice question paper, each correct answer carries 4 marks and each wrong answer deducts 2 marks. a person scores 480 marks in a 150 questions paper how many questions he did correctly?
Let the correct ans be x and wrong ans be y
Then X+Y=150 Ã (1)
And for 1 crt ans it carry 4mark and for 1 wrng it carry 2 mark
Then 4X-2Y=480Ã (2) then mul eq(1) with 2 and add with eq(2)
Then Y terms will be cancelled then we get eq as 6X=780 then X=130
11)A problem on work and time. A can do a work in 6 days B can do same work in 8 days, C can complete the same in 12 days.A under took 3 works like that and did for 8 days and left. Then B started work and did for some days and left then in how many days C completes this work?
No of day work by B is not given. If data is given we should have to submit in this formula m(a)+n(b)+o(c)=1
12)total M persons want to buy a gift of D Rs. Out of which 3 members are dropped out so how much each person have to pay extra ?
Let no.of rupees per head is =D/M
Now 3 members dropped ,no .of rupees per 3mem is =3(D/M)
Then this amount should be divided between rest of the members i.e. M-3
Then =3(D/M)/ (M-3)
=3D/M(M-3)
13)A monkey trying to ascend a greesy pole.He ascends 20 mtrs in one minute and goes down 4 mtrs in next minute.how much time it will take to ascend pole of 96 mtrs?
20 -1min
16-2min
36-3min
32-4min
52-5min
48-6min
68-7min
64-8min
84-9min
80-10min
96-10min 48sec
1min(60sec)-20mts
1sec=20/60=1/3mts
16mts remaining
Remaining time 16*3=48sec
14)On a good if 25% discount is given, he will earn profit of 25% what will be profit if he gives 10% discount?
S.P=0.75d
S.P=1.25c.p equating both
1.25c.p=0.75d
5c.p=3d à (1)
Xc.p=0.9d
c.p=0.9d*(5/3)d
c.p=1.5
so 50% is the profit.
15)A container has 64 lit of alcohol. 8 lit of which is removed and added with same amt of water. the same process is repeated 3times. what is the percentage of alcohol after the end of the
operations.
ans-
There is a direct formula
X(1-y/x)n
Where X is quantity present in the container
Y is quantity removed
n is no.of process
after the end of third operation is
=64(1-8/64)3
=42.875
16)x+y+z=0, find the value of (x**3+y**3+z**3)/xyz.
Formula of a3+b3+c3-3abc=(a+b+c)(a2+b2+c2-ab-bc-ac)
If a+b+c=0 then a3+b3+c3=3abc
=(xyz)/ (xyz)
=1
17)3 men n 2boys can do piece of work in 12 days. same work is done by 6men n 1 boy in 6 days. find how many days can a man alone can complete the work?
Here 3m+2b=1/12 Ã (1)
6m+1b=1/6 Ã (2)
Mul eq(2)with 2 and sub eq(1) from this
Then b will be cancelled
M=1/36
36 days
18)In an exam the maximum marks is 500. a got 20% more than b, b got 25% less than c, c got 20% more than d. if b marks are 360 then how much did d score? (no. r different prob type is the same.)
Here marks scored by B is given i.e 360 and we should have to take it as 100%(w.r.t B)and we should have to solve the problems
Now marks scored by A is 20%more than B then A=marks scored byB*1.2
A=360*1.2
=432
Marks scored by C is 25% more than B(since B score is 25%less than C means C is 25%more than B)
C=360*1.25
=450
For D we should have take ref of C, D=marks of C*0.8
=450*0.8
=360
18) Find the odd word
ALPHA
DELTA
SIGMA
BETA
Ans: Delta, Reason: as it has specific meaning(addition)and others don't
19)You are given a bunch of threads each having differing length. No two thereads have same thickness and no thread has same length. But it is certified that any thread when lit burns itself in exactly 12 mins. The question is you are asked to find an elapsed time of 9 minuites. How can u find it out and how many threads do u want for this?
Whatever may be the length and thickness the time taken by the thread to burn is 12min. Then take two threads T1,T2 lit T1on both sides and T2 on one side. After 6min T1will be completely burnt then lit theT2 which is half burnt in first 6min for another 3min T2will completely burns. Total time is 9 min.
20)How can u get 81 using the digits 2,3,25,50,75,100 only once using any of the arithmatic operator Key Steps: 50+(100/75*3)+25+2
Sol:(100/75) is (4/3) and multiplied by 3 then the ans is 4 and we should nave to add with other i.e.50+25+2+4=81
This type of question are repeatedly giving in every paper so be prepared to do such questions using all arithmetic operators.
21)one question from series
22)one question from venndiagram
23)Attention to details:
In this section, some questions like the following are given--
if $ represents 1 n * represents 0; then wt is the value ****$$$$
Whatever they may give just see what is given to 0 and1 and don’t concentrate on other i.e. other will be double to 2 means $* and for 3 $$ like that...
Some examples are 0 is denoted as * and 1 as @
Or 0 is denoted as * and 1 as $ all these are in binary form
****$$$$ here $=1 and 0=* convert it into binary form i.e.
00001111=15
Virtusa Placement Paper
section I duration 20 min total marks 30
A problem from sum of Alphabets are given numbers from 1 - 9 we hav to assign numbers to alphabets and A+B+C= something like that we have to know value of E ( Ans : 4)
x^y=2x+y and given that 2^a=a^3 find value of a?(Ans : a=1)
In an exam consists of 150 questions, 50 questions are of mathematics and remaining are others. In which twice the time is to be given to mathematics bit when compared to others.total time is 3 hrs then how much time is to be given to each bit of mathematics? (Ans : 72 sec or 1 min 12 sec)
In an multiple choice question paper, each correct answer carries 4 marks and each wrong answer deducts 2 marks. a person scores 480 marks in a 150 questions paper how many questions he did correctly? (Ans :130)
A problem on mixtures
A problem on ven diagrams. It was a little bit lengthy to read and to remember ...sorry
A simple problem on probability...............its direct question. A bag contain 5 red and 7 green balls and another bag contain some no. of red and green balls.He asked to find probability of finding a red ball.
A problem on work and time. A can do a work in 6 days B can do same work in 8 days, C can complete the same in 12 days.A under took 3 works like that and did for 8 days and left. Then B started work and did for some days and left then in how many days C completes this work?
y=inv(cos[cosx+4sinx]/sqrt17) then dy/dx=? (Ans :1)
total M persons want to buy a gift of D Rs. Out fo which 3 members are dropped out so how much each person have to pay extra ? (Ans:3D/m(m-3) )(check)
A problem is on series 1 + 1(1+1/n)+3(1+1/n)2(square)+5(1+1/n)3(cube)+.................find sum of n terms
( I not did this problem)
A monkey trying to ascend a greesy pole.He ascends 20 mtrs in one minute and goes down 4 mtrs in next minute.how much time it will take to ascend pole of 96 mtrs? (Ans:10 min 48 sec)
On a good if 25% discount is given, he will earn profit of 25% what will be profit if he gives 10% discount?
(Ans:50%)
I don't remember what this qustion is ...........sorry
A container has 64 lit of alcohol. 8 lit of which is removed and added with same amt of water. the same process is repeated 3times. what is the percentage of alcohol after the end of the
operations.
ans- formula – intial vol – p lit(64).
vol of removed sol – q lit(8).
no of oprs – n(3).
concentration of first liquid afetr oprts is – ((p-q)/p)*((64-8)/64)**3.
x+y+z=0, find the value of (x**3+y**3+z**3)/xyz.
3 men n 2boys can do piece of work in 12 days. same work is done by 6men n 1 boy in 6 days. find how many days can a man alone can complete the work?
In an exam the maximum marks is 500. a got 20% more than b, b got 25% less than c, c got 20% more than d. if b marks are 360 then how much did d score? (no. r different prob type is the same.).
A tank holds 25 gallons of fuel. before going for a drive which is at a distance of 600 miles. the car goes at a speed of 60 miles per/ hr. however the tank has a hole and fuel leaks out . after travelling a distance of 300 miles, the tank gets emptied. find rate at which fuel gets lost.
Section II Duration :20 mins Marks :20
This paper is on C language
Write a program to know whether string is palindrome or not?
A C program is given and asked what will be output.............
A Recursive function is given asked what will be output how and why?
write a prg / function to remove the duplicate from a sorted array. (8 m)
write a prg to genrate fibonacci series upto 100 recursively. (7 m)
predict the output of the following:
char c[]={ " enter" , "first" , "print" , "new" }.;
char **cp[]={c+3, c+2, c+1, c};
char ***cpp[]=cp;
printf("%s", ++*cp);
printf("%s",--*++cp);
A program given and asked what are variables value1 and value2 stores?(ie, in that program they store GCD and LCM)
Write a program to sort linked list.
Section III Duration :20 mins Marks:40
1) & 2) are like critical reasoning in barrens
3) & 4) are antonyms (he didn't ask antonyms directly but asked the word in capitals if replaced by any of following, that would be inapproriate in context )
5) & 6) analogies
7) & 8) correct the sentense with appropriate answer from the options given below
9) & 10) are pick oddman out...........easy one
Essay writing:
1)Time and tide wait for none.
2)My vision 2020 of India
A problem from sum of Alphabets are given numbers from 1 - 9 we hav to assign numbers to alphabets and A+B+C= something like that we have to know value of E ( Ans : 4)
x^y=2x+y and given that 2^a=a^3 find value of a?(Ans : a=1)
In an exam consists of 150 questions, 50 questions are of mathematics and remaining are others. In which twice the time is to be given to mathematics bit when compared to others.total time is 3 hrs then how much time is to be given to each bit of mathematics? (Ans : 72 sec or 1 min 12 sec)
In an multiple choice question paper, each correct answer carries 4 marks and each wrong answer deducts 2 marks. a person scores 480 marks in a 150 questions paper how many questions he did correctly? (Ans :130)
A problem on mixtures
A problem on ven diagrams. It was a little bit lengthy to read and to remember ...sorry
A simple problem on probability...............its direct question. A bag contain 5 red and 7 green balls and another bag contain some no. of red and green balls.He asked to find probability of finding a red ball.
A problem on work and time. A can do a work in 6 days B can do same work in 8 days, C can complete the same in 12 days.A under took 3 works like that and did for 8 days and left. Then B started work and did for some days and left then in how many days C completes this work?
y=inv(cos[cosx+4sinx]/sqrt17) then dy/dx=? (Ans :1)
total M persons want to buy a gift of D Rs. Out fo which 3 members are dropped out so how much each person have to pay extra ? (Ans:3D/m(m-3) )(check)
A problem is on series 1 + 1(1+1/n)+3(1+1/n)2(square)+5(1+1/n)3(cube)+.................find sum of n terms
( I not did this problem)
A monkey trying to ascend a greesy pole.He ascends 20 mtrs in one minute and goes down 4 mtrs in next minute.how much time it will take to ascend pole of 96 mtrs? (Ans:10 min 48 sec)
On a good if 25% discount is given, he will earn profit of 25% what will be profit if he gives 10% discount?
(Ans:50%)
I don't remember what this qustion is ...........sorry
A container has 64 lit of alcohol. 8 lit of which is removed and added with same amt of water. the same process is repeated 3times. what is the percentage of alcohol after the end of the
operations.
ans- formula – intial vol – p lit(64).
vol of removed sol – q lit(8).
no of oprs – n(3).
concentration of first liquid afetr oprts is – ((p-q)/p)*((64-8)/64)**3.
x+y+z=0, find the value of (x**3+y**3+z**3)/xyz.
3 men n 2boys can do piece of work in 12 days. same work is done by 6men n 1 boy in 6 days. find how many days can a man alone can complete the work?
In an exam the maximum marks is 500. a got 20% more than b, b got 25% less than c, c got 20% more than d. if b marks are 360 then how much did d score? (no. r different prob type is the same.).
A tank holds 25 gallons of fuel. before going for a drive which is at a distance of 600 miles. the car goes at a speed of 60 miles per/ hr. however the tank has a hole and fuel leaks out . after travelling a distance of 300 miles, the tank gets emptied. find rate at which fuel gets lost.
Section II Duration :20 mins Marks :20
This paper is on C language
Write a program to know whether string is palindrome or not?
A C program is given and asked what will be output.............
A Recursive function is given asked what will be output how and why?
write a prg / function to remove the duplicate from a sorted array. (8 m)
write a prg to genrate fibonacci series upto 100 recursively. (7 m)
predict the output of the following:
char c[]={ " enter" , "first" , "print" , "new" }.;
char **cp[]={c+3, c+2, c+1, c};
char ***cpp[]=cp;
printf("%s", ++*cp);
printf("%s",--*++cp);
A program given and asked what are variables value1 and value2 stores?(ie, in that program they store GCD and LCM)
Write a program to sort linked list.
Section III Duration :20 mins Marks:40
1) & 2) are like critical reasoning in barrens
3) & 4) are antonyms (he didn't ask antonyms directly but asked the word in capitals if replaced by any of following, that would be inapproriate in context )
5) & 6) analogies
7) & 8) correct the sentense with appropriate answer from the options given below
9) & 10) are pick oddman out...........easy one
Essay writing:
1)Time and tide wait for none.
2)My vision 2020 of India
Virtusa Testing Interview Paper
Virtusa Software Testing Interview Questions Paper
2 Marks * 5 Questions = 10 Marks
ANALYTICAL
1) 1, 2, 3, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 3, ____ What is the next
number in the series and he asked the reason also?
2) There are 4 coins, you have to arrange them in a 2
rows so that each row should have 3 coins each and
reason for that?
3) Find the odd Word out?
ALPHA, DELTA, SIGMA, OMEGA
4) Find the odd word out?
DEAF, REST , BACK, HELD
5) In Chess Board, how many knights can u arrange so
that no two knights will attack each other?
and He explained the problem.. using mathematical
positions of the knights like (x+1, y), (x+1, y+1)
and so on upto 8 points in which way the KNIGHT
travels in the CHESS BOARD?
4 marks * 5 Questions = 20 marks
1) if SATURN
URANUS
---------------
PLANETS
In this Each LETTER represents a single DIGIT.
Now you have to find atleast 3 digits. no need to
find all DIGITS?
2) 1, 2, 3, 25, 50, 75, 100 using these digits once
and only once with basic operators you have make 81?
3) There are 11 Huge boxes, 8 large boxes, 8 small
boxes. Now there is a table first someone put 11 Huge
boxes on the table and in some of them he added 8
large boxes, and then he put small boxes in large
boxes. Finally he has left 102 boxes empty. Now How
many large boxes were kept in huge boxes and small
boxes were kept in large boxes. (Just similar to
this.. question… not reminded clearly… check it out….)
Ans: Key Steps:
4) He gave one series based on the last 3 letters of
the SOLAR PLANET SYSTEM keeping tow of them blank and
asked us to find them. it was very easy.
SUN, ARS, URY, ____, …______, UTO
Ans: RTH and one another (EARTH and some thing)
5) A Problem on ROPES…
There were some ropes that are of different lengths
and different thickness. Each can burn in 12 minutes
individually. If we are given 9 minutes as ELAPSED
TIME how many ropes can be burnt in that time. (Just
Similar to this…. Check out with some other friends).
Ans:
15 Marks * 1 Question = 15 Marks
WRITING SKILLS
(This is the important and may be most important eliminate process in Virtusa)
1) Write the advantages of "all the rivers linked together in India" and gave one note that this should
be published in Computer Magazine. (May be his intention is to explain the Topic using Computer Words)
10 Marks * 4 Questions = 40 Marks
PROGRAMMING
(Note: You may use language of programming to write
the following codes)
1) Write a program to print all the four digit numbers
whose squares must have all the even digits.
2) Write a program to print the pyramid up to the
passed integer value.
1
2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9 10
11 12 13 …
If we pass the value 13 it should print like
the above (no need to print the 3 dots)
3) In a certain DATABASE we had to store the TIMESTAMP
for each record. Is there any way store in an
efficient way to store (Memory)? The Time stamp has
the following fields. Year, Month, Date, Hour and
Minutes. Discuss the design such DATASTRUCTURE.
4) Write a function which takes one string S, one
character X, one more Character Y which should return
the longest substring in the String S, which starts
with the X and ends with Y?
PATTERN
COMPANY NAME : VIRTUSA
------------------------------------------------------------
DATE OF TEST : 2004
------------------------------------------------------------
The pattern was
1)aptitude:- It was not multiple choice but fill in
the blank along with a reasoning for your answer.
2) Essay Writing :-to testyour communication skills.
3)Open-Ended Problem Solving: only one question
4)Programming: 4 programs-2 programs r to be written,1
to findthe bugs given ina pseudo code,1 to find what a
program does and its limitations.
COMPANY NAME : VIRTUSA
------------------------------------------------------------
DATE OF TEST : June 2004
-> In how many different ways, a rectangle can be cut
into 4 identical parts.
==> using the numbers 1, 2, 3, 25, 50, 75, 100 Exactly
one time, give an expression which will give the
answer as 383.
==> Ans:100*3+75+(50/25)^(2+1)
-> using the numbers 1, 2, 25, 50, 75, 100 Exactly one
time, give an expression which will give the answer as
383.
-> volume of sphere is (PI)*(Theta) Cubic-meters and
Surface area is (PI)*(Epslon) Square-meters And both
are 4 digit integer numbers. What is the value of
radius?
-> Inthe figure given below, Replace '?' mark by any
operator (+, -, *, /, =) and if we leave as it is,
numbers are considered together and forms either 2 or
3 digit numer. Generate an expression using some
symbols.
------------------------
? 2 ? 3
------------------------
2 ?
------- ------
? 1
------------------------
6 ? 1 ?
------------------------
-> Analise the Programe
main(){
int x=1,y=1;
while( (x > 0) && (y > 0) ){
printf("%16d%16d",x,y);
x += y;
y += x;
}
}
-> Start from a random number, generate a sequence
such that if number is odd multiply it 3 and add 1. If
number is even, divide the number by 2. This Sequence
will always cyclic with 4, 2, 1. In this sequesce,
find the maximum power of 2 generaged in the sequence
and print only the power, not the sequence.
-> Start with a random 2 digit number, The series is
generated by multiplying the number by 2 and placing
the last 2 digits as the next number. Series continues
until one of the element repeats.
-> write a function maxsubstring(str,alpha,theta) str
is the source string and have to return maximum sub
string which starts with alpha and ends with theta.
INTERVIEW
-> what will this line will do? if it is legal?
B -= (B <> what does this function do??
int f(int p)
{
int i = 0, t = 1, s = 1;
while( s <= p) { i++; t += 2; s += s; } return i; } -> explain What is divide and conuer method?
Travelling salse man problem
What is greedy method
-> How Neural Networks and A.I are related.
-> Tell me something about your self
-> Where will you see your self after 5 years
-> You awnt to shift your career to management side or
be in technical side?
-> What you do in free time
-> Interests other than studies
-> How do you rate your self in 'C' Programming
COMPANY NAME : VIRTUSA
------------------------------------------------------------
DATE OF TEST : 9 June 2004
Pattern: (No multiple choice Qns)
--------
4 Sections.
1.Analytical Reasoning (12 qns.)
================================
(we have to write reasons for the answer.)
( I don't remember exactly what they had given.I am
putting it in my own words)
1) x1 peach + y1 plum = z1 apple
x2 peach + y2 plum = z2 apple
(x1,y1 .... z2 are integer values)
How many peaches make one apple?
2) 100,100,102,106,112,120,____
3) which is greater ?
Product of all Bradman's first class scores or Sum
of all test scores of Sachin.
4) U r provided with 500ml and 300ml jar(it has no
markings).
a) u have to measure exactly 100ml.
b) u have to measure exactly 200ml.
5) Using four 4's u have to make 1 ... 10.
( for eg. 1 = (4/4)*(4/4)
2 = ?
.
.
10 = ? )
6) student,canopy,thirst,... are the words given.
u have to group the words using the following words
1)Master
2)Teacher
3)Deft
etc..(i don't remember some of words)
7) U have to cut a Pizza using 7 st. lines(wit out
rearranging) and u have to obtain maximum number of
pieces.
( Give generalised solution..)
8) U have to cut a Cylindrical cake of diameter 32 cm
and height 20 cm in to 12 equal pieces.
9) In a village there r 2 groups.
1) Knight -> always tell true
2) Knave -> always tell false
Mr.X met a man of that village(u don't which grp he
belongs) and questioned "Tell me whether u r knight
or knave ?"
Reply: "i cannot tell u and left that place"
Find which grp that man belongs to?
10) obtain 277 from 3,25,50,65,100.use 4 arithmetic
operations only.
11) 1#2=x ,2#3=y, 4#4=z
4@14=a, 5@15=b, d@e=f
( i don't remember values for x,y,z,a,b,c,d,e,f)
find (2#4)@5= ?
12) (i don't remember what they had given.)
It is just example for that question,
CODE is encoded as DGBF
READ is encoded as JHNV
2. Essay(General).
==================
(Topic given: India should spend money on Atom bomb
and Rocket OR for the welfare of poor.)
3. Problem solving.
===================
(Problem statement: How will u determine number of
Petrol bunks in Madras.)
4. Programming.(4 Qns)
===============
( we can use any Programming Language for coding)
a) They had given one function ,we have to find it
what it does and also problem in the fn. and how to
overcome it.
double what( double z, int y)
{
double answer;
while( y > 0 )
{
if( y%2 == 1)
answer = answer * z;
y=y/2;
z=z*z;
}
return answer;
}
b) They had given one Pseudocode.We have to find bug
in the pseudocode.
I don't remeber the pseudocode fully.But the
function of pseudocode is
"To make a Robot to fetch a tumbler of water"
c) write a program to print all Armstrong numbers,
(abc=a^3+b^3+c^3)
(for eg. 153=1^3+5^3+3^3)
d) write a function witj the following conditions,
1)It should have one integer parameter.
2)If the value passed is -ve, return -1.
3)If the value passed is a perfect square, return
root of that number.
4)If the value passed is a not a perfect square,
return that number itself.
COMPANY NAME : VIRTUSA
------------------------------------------------------------
DATE OF TEST : 2004
------------------------------------------------------------
Virtusa Paper consists of 3 sections .
1. Analytical
2. Analytical Writing
3. C-Programming
First when v clear the cutoff of Analytical
section,only then other
sections
r evaluated.So,Don't waste time by spending much time
on Programming.
Analytical Section:
-------------------
Analytical Section consists of Vocab. ( pick the odd
one out ) and
also
some codings like ( ALPHA z coded as BETAH , DELTA z
coded as GAMMA,
then how z
ETA coded ? .. this one .. i have framed it :) ) .
This part z a bit
difficult one.
So, my advice z don't think much about these.
Along with above two categories, there shall be
PUZZLES in this
section.In the
recent paper i attended,i got the following
questions.
1.Volume of a LARGE SPHERE z ( pi * # ) .Area of it z
( pi * & ) where
'#,&' r four digit
integers.What z the value of the radius ? ( Along
with answer , v
have to write
approach).
answer: may be 22
2.In howmany ways can a rectangle can be cut into 4
equal parts.
3.Given 1,2,3,25,50,75 and 100 .. Using each number
"one and only
once" and using
arithmetic operators, write 383 in terms of the
above given numbers.
answer: 383 = ( 100 + 2 ) * 3 + 75 + ( (50 * 1)/2 )
4.A tougher question of above. given 1,2,25,50,75,100
.. write 383 in
terms of the given
numbers.
5.Given following sequence,find the how the sequence
is generated.
2 -> 1,4,9,6,5,6,9,4,1,0
3 -> 1,8,7,4,5,6,3,2,9,0
4 -> 1,6,1,6,5,6,1,6,1,0
answer : the sequences r nothing but the UNIT digits
of
square(x),cube(x),power4(x) where
x = [ 1 ... 10 ]
6.Knights always tell TRUTH.Knaves always tell LIE.U
r a foreigner to
that place and
U have met a person and he replies "I am a knave " .
What can u infer
from his
statement.
answer : nothing can be infered from his statement.
7. using 4 fours and arithmetic operations
write from 1 to 10
3 = ( 4 + 4 + 4 ) / 4
4 = ( 4 - 4 ) * 4 + 4
5 = ( 4 * 4 + 4 ) / 4
6 = 4 + ( 4 + 4 )/4 // 4 + 2
7 = ( 4 + 4 ) - ( 4 / 4 )
8 = ( 4 + 4 ) * ( 4 / 4 )
9 = ( 4 + 4 ) + ( 4 / 4 )
10 = ( 44 - 4 ) / 4
I forget the two more questions.
Analytical Writing :
------------------
This section has two questions only.
1.General topic. ( Don't forget that v have to just
write one page
only .. not an essay)
( So,write the points directly )
For us they gave topics
Is it necessary for to HOST AFROASIAN GAMES ?? Why
can't it spend
that money
for the welfare of poor ?
OR
Can India have better results if the current for of
govt. is changed
to
PRESEDENTIAL FORM OF GOVT. ( like USA ) .
2.He gives a highly impossible possible and asks to
give a solution.(
To check ur
innovative ideas :) )
For us,
Suppose u have suddenly changed to an ANT.U know
human's
abilities,but u have
forgot their language.How can u make urself to
convey ur BELOVED that
u have
been changed to an ANT.
Programming :
-------------
This section consists of 4 questions.Out of 4, for 3
questions v have
to write
code.The last question shall be .. they shall give
some code and v
have to write whether
the code is correct one r not .. if not correct ,
where the
modifications show be done.
and also v have to write what that CODE IS DOING
Software Testing Interview Questions
Different Types of Testing Interview Questions asked by Companies
1. I-soft
What should be done after writing test case??
2.Covansys
Testing
1. What is bidirectional traceability ??? and how it is implemented
2. What is Automation Test frame work ?
3. Define the components present in test strategy
4. Define the components present in test plan
5. Define database testing ?
6. What is the difference between QA and QC ….
7. What is the difference between V&V
8. What are different types of test case that u have written in your project..
9. Have u written Test plan ?….
SQL
1. What is joins and define all the joins …
2. What is Foreign key ?
3. Write an SQL query if u want to select the data from one block which intern reflects in another block ?
Unix
1. Which command is used to run an interface?
2. How will you see the hidden file ?
3. What is the command used to set the date and timings …
4. Some basic commands like copy, move,delete ?
5. Which command used to the go back to the home directory ….
6. Which command used to view the the current directory
3. Virtusa
Testing
1. Tell me about Yourself?
2. Testing process followed in your company …
3. Testing Methodology
4. Where u maintains the Repositories?
5. What is CVS?
6. Bug Tool used?
7. How will you prepare traceability matrix if there is no Business Doc and Functional Doc?
8. How will you validate the functionality of the Test cases, if there is no business requirement document or user requirement document as such…
9. Testing process followed in your company?
10. Tell me about CMM LEVEL -4 …what are steps that to be followed to achieve the CMM -IV standards?
11. What is Back End testing?
12. What is Unit Testing?
13. How will u write test cases for an given scenario…i.e. main page, login screen, transaction, Report Verification?
14. How will u write traceability matrix?
15. What is CVS and why it is used?
16. What will be specified in the Defect Report…?
17. What is Test summary Report…?
18. What is Test Closure report…?
19. Explain Defect life cycle…
20. What will be specified in the Test Case…
21. What are the Testing methodologies that u have followed in your project ?
22. What kind of testing that u have been involved in and explain about it….
23. What is UAT Testing?
24. What is joins and what are the different types of joins in SQL and explain the same?
25. What is Foreign Key in SQL…?
KLA Tencor
1. Bug life cycle?
2. Explain about the Project. …And draw the architecture of your project?
3. What are the different types of severity?
4. Defect tracking tools used?
5. what are the responsibilities of an tester?
6. Give some example how will you write the test cases if an scenario involves Login screen.
Aztec
1. What are the different types of testing followed …..
2. What are the different levels of testing used during testing the application?
4. What type of testing will be done in Installation testing or system testing?
5. What is meant by CMMI …what are different types of CMM Level?
6. Explain about the components involved in CMM-4 level
7. Explain about Performance testing ?
8. What is Traceability matrix and how it is done ?
9. How can you differentiate Severity and Priority based on technical and business point of view.
10. What is the difference between Test life cycle and defect life cycle ?
11. How will u ensure that you have covered all the functionality while writing test cases if there is no functional spec and there is no KT about the application?
Kinds of Testing
WHAT KINDS OF TESTING SHOULD BE CONSIDERED?
1. Black box testing: not based on any knowledge of internal design or code.Tests are based on requirements and functionality
2. White box testing: based on knowledge of the internal logic of an application’s code. Tests are based on coverage of code statements, branches, paths, and conditions.
3. Unit testing: the most ‘micro’ scale of testing; to test particular functions or code modules. Typically done by the programmer and not by testers, as it requires detailed knowledge of the internal program design and code. Not always easily done unless the application has a well-designed architecture with tight code; may require developing test driver modules or test harnesses.
4. Incremental integration testing: continuous testing of an application as new functionality is added; requires that various aspects of an applications functionality be independent enough to work separately before all parts of the program are completed, or that test drivers be developed as needed; done by programmers or by testers.
6. Integration testing: testing of combined parts of an application to determine if they function together correctly the ‘parts’ can be code modules, individual applications, client and server applications on a networked. This type of testing is especially relevant to client/server and distributed systems.
7. Functional testing: black-box type testing geared to functional requirements of an application; testers should do this type of testing. This does not mean that the programmers should not check their code works before releasing it(which of course applies to any stage of testing).
8. System testing: black –box type testing that is based on overall requirements specifications; covers all combined parts of system.
9. End to end testing: similar to system testing; the ‘macro’ end of the test scale; involves testing of a complete application environment in a situation that mimics real-world use, such as interacting with database, using network communications, or interacting with other hardware, applications, or systems if appropriate.
10. Sanity testing: typically an initial testing effort to determine if a new software version is performing well enough to accept it for a major testing effort. For example, if the new software is crashing systems every 5minutes warrant further testing in item current state.
11. Regression testing: re-testing after fixes or modifications of the software or its environment. It can be difficult to determine how much re-testing is needed, especially near the end of the development cycle. Automated testing tools can be especially useful for this type of testing.
12. Acceptance testing: final testing based on specifications of the end-user or customer, or based on use by end users/customers over some limited period of time.
13. Load testing: testing an application under heavy loads, such as testing of a web site under a range of loads to determine at what point the system’s response time degrades or fails.
14. Stress testing: term often used interchangeably with ‘load’ and ‘performance’ testing. Also used to describe such tests as system functional testing while under unusually heavy loads, heavy repletion of certain actions or inputs input of large numerical values, large complex queries to a database system, etc.
15. Performance testing: term often used interchangeable with ‘stress’ and ‘load’ testing. Ideally ‘performance’ testing (and another ‘type’ of testing) is defined in requirements documentation or QA or test plans.
16. Usability testing: testing for ‘user-friendlinesses’. Clearly this is subjective,and will depend on the targeted end-ser or customer. User interviews, surveys, video recording of user sessions, and other techniques can be used programmers and testers are usually not appropriate as usability testers.
17. Install/uninstall testing: testing of full, partial, or upgrade install/uninstall processes.
18. Recovery testing: testing how well a system recovers from crashes, hardware failures or other catastrophic problems.
19. Security testing: testing how well system protects against unauthorized internal or external access, damage, etc, any require sophisticated testing techniques.
20. Compatibility testing: testing how well software performs in a particular hardware/software/operating/system/network/etc environment.
21. Exploratory testing: often taken to mean a creative, informal software test that is not based on formal test plans of test cases; testers may be learning the software as they test it.
22. Ad-hoc testing: similar to exploratory testing, but often taken to mean that the testers have significant understanding of the software testing it.
23. User acceptance testing: determining if software is satisfactory to an end-user or customer.
24. Comparison testing: comparing software weakness and strengths to competing products.
25. Alpha testing: testing of an application when development is nearing completion; minor design changes may still be made as a result of such testing. Typically done by end-users or others, not by programmers or testers.
26. Beta testing: testing when development and testing are essentially completed and final bugs and problems need to be found before final release. Typically done by end-users or others, not by programmers or testers.
27. Mutation testing: method for determining if a set of test data or test cases is useful, by deliberately introducing various code changes (‘bugs’) and retesting with the original test data/cases to determine if the ‘bugs’ are detected proper implementation requires large computational resources.
Difference between client server testing and web server testing.
Web systems are one type of client/server. The client is the browser, the server is whatever is on the back end (database, proxy, mirror, etc). This differs from so-called “traditional” client/server in a few ways but both systems are a type of client/server. There is a certain client that connects via some protocol with a server (or set of servers).
Also understand that in a strict difference based on how the question is worded, “testing a Web server” specifically is simply testing the functionality and performance of the Web server itself. (For example, I might test if HTTP Keep-Alives are enabled and if that works. Or I might test if the logging feature is working. Or I might test certain filters, like ISAPI. Or I might test some general characteristics such as the load the server can take.) In the case of “client server testing”, as you have worded it, you might be doing the same general things to some other type of server, such as a database server. Also note that you can be testing the server directly, in some cases, and other times you can be testing it via the interaction of a client.
You can also test connectivity in both. (Anytime you have a client and a server there has to be connectivity between them or the system would be less than useful so far as I can see.) In the Web you are looking at HTTP protocols and perhaps FTP depending upon your site and if your server is configured for FTP connections as well as general TCP/IP concerns. In a “traditional” client/server you may be looking at sockets, Telnet, NNTP, etc.
Interview Questions for E-Learning Testers »
1) What is SCORM?
2) What is Sec 508?
3) Have u done any portal testing?
4) DO u have any idea about LMS or LCMS?
5) Have u done any compliance testing
6) Have u done any compatibility testing?
7) What are the critical issues found while testing the projects in your organization?
Tell me about the testing procedures used by u in your organization?
9) How do you test a flash file?
10) Have u find any difference while testing a flash file and Html file?
11) What types of testing do u aware of?
12) While doing the compatibility testing have u found any critical issues?
13) While doing the compliance testing has u noticed any critical/ abnormal issues?
14) What is the procedure u use while doing the Regression testing in your projects?
15) Have u done any performance or stress testing in your testing? If yes have u used any automation techniques in that or not?
16) Have u aware of any bug tracking tools for defect tracking?
17) Tell me about the testing scenario’s used in project?
18) Have u written any test cases/test plan? If yes can u tell me one or two instances in that?
19) Have u aware of any Usability and Acceptance testing?
20) Is ur testing is conventional or non-conventional?
21) Have u done any other lang’s courses testing? If yes have u faced in any critical situations?
22) What are things to be more concentrated while testing same projects on different environments?
23) What are AICC standards?
Software Testing Interview Questions Part 6
60. What is Impact analysis? How to do impact analysis in yr project?
A: — Impact analysis means when we r doing regressing testing at that time we r checking that the bug fixes r working properly, and by fixing these bug other components are working as per their requirements r they got disturbed.
61. HOW TO TEST A WEBSITE BY MANUAL TESTING?
A: — Web Testing
During testing the websites the following scenarios should be considered.
Functionality
Performance
Usability
Server side interface
Client side compatibility
Security
Functionality:
In testing the functionality of the web sites the following should be tested.
Links
Internal links
External links
Mail links
Broken links
Forms
Field validation
Functional chart
Error message for wrong input
Optional and mandatory fields
Database
Testing will be done on the database integrity.
Cookies
Testing will be done on the client system side, on the temporary internet files.
Performance:
Performance testing can be applied to understand the web site’s scalability, or to benchmark the performance in the environment of third party products such as servers and middle ware for potential purchase.
Connection speed:
Tested over various Networks like Dial up, ISDN etc
Load
What is the no. of users per time?
Check for peak loads & how system behaves.
Large amount of data accessed by user.
Stress
Continuous load
Performance of memory, cpu, file handling etc.
Usability :
Usability testing is the process by which the human-computer interaction characteristics of a system are measured, and weaknesses are identified for correction. Usability can be defined as the degree to which a given piece of software assists the person sitting at the keyboard to accomplish a task, as opposed to becoming an additional impediment to such accomplishment. The broad goal of usable systems is often assessed using several
Criteria:
Ease of learning
Navigation
Subjective user satisfaction
General appearance
Server side interface:
In web testing the server side interface should be tested.
This is done by Verify that communication is done properly.
Compatibility of server with software, hardware, network and database should be tested.
The client side compatibility is also tested in various platforms, using various browsers etc.
Security:
The primary reason for testing the security of an web is to identify potential vulnerabilities and subsequently repair them.
The following types of testing are described in this section:
Network Scanning
Vulnerability Scanning
Password Cracking
Log Review
Integrity Checkers
Virus Detection
Performance Testing
Performance testing is a rigorous usability evaluation of a working system under realistic conditions to identify usability problems and to compare measures such as success
rate, task time and user satisfaction with requirements. The goal of performance testing is not to find bugs, but to eliminate bottlenecks and establish a baseline for future regression testing.
To conduct performance testing is to engage in a carefully controlled process of measurement and analysis. Ideally, the software under test is already stable enough so that this process can proceed smoothly. A clearly defined set of expectations is essential for meaningful performance testing.
For example, for a Web application, you need to know at least two things:
expected load in terms of concurrent users or HTTP connections
acceptable response time
Load testing:
Load testing is usually defined as the process of exercising the system under test by feeding it the largest tasks it can operate with. Load testing is sometimes called volume testing, or longevity/endurance testing
Examples of volume testing:
testing a word processor by editing a very large document
testing a printer by sending it a very large job
testing a mail server with thousands of users mailboxes
Examples of longevity/endurance testing:
testing a client-server application by running the client in a loop against the server over an extended period of time
Goals of load testing:
Expose bugs that do not surface in cursory testing, such as memory management bugs, memory leaks, buffer overflows, etc. Ensure that the application meets the performance baseline established during Performance testing. This is done by running regression tests against the application at a specified maximum load.
Although performance testing and load testing can seen similar, their goals are different. On one hand, performance testing uses load testing techniques and tools for measurement and benchmarking purposes and uses various load levels whereas load testing operates at a predefined load level, the highest load that the system can accept while still functioning properly.
Stress testing:
Stress testing is a form of testing that is used to determine the stability of a given system or entity. This is designed to test the software with abnormal situations. Stress testing attempts to find the limits at which the system will fail through abnormal quantity or frequency of inputs.
Stress testing tries to break the system under test by overwhelming its resources or by taking resources away from it (in which case it is sometimes called negative testing).
The main purpose behind this madness is to make sure that the system fails and recovers gracefully — this quality is known as recoverability.
Stress testing does not break the system but instead it allows observing how the system reacts to failure. Stress testing observes for the following.
Does it save its state or does it crash suddenly?
Does it just hang and freeze or does it fail gracefully?
Is it able to recover from the last good state on restart?
Etc.
Compatability Testing
A Testing to ensure compatibility of an application or Web site with different browsers, OS and hardware platforms. Different versions, configurations, display resolutions, and Internet connect speeds all can impact the behavior of the product and introduce costly and embarrassing bugs. We test for compatibility using real test environments. That is testing how will the system performs in the particular software, hardware or network environment. Compatibility testing can be performed manually or can be driven by an automated functional or reg The purpose of compatibility testing is to reveal issues related to the product& interaction session test suite.with other software as well as hardware. The product compatibility is evaluated by first identifying the hardware/software/browser components that the product is designed to support. Then a hardware/software/browser matrix is designed that indicates the configurations on which the product will be tested. Then, with input from the client, a testing script is designed that will be sufficient to evaluate compatibility between the product and the hardware/software/browser matrix. Finally, the script is executed against the matrix,and any anomalies are investigated to determine exactly where the incompatibility lies.
Some typical compatibility tests include testing your application:
On various client hardware configurations
Using different memory sizes and hard drive space
On various Operating Systems
In different network environments
With different printers and peripherals (i.e. zip drives, USBs, etc.)
62. which comes first test strategy or test plan?
A:– Test strategy comes first ans this is the high level document…. and approach for the testing starts from test strategy and then based on this the test lead prepares the
test plan….
63. what is the difference between web based application and client server application as a testers point of view?
A:– According to Tester’s Point of view——
1) Web Base Application (WBA)is a 3 tier application ;Browser,Back end and Server.
Client server Application(CSA) is a 2 tier Application ;Front End ,Back end .
2) In the WBA tester test for the Script error like java script error VB script error etc, that shown at the page. In the CSA tester does not test for any script error.
3) Because in the WBA once changes perform reflect at every machine so tester has less work for test. Whereas in the CSA every time application need to be instal hence ,it maybe possible that some machine has some problem for that Hardware testing as well as software testing is needed.
63. What is the significance of doing Regression testing?
A:– To check for the bug fixes. And this fix should not disturb other functionality
To Ensure the newly added functionality or existing modified functionality or developer fixed bug arises any new bug or affecting any other side effect. this is called regression test and ensure already PASSED TEST CASES would not arise any new bug.
64. What are the diff ways to check a date field in a website?
A:– There are different ways like :–
1) you can check the field width for minimum and maximum.
2) If that field only take the Numeric Value then check it’ll only take Numeric no other type.
3) If it takes the date or time then check for other.
4) Same way like Numeric you can check it for the Character,Alpha Numeric aand all.
5) And the most Important if you click and hit the enter key then some time pag e may give the error of javascript, that is the big fault on the page .
6) Check the field for the Null value ..
ETC…………………
The date field we can check in different ways Possitive testing: first we enter the date in given format
Negative Testing: We enter the date in invalid format suppose if we enter date like 30/02/2006 it should display some error message and also we use to check the numeric or text
Software Testing Interview Questions Part 5 »
46. High severity, low priority bug?
A: — A page is rarely accessed, or some activity is performed rarely but that thing outputs some important Data incorrectly, or corrupts the data, this will be a bug of H severity L priority
47. If project wants to release in 3months what type of Risk analysis u do in Test plan?
A:– Use risk analysis to determine where testing should be focused. Since it’s rarely possible to test every possible aspect of an application, every possible combination of events, every dependency, or everything that could go wrong, risk analysis is appropriate to most software development projects. This requires judgment skills, common sense, and experience. (If warranted, formal methods are also available.) Considerations can include:
• Which functionality is most important to the project’s intended purpose?
• Which functionality is most visible to the user?
• Which functionality has the largest safety impact?
• Which functionality has the largest financial impact on users?
• Which aspects of the application are most important to the customer?
• Which aspects of the application can be tested early in the development cycle?
• Which parts of the code are most complex, and thus most subject to errors?
• Which parts of the application were developed in rush or panic mode?
• Which aspects of similar/related previous projects caused problems?
• Which aspects of similar/related previous projects had large maintenance expenses?
• Which parts of the requirements and design are unclear or poorly thought out?
• What do the developers think are the highest-risk aspects of the application?
• What kinds of problems would cause the worst publicity?
• What kinds of problems would cause the most customer service complaints?
• What kinds of tests could easily cover multiple functionalities?
• Which tests will have the best high-risk-coverage to time-required ratio
48. Test cases for IE 6.0 ?
A:– Test cases for IE 6.0 i.e Internet Explorer 6.0:—
1)First I go for the Installation side, means that –
+ is it working with all versions of Windows ,Netscape or other softwares in other words we can say that IE must check with all hardware and software parts.
2) Secondly go for the Text Part means that all the Text part appears in frequent and smooth manner.
3) Thirdly go for the Images Part means that all the Images appears in frequent and smooth manner.
4) URL must run in a better way.
5) Suppose Some other language used on it then URL take the Other Characters, Other than Normal Characters.
6)Is it working with Cookies frequently or not.
7) Is it Concerning with different script like JScript and VBScript.
HTML Code work on that or not.
9) Troubleshooting works or not.
10) All the Tool bars are work with it or not.
11) If Page has Some Links, than how much is the Max and Min Limit for that.
12) Test for Installing Internet Explorer 6 with Norton Protected Recycle Bin enabled .
13) Is it working with the Uninstallation Process.
14) Last but not the least test for the Security System for the IE 6.0
49. Where you involve in testing life cycle ,what type of test you perform ?
A:– Generally test engineers involved from entire test life cycle i.e, test plan, test case preparation, execution, reporting. Generally system testing, regression testing, adhoc testing
etc.
50. what is Testing environment in your company ,means hwo testing process start ?
A:– testing process is going as follows
quality assurance unit
quality assurance manager
testlead
test engineer
51. who prepares the use cases?
A:– In Any company except the small company Business analyst prepares the use cases
But in small company Business analyst prepares along with team lead
52. What methodologies have you used to develop test cases?
A:– generally test engineers uses 4 types of methodologies
1. Boundary value analysis
2.Equivalence partition
3.Error guessing
4.cause effect graphing
53. Why we call it as a regression test nor retest?
A:– If we test whether defect is closed or not i.e Retesting But here we are checking the impact also regression means repeated times
54. Is automated testing better than manual testing. If so, why?
A:– Automated testing and manual testing have advantages as well as disadvantages
Advantages: It increase the efficiency of testing process speed in process
reliable
Flexible
disadvantage’s
Tools should have compatibility with our development or deployment tools needs lot of time initially If the requirements are changing continuously Automation is not suitable
Manual: If the requirements are changing continuously Manual is suitable Once the build is stable with manual testing then only we go 4 automation
Disadvantages:
It needs lot of time
We can not do some type of testing manually
E.g Performances
55. what is the exact difference between a product and a project.give an example ?
A:– Project Developed for particular client requirements are defined by client Product developed for market Requirements are defined by company itself by conducting market survey
Example
Project: the shirt which we are interested stitching with tailor as per our specifications is project
Product: Example is “Ready made Shirt” where the particular company will imagine particular measurements they made the product
Mainframes is a product
Product has many mo of versions
but project has fewer versions i.e depends upon change request and enhancements
56. Define Brain Stromming and Cause Effect Graphing? With Eg?
A:– BS:
A learning technique involving open group discussion intended to expand the range of available ideas
OR
A meeting to generate creative ideas. At PEPSI Advertising, daily, weekly and bi-monthly brainstorming sessions are held by various work groups within the firm. Our monthly I-
Power brainstorming meeting is attended by the entire agency staff.
OR
Brainstorming is a highly structured process to help generate ideas. It is based on the principle that you cannot generate and evaluate ideas at the same time. To use brainstorming, you must first gain agreement from the group to try brainstorming for a fixed interval (eg six minutes).
CEG :
A testing technique that aids in selecting, in a systematic way, a high-yield set of test cases that logically relates causes to effects to produce test cases. It has a beneficial side effect in pointing out incompleteness and ambiguities in specifications.
57. Actually by using severity u should know which one u need to solve so what is the need of priority?
A:– I guess severity reflects the seriousness of the bug where as priority refers to which bug should rectify first. of course if the severity is high the same case is with priority in normal.
severity decided by the tester where as priority decided by developers. which one need to solve first knows through priority not with severity. how serious of the bug knows through
severity.
severity is nothing impact of that bug on the application. Priority is nothing but importance to resolve the bug yeah of course by looking severity we can judge but sometimes high severity bug doesn’t have high priority At the same time High priority bug don’t have high severity
So we need both severity and priority
58. What do u do if the bug that u found is not accepted by the developer and he is saying its not reproducible. Note:The developer is in the on site location ?
A:– once again we will check that condition with all reasons. then we will attach screen shots with strong reasons. then we will explain to the project manager and also explain to the client when they contact us
Sometimes bug is not reproducible it is because of different environment suppose development team using other environment and you are using different environment at this situation there is chance of bug not reproducing. At this situation please check the environment in the base line documents that is functional documents if the environment which we r using is correct we will raise it as defect We will take screen shots and sends them with test procedure also
59. what is the difference between three tier and two tier application?
A:– Client server is a 2-tier application. In this, front end or client is connected to
‘Data base server’ through ‘Data Source Name’,front end is the monitoring level.
Web based architecture is a 3-tier application. In this, browser is connected to web server through TCP/IP and web server is connected to Data base server,browser is the monitoring level. In general, Black box testers are concentrating on monitoring level of any type of application.
All the client server applications are 2 tier architectures.
Here in these architecture, all the “Business Logic” is stored in clients and “Data” is stored in Servers. So if user request anything, business logic will b performed at client, and the data is retrieved from Server(DB Server). Here the problem is, if any business logic changes, then we
need to change the logic at each any every client. The best ex: is take a super market, i have branches in the city. At each branch i have clients, so business logic is stored in clients, but the actual data is store in servers.If assume i want to give some discount on some items, so i
need to change the business logic. For this i need to goto each branch and need to change the business logic at each client. This the disadvantage of Client/Server architecture.
So 3-tier architecture came into picture:
Here Business Logic is stored in one Server, and all the clients are dumb terminals. If user requests anything the request first sent to server, the server will bring the data from DB Sever and send it to clients. This is the flow for 3-tier architecture.
Assume for the above. Ex. if i want to give some discount, all my business logic is there in Server. So i need to change at one place, not at each client. This is the main advantage of 3-tier architecture.
35 QA Testing Interview Questions »
3 Comments
1. What is SQA Activities?
2. How can we perform testing without expected results?
3. Which of the following statements about regression testing are true?
a. Regression Testing must consist of a fixed set of tests to create a baseline
b. Regression Testing should be used to detect defects in new features
c. Regression Testing can be run on every build
d. Regression Testing should be targeted to areas of high risk and known code change
e. Regression Testing, when automated, is highly effective in preventing defects
4. How do you conduct boundary analyst testing for “ok”pushbutton
5. What is an exit and entry criteria in a Test Plan ?
6. To whom you send test deliverables?
7. What is configuration Management?
8. Who writes the Business requirements? What you do when you have the BRD?
9. What we normally check for in the Database Testing?
10. What is walk through and inspection?
11. What are the key elements for creating test plan?
12. How do you ensure the quality of the product?
13. What is the job of Quality assurance engineer? Difference between the testing & Quality Assurance job.
14. Can any one send information regarding manual testing. I know just how to use winrunner load runner tool with sample flight reservation application. can any one send me the information how to test web logic and web sphere.
15. What are the demerits of winrunner?
16. How you used white box and block box technologies in your application?
17. What is the role of QA in a project development?
18. How can u test the white page ?
19. How do you scope, organize, and execute a test project?
20. What is the role of QA in a company that produces software?
21. Describe to me when you would consider employing a failure mode and defect analysis?
22. In general, how do you see automation fitting into the overall process of testing?
23. How do you decide when you have ‘tested enough?’
24. Describe to the basic elements you put in a defect report?
25. What is use case? What is the difference between test cases and use cases?
26. What is the importance of a requirements traceability in a product testing?
27. If the actual result doesn’t match with expected result in this situation what should we do?
28. Explain about Metrics and types of metrics like schedule variance , effort variance?
29. What is the difference between functional testing & black box testing?
30. What is heuristic checklist used in Unit Testing?
31. What is the difference between System Testing,Integration Testing & System Integration Testing?
32. How to calculate the estimate for test case design and review?
33. What is Requirements Traceability ? What is the purpose of it ? Explain types of traceability matrices ?
34. What are the contents of Risk management Plan? Have you ever prepared a Risk Management Plan ?
35. What metrics used to measure the size of the software?
Software Testing Interview Questions Part 4
31. If we have no SRS, BRS but we have test cases does u execute the test cases blindly or do u follow any other process?
A: — Test case would have detail steps of what the application is supposed to do. SO
1) Functionality of application is known.
2) In addition you can refer to Backend, I mean look into the Database. To gain more knowledge of the application
32. How to execute test case?
A: — There are two ways:
1. Manual Runner Tool for manual execution and updating of test status.
2. Automated test case execution by specifying Host name and other automation pertaining details.
33. Difference between re testing and regression testing?
A: — Retesting: –
Re-execution of test cases on same application build with different input values is retesting.
Regression Testing:
Re-execution of test cases on modifies form of build is called regression testing…
34. What is the difference between bug log and defect tracking?
A; — Bug log is a document which maintains the information of the bug where as bug tracking is the process.
35. Who will change the Bug Status as Differed?
A: — Bug will be in open status while developer is working on it Fixed after developer completes his work if it is not fixed properly the tester puts it in reopen After fixing the bug properly it is in closed state.
Developer
36. wht is smoke testing and user interface testing ?
A: — ST:
Smoke testing is non-exhaustive software testing, as pertaining that the most crucial functions of a program work, but not bothering with finer details. The term comes to software testing from a similarly basic type of hardware testing.
UIT:
I did a bit or R n D on this…. some says it’s nothing but Usability testing. Testing to determine the ease with which a user can learn to operate, input, and interpret outputs of a system or component.
Smoke testing is nothing but to check whether basic functionality of the build is stable or not?
I.e. if it possesses 70% of the functionality we say build is stable.
User interface testing: We check all the fields whether they are existing or not as per the format we check spelling graphic font sizes everything in the window present or not
37. what is bug, deffect, issue, error?
A: — Bug: — Bug is identified by the tester.
Defect:– Whenever the project is received for the analysis phase ,may be some requirement miss to get or understand most of the time Defect itself come with the project (when it comes).
Issue: — Client site error most of the time.
Error: — When anything is happened wrong in the project from the development side i.e. called as the error, most of the time this knows by the developer.
Bug: a fault or defect in a system or machine
Defect: an imperfection in a device or machine;
Issue: An issue is a major problem that will impede the progress of the project and cannot be resolved by the project manager and project team without outside help
Error:
Error is the deviation of a measurement, observation, or calculation from the truth
38. What is the diff b/w functional testing and integration testing?
A: — functional testing is testing the whole functionality of the system or the application whether it is meeting the functional specifications
Integration testing means testing the functionality of integrated module when two individual modules are integrated for this we use top-down approach and bottom up approach
39. what type of testing u perform in organization while u do System Testing, give clearly?
A: — Functional testing
User interface testing
Usability testing
Compatibility testing
Model based testing
Error exit testing
User help testing
Security testing
Capacity testing
Performance testing
Sanity testing
Regression testing
Reliability testing
Recovery testing
Installation testing
Maintenance testing
Accessibility testing, including compliance with:
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
Section 508 Amendment to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI) of the World Wide Web
Consortium (W3C)
40. What is the main use of preparing Traceability matrix and explain the real time usage?
A: — A traceability matrix is created by associating requirements with the work products that satisfy them. Tests are associated with the requirements on which they are based and the product tested to meet the requirement.
A traceability matrix is a report from the requirements database or repository.
41. How can u do the following 1) Usability testing 2) scalability Testing
A:–
UT:
Testing the ease with which users can learn and use a product.
ST:
It’s a Web Testing defn.allows web site capability improvement.
PT:
Testing to determine whether the system/software meets the specified portability requirements.
42. What does u mean by Positive and Negative testing & what is the diff’s between them. Can anyone explain with an example?
A: — Positive Testing: Testing the application functionality with valid inputs and verifying that output is correct
Negative testing: Testing the application functionality with invalid inputs and verifying the output.
Difference is nothing but how the application behaves when we enter some invalid inputs suppose if it accepts invalid input the application
Functionality is wrong
Positive test: testing aimed to show that s/w work i.e. with valid inputs. This is also called as “test to pass’
Negative testing: testing aimed at showing s/w doesn’t work. Which is also know as ‘test to fail” BVA is the best example of -ve testing.
43. what is change request, how u use it?
A: — Change Request is a attribute or part of Defect Life Cycle.
Now when u as a tester finds a defect n report to ur DL…he in turn informs the Development Team.
The DT says it’s not a defect it’s an extra implementation or says not part of req’ment. Its newscast has to pay.
Here the status in ur defect report would be Change Request
I think change request controlled by change request control board (CCB). If any changes required by client after we start the project, it has to come thru that CCB and they have to approve it. CCB got full rights to accept or reject based on the project schedule and cost.
44. What is risk analysis, what type of risk analysis u did in u r project?
A: — Risk Analysis:
A systematic use of available information to determine how often specified events and unspecified events may occur and the magnitude of their likely consequences
OR
procedure to identify threats & vulnerabilities, analyze them to ascertain the exposures, and highlight how the impact can be eliminated or reduced
Types :
1.QUANTITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS
2.QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS
45. What is API ?
A:– Application program interface
Software Testing Interview Questions Part 3 »
1 Comment
16. What is bug life cycle?
A: — New: when tester reports a defect
Open: when developer accepts that it is a bug or if the developer rejects the defect, then the status is turned into “Rejected”
Fixed: when developer make changes to the code to rectify the bug…
Closed/Reopen: when tester tests it again. If the expected result shown up, it is turned into “Closed” and if the problem resists again, it’s “Reopen
17. What is deferred status in defect life cycle?
A: — Deferred status means the developer accepted the bus, but it is scheduled to rectify in the next build
18. What is smoke test?
A; — Testing the application whether it’s performing its basic functionality properly or not, so that the test team can go ahead with the application
19. Do you use any automation tool for smoke testing?
A: - Definitely can use.
20. What is Verification and validation?
A: — Verification is static. No code is executed. Say, analysis of requirements etc. Validation is dynamic. Code is executed with scenarios present in test cases.
21. What is test plan and explain its contents?
A: — Test plan is a document which contains the scope for testing the application and what to be tested, when to be tested and who to test.
22. Advantages of automation over manual testing?
A: — Time, resource and Money
23. What is ADhoc testing?
A: — AdHoc means doing something which is not planned.
24. What is mean by release notes?
A: — It’s a document released along with the product which explains about the product. It also contains about the bugs that are in deferred status.
25. Scalability testing comes under in which tool?
A: — Scalability testing comes under performance testing. Load testing, scalability testing both r same.
26. What is the difference between Bug and Defect?
A: — Bug: Deviation from the expected result. Defect: Problem in algorithm leads to failure.
A Mistake in code is called Error.
Due to Error in coding, test engineers are getting mismatches in application is called defect.
If defect accepted by development team to solve is called Bug.
27. What is hot fix?
A: — A hot fix is a single, cumulative package that includes one or more files that are used to address a problem in a software product. Typically, hot fixes are made to address a specific customer situation and may not be distributed outside the customer organization.
Bug found at the customer place which has high priority.
28. What is the difference between functional test cases and compatability testcases?
A: — There are no Test Cases for Compatibility Testing; in Compatibility Testing we are Testing an application in different Hardware and software. If it is wrong plz let me know.
29. What is Acid Testing??
A: — ACID Means:
ACID testing is related to testing a transaction.
A-Atomicity
C-Consistent
I-Isolation
D-Durable
Mostly this will be done database testing.
30. What is the main use of preparing a traceability matrix?
A: — To Cross verify the prepared test cases and test scripts with user requirements.
To monitor the changes, enhance occurred during the development of the project.
Traceability matrix is prepared in order to cross check the test cases designed against each requirement, hence giving an opportunity to verify that all the requirements are covered in testing the application.
i-soft testing interview questions, Covansys testing interview questions, Virtusa testing interview questions, Aztec testing interview questions, CSC testing interview questions, Value Labs testing interview questions, IBM testing interview questions, Accenture testing interview questions, App Labs testing interview questions, Ness Technologies testing interview questions, Microsoft testing interview questions, Convergys testing interview questions, SQL Star testing interview questions, i-labs testing interview questions, Acutest testing interview questions, Aztecsoft testing interview questions, Virtusa testing interview questions, Infotech testing interview questions, Infosys testing interview questions, Wipro testing interview questions, Zensar testing interview questions, Calsoft Labs testing interview questions, Satyam Computers testing interview questions
1. I-soft
What should be done after writing test case??
2.Covansys
Testing
1. What is bidirectional traceability ??? and how it is implemented
2. What is Automation Test frame work ?
3. Define the components present in test strategy
4. Define the components present in test plan
5. Define database testing ?
6. What is the difference between QA and QC ….
7. What is the difference between V&V
8. What are different types of test case that u have written in your project..
9. Have u written Test plan ?….
SQL
1. What is joins and define all the joins …
2. What is Foreign key ?
3. Write an SQL query if u want to select the data from one block which intern reflects in another block ?
Unix
1. Which command is used to run an interface?
2. How will you see the hidden file ?
3. What is the command used to set the date and timings …
4. Some basic commands like copy, move,delete ?
5. Which command used to the go back to the home directory ….
6. Which command used to view the the current directory
3. Virtusa
Testing
1. Tell me about Yourself?
2. Testing process followed in your company …
3. Testing Methodology
4. Where u maintains the Repositories?
5. What is CVS?
6. Bug Tool used?
7. How will you prepare traceability matrix if there is no Business Doc and Functional Doc?
8. How will you validate the functionality of the Test cases, if there is no business requirement document or user requirement document as such…
9. Testing process followed in your company?
10. Tell me about CMM LEVEL -4 …what are steps that to be followed to achieve the CMM -IV standards?
11. What is Back End testing?
12. What is Unit Testing?
13. How will u write test cases for an given scenario…i.e. main page, login screen, transaction, Report Verification?
14. How will u write traceability matrix?
15. What is CVS and why it is used?
16. What will be specified in the Defect Report…?
17. What is Test summary Report…?
18. What is Test Closure report…?
19. Explain Defect life cycle…
20. What will be specified in the Test Case…
21. What are the Testing methodologies that u have followed in your project ?
22. What kind of testing that u have been involved in and explain about it….
23. What is UAT Testing?
24. What is joins and what are the different types of joins in SQL and explain the same?
25. What is Foreign Key in SQL…?
KLA Tencor
1. Bug life cycle?
2. Explain about the Project. …And draw the architecture of your project?
3. What are the different types of severity?
4. Defect tracking tools used?
5. what are the responsibilities of an tester?
6. Give some example how will you write the test cases if an scenario involves Login screen.
Aztec
1. What are the different types of testing followed …..
2. What are the different levels of testing used during testing the application?
4. What type of testing will be done in Installation testing or system testing?
5. What is meant by CMMI …what are different types of CMM Level?
6. Explain about the components involved in CMM-4 level
7. Explain about Performance testing ?
8. What is Traceability matrix and how it is done ?
9. How can you differentiate Severity and Priority based on technical and business point of view.
10. What is the difference between Test life cycle and defect life cycle ?
11. How will u ensure that you have covered all the functionality while writing test cases if there is no functional spec and there is no KT about the application?
Kinds of Testing
WHAT KINDS OF TESTING SHOULD BE CONSIDERED?
1. Black box testing: not based on any knowledge of internal design or code.Tests are based on requirements and functionality
2. White box testing: based on knowledge of the internal logic of an application’s code. Tests are based on coverage of code statements, branches, paths, and conditions.
3. Unit testing: the most ‘micro’ scale of testing; to test particular functions or code modules. Typically done by the programmer and not by testers, as it requires detailed knowledge of the internal program design and code. Not always easily done unless the application has a well-designed architecture with tight code; may require developing test driver modules or test harnesses.
4. Incremental integration testing: continuous testing of an application as new functionality is added; requires that various aspects of an applications functionality be independent enough to work separately before all parts of the program are completed, or that test drivers be developed as needed; done by programmers or by testers.
6. Integration testing: testing of combined parts of an application to determine if they function together correctly the ‘parts’ can be code modules, individual applications, client and server applications on a networked. This type of testing is especially relevant to client/server and distributed systems.
7. Functional testing: black-box type testing geared to functional requirements of an application; testers should do this type of testing. This does not mean that the programmers should not check their code works before releasing it(which of course applies to any stage of testing).
8. System testing: black –box type testing that is based on overall requirements specifications; covers all combined parts of system.
9. End to end testing: similar to system testing; the ‘macro’ end of the test scale; involves testing of a complete application environment in a situation that mimics real-world use, such as interacting with database, using network communications, or interacting with other hardware, applications, or systems if appropriate.
10. Sanity testing: typically an initial testing effort to determine if a new software version is performing well enough to accept it for a major testing effort. For example, if the new software is crashing systems every 5minutes warrant further testing in item current state.
11. Regression testing: re-testing after fixes or modifications of the software or its environment. It can be difficult to determine how much re-testing is needed, especially near the end of the development cycle. Automated testing tools can be especially useful for this type of testing.
12. Acceptance testing: final testing based on specifications of the end-user or customer, or based on use by end users/customers over some limited period of time.
13. Load testing: testing an application under heavy loads, such as testing of a web site under a range of loads to determine at what point the system’s response time degrades or fails.
14. Stress testing: term often used interchangeably with ‘load’ and ‘performance’ testing. Also used to describe such tests as system functional testing while under unusually heavy loads, heavy repletion of certain actions or inputs input of large numerical values, large complex queries to a database system, etc.
15. Performance testing: term often used interchangeable with ‘stress’ and ‘load’ testing. Ideally ‘performance’ testing (and another ‘type’ of testing) is defined in requirements documentation or QA or test plans.
16. Usability testing: testing for ‘user-friendlinesses’. Clearly this is subjective,and will depend on the targeted end-ser or customer. User interviews, surveys, video recording of user sessions, and other techniques can be used programmers and testers are usually not appropriate as usability testers.
17. Install/uninstall testing: testing of full, partial, or upgrade install/uninstall processes.
18. Recovery testing: testing how well a system recovers from crashes, hardware failures or other catastrophic problems.
19. Security testing: testing how well system protects against unauthorized internal or external access, damage, etc, any require sophisticated testing techniques.
20. Compatibility testing: testing how well software performs in a particular hardware/software/operating/system/network/etc environment.
21. Exploratory testing: often taken to mean a creative, informal software test that is not based on formal test plans of test cases; testers may be learning the software as they test it.
22. Ad-hoc testing: similar to exploratory testing, but often taken to mean that the testers have significant understanding of the software testing it.
23. User acceptance testing: determining if software is satisfactory to an end-user or customer.
24. Comparison testing: comparing software weakness and strengths to competing products.
25. Alpha testing: testing of an application when development is nearing completion; minor design changes may still be made as a result of such testing. Typically done by end-users or others, not by programmers or testers.
26. Beta testing: testing when development and testing are essentially completed and final bugs and problems need to be found before final release. Typically done by end-users or others, not by programmers or testers.
27. Mutation testing: method for determining if a set of test data or test cases is useful, by deliberately introducing various code changes (‘bugs’) and retesting with the original test data/cases to determine if the ‘bugs’ are detected proper implementation requires large computational resources.
Difference between client server testing and web server testing.
Web systems are one type of client/server. The client is the browser, the server is whatever is on the back end (database, proxy, mirror, etc). This differs from so-called “traditional” client/server in a few ways but both systems are a type of client/server. There is a certain client that connects via some protocol with a server (or set of servers).
Also understand that in a strict difference based on how the question is worded, “testing a Web server” specifically is simply testing the functionality and performance of the Web server itself. (For example, I might test if HTTP Keep-Alives are enabled and if that works. Or I might test if the logging feature is working. Or I might test certain filters, like ISAPI. Or I might test some general characteristics such as the load the server can take.) In the case of “client server testing”, as you have worded it, you might be doing the same general things to some other type of server, such as a database server. Also note that you can be testing the server directly, in some cases, and other times you can be testing it via the interaction of a client.
You can also test connectivity in both. (Anytime you have a client and a server there has to be connectivity between them or the system would be less than useful so far as I can see.) In the Web you are looking at HTTP protocols and perhaps FTP depending upon your site and if your server is configured for FTP connections as well as general TCP/IP concerns. In a “traditional” client/server you may be looking at sockets, Telnet, NNTP, etc.
Interview Questions for E-Learning Testers »
1) What is SCORM?
2) What is Sec 508?
3) Have u done any portal testing?
4) DO u have any idea about LMS or LCMS?
5) Have u done any compliance testing
6) Have u done any compatibility testing?
7) What are the critical issues found while testing the projects in your organization?
Tell me about the testing procedures used by u in your organization?
9) How do you test a flash file?
10) Have u find any difference while testing a flash file and Html file?
11) What types of testing do u aware of?
12) While doing the compatibility testing have u found any critical issues?
13) While doing the compliance testing has u noticed any critical/ abnormal issues?
14) What is the procedure u use while doing the Regression testing in your projects?
15) Have u done any performance or stress testing in your testing? If yes have u used any automation techniques in that or not?
16) Have u aware of any bug tracking tools for defect tracking?
17) Tell me about the testing scenario’s used in project?
18) Have u written any test cases/test plan? If yes can u tell me one or two instances in that?
19) Have u aware of any Usability and Acceptance testing?
20) Is ur testing is conventional or non-conventional?
21) Have u done any other lang’s courses testing? If yes have u faced in any critical situations?
22) What are things to be more concentrated while testing same projects on different environments?
23) What are AICC standards?
Software Testing Interview Questions Part 6
60. What is Impact analysis? How to do impact analysis in yr project?
A: — Impact analysis means when we r doing regressing testing at that time we r checking that the bug fixes r working properly, and by fixing these bug other components are working as per their requirements r they got disturbed.
61. HOW TO TEST A WEBSITE BY MANUAL TESTING?
A: — Web Testing
During testing the websites the following scenarios should be considered.
Functionality
Performance
Usability
Server side interface
Client side compatibility
Security
Functionality:
In testing the functionality of the web sites the following should be tested.
Links
Internal links
External links
Mail links
Broken links
Forms
Field validation
Functional chart
Error message for wrong input
Optional and mandatory fields
Database
Testing will be done on the database integrity.
Cookies
Testing will be done on the client system side, on the temporary internet files.
Performance:
Performance testing can be applied to understand the web site’s scalability, or to benchmark the performance in the environment of third party products such as servers and middle ware for potential purchase.
Connection speed:
Tested over various Networks like Dial up, ISDN etc
Load
What is the no. of users per time?
Check for peak loads & how system behaves.
Large amount of data accessed by user.
Stress
Continuous load
Performance of memory, cpu, file handling etc.
Usability :
Usability testing is the process by which the human-computer interaction characteristics of a system are measured, and weaknesses are identified for correction. Usability can be defined as the degree to which a given piece of software assists the person sitting at the keyboard to accomplish a task, as opposed to becoming an additional impediment to such accomplishment. The broad goal of usable systems is often assessed using several
Criteria:
Ease of learning
Navigation
Subjective user satisfaction
General appearance
Server side interface:
In web testing the server side interface should be tested.
This is done by Verify that communication is done properly.
Compatibility of server with software, hardware, network and database should be tested.
The client side compatibility is also tested in various platforms, using various browsers etc.
Security:
The primary reason for testing the security of an web is to identify potential vulnerabilities and subsequently repair them.
The following types of testing are described in this section:
Network Scanning
Vulnerability Scanning
Password Cracking
Log Review
Integrity Checkers
Virus Detection
Performance Testing
Performance testing is a rigorous usability evaluation of a working system under realistic conditions to identify usability problems and to compare measures such as success
rate, task time and user satisfaction with requirements. The goal of performance testing is not to find bugs, but to eliminate bottlenecks and establish a baseline for future regression testing.
To conduct performance testing is to engage in a carefully controlled process of measurement and analysis. Ideally, the software under test is already stable enough so that this process can proceed smoothly. A clearly defined set of expectations is essential for meaningful performance testing.
For example, for a Web application, you need to know at least two things:
expected load in terms of concurrent users or HTTP connections
acceptable response time
Load testing:
Load testing is usually defined as the process of exercising the system under test by feeding it the largest tasks it can operate with. Load testing is sometimes called volume testing, or longevity/endurance testing
Examples of volume testing:
testing a word processor by editing a very large document
testing a printer by sending it a very large job
testing a mail server with thousands of users mailboxes
Examples of longevity/endurance testing:
testing a client-server application by running the client in a loop against the server over an extended period of time
Goals of load testing:
Expose bugs that do not surface in cursory testing, such as memory management bugs, memory leaks, buffer overflows, etc. Ensure that the application meets the performance baseline established during Performance testing. This is done by running regression tests against the application at a specified maximum load.
Although performance testing and load testing can seen similar, their goals are different. On one hand, performance testing uses load testing techniques and tools for measurement and benchmarking purposes and uses various load levels whereas load testing operates at a predefined load level, the highest load that the system can accept while still functioning properly.
Stress testing:
Stress testing is a form of testing that is used to determine the stability of a given system or entity. This is designed to test the software with abnormal situations. Stress testing attempts to find the limits at which the system will fail through abnormal quantity or frequency of inputs.
Stress testing tries to break the system under test by overwhelming its resources or by taking resources away from it (in which case it is sometimes called negative testing).
The main purpose behind this madness is to make sure that the system fails and recovers gracefully — this quality is known as recoverability.
Stress testing does not break the system but instead it allows observing how the system reacts to failure. Stress testing observes for the following.
Does it save its state or does it crash suddenly?
Does it just hang and freeze or does it fail gracefully?
Is it able to recover from the last good state on restart?
Etc.
Compatability Testing
A Testing to ensure compatibility of an application or Web site with different browsers, OS and hardware platforms. Different versions, configurations, display resolutions, and Internet connect speeds all can impact the behavior of the product and introduce costly and embarrassing bugs. We test for compatibility using real test environments. That is testing how will the system performs in the particular software, hardware or network environment. Compatibility testing can be performed manually or can be driven by an automated functional or reg The purpose of compatibility testing is to reveal issues related to the product& interaction session test suite.with other software as well as hardware. The product compatibility is evaluated by first identifying the hardware/software/browser components that the product is designed to support. Then a hardware/software/browser matrix is designed that indicates the configurations on which the product will be tested. Then, with input from the client, a testing script is designed that will be sufficient to evaluate compatibility between the product and the hardware/software/browser matrix. Finally, the script is executed against the matrix,and any anomalies are investigated to determine exactly where the incompatibility lies.
Some typical compatibility tests include testing your application:
On various client hardware configurations
Using different memory sizes and hard drive space
On various Operating Systems
In different network environments
With different printers and peripherals (i.e. zip drives, USBs, etc.)
62. which comes first test strategy or test plan?
A:– Test strategy comes first ans this is the high level document…. and approach for the testing starts from test strategy and then based on this the test lead prepares the
test plan….
63. what is the difference between web based application and client server application as a testers point of view?
A:– According to Tester’s Point of view——
1) Web Base Application (WBA)is a 3 tier application ;Browser,Back end and Server.
Client server Application(CSA) is a 2 tier Application ;Front End ,Back end .
2) In the WBA tester test for the Script error like java script error VB script error etc, that shown at the page. In the CSA tester does not test for any script error.
3) Because in the WBA once changes perform reflect at every machine so tester has less work for test. Whereas in the CSA every time application need to be instal hence ,it maybe possible that some machine has some problem for that Hardware testing as well as software testing is needed.
63. What is the significance of doing Regression testing?
A:– To check for the bug fixes. And this fix should not disturb other functionality
To Ensure the newly added functionality or existing modified functionality or developer fixed bug arises any new bug or affecting any other side effect. this is called regression test and ensure already PASSED TEST CASES would not arise any new bug.
64. What are the diff ways to check a date field in a website?
A:– There are different ways like :–
1) you can check the field width for minimum and maximum.
2) If that field only take the Numeric Value then check it’ll only take Numeric no other type.
3) If it takes the date or time then check for other.
4) Same way like Numeric you can check it for the Character,Alpha Numeric aand all.
5) And the most Important if you click and hit the enter key then some time pag e may give the error of javascript, that is the big fault on the page .
6) Check the field for the Null value ..
ETC…………………
The date field we can check in different ways Possitive testing: first we enter the date in given format
Negative Testing: We enter the date in invalid format suppose if we enter date like 30/02/2006 it should display some error message and also we use to check the numeric or text
Software Testing Interview Questions Part 5 »
46. High severity, low priority bug?
A: — A page is rarely accessed, or some activity is performed rarely but that thing outputs some important Data incorrectly, or corrupts the data, this will be a bug of H severity L priority
47. If project wants to release in 3months what type of Risk analysis u do in Test plan?
A:– Use risk analysis to determine where testing should be focused. Since it’s rarely possible to test every possible aspect of an application, every possible combination of events, every dependency, or everything that could go wrong, risk analysis is appropriate to most software development projects. This requires judgment skills, common sense, and experience. (If warranted, formal methods are also available.) Considerations can include:
• Which functionality is most important to the project’s intended purpose?
• Which functionality is most visible to the user?
• Which functionality has the largest safety impact?
• Which functionality has the largest financial impact on users?
• Which aspects of the application are most important to the customer?
• Which aspects of the application can be tested early in the development cycle?
• Which parts of the code are most complex, and thus most subject to errors?
• Which parts of the application were developed in rush or panic mode?
• Which aspects of similar/related previous projects caused problems?
• Which aspects of similar/related previous projects had large maintenance expenses?
• Which parts of the requirements and design are unclear or poorly thought out?
• What do the developers think are the highest-risk aspects of the application?
• What kinds of problems would cause the worst publicity?
• What kinds of problems would cause the most customer service complaints?
• What kinds of tests could easily cover multiple functionalities?
• Which tests will have the best high-risk-coverage to time-required ratio
48. Test cases for IE 6.0 ?
A:– Test cases for IE 6.0 i.e Internet Explorer 6.0:—
1)First I go for the Installation side, means that –
+ is it working with all versions of Windows ,Netscape or other softwares in other words we can say that IE must check with all hardware and software parts.
2) Secondly go for the Text Part means that all the Text part appears in frequent and smooth manner.
3) Thirdly go for the Images Part means that all the Images appears in frequent and smooth manner.
4) URL must run in a better way.
5) Suppose Some other language used on it then URL take the Other Characters, Other than Normal Characters.
6)Is it working with Cookies frequently or not.
7) Is it Concerning with different script like JScript and VBScript.
HTML Code work on that or not.
9) Troubleshooting works or not.
10) All the Tool bars are work with it or not.
11) If Page has Some Links, than how much is the Max and Min Limit for that.
12) Test for Installing Internet Explorer 6 with Norton Protected Recycle Bin enabled .
13) Is it working with the Uninstallation Process.
14) Last but not the least test for the Security System for the IE 6.0
49. Where you involve in testing life cycle ,what type of test you perform ?
A:– Generally test engineers involved from entire test life cycle i.e, test plan, test case preparation, execution, reporting. Generally system testing, regression testing, adhoc testing
etc.
50. what is Testing environment in your company ,means hwo testing process start ?
A:– testing process is going as follows
quality assurance unit
quality assurance manager
testlead
test engineer
51. who prepares the use cases?
A:– In Any company except the small company Business analyst prepares the use cases
But in small company Business analyst prepares along with team lead
52. What methodologies have you used to develop test cases?
A:– generally test engineers uses 4 types of methodologies
1. Boundary value analysis
2.Equivalence partition
3.Error guessing
4.cause effect graphing
53. Why we call it as a regression test nor retest?
A:– If we test whether defect is closed or not i.e Retesting But here we are checking the impact also regression means repeated times
54. Is automated testing better than manual testing. If so, why?
A:– Automated testing and manual testing have advantages as well as disadvantages
Advantages: It increase the efficiency of testing process speed in process
reliable
Flexible
disadvantage’s
Tools should have compatibility with our development or deployment tools needs lot of time initially If the requirements are changing continuously Automation is not suitable
Manual: If the requirements are changing continuously Manual is suitable Once the build is stable with manual testing then only we go 4 automation
Disadvantages:
It needs lot of time
We can not do some type of testing manually
E.g Performances
55. what is the exact difference between a product and a project.give an example ?
A:– Project Developed for particular client requirements are defined by client Product developed for market Requirements are defined by company itself by conducting market survey
Example
Project: the shirt which we are interested stitching with tailor as per our specifications is project
Product: Example is “Ready made Shirt” where the particular company will imagine particular measurements they made the product
Mainframes is a product
Product has many mo of versions
but project has fewer versions i.e depends upon change request and enhancements
56. Define Brain Stromming and Cause Effect Graphing? With Eg?
A:– BS:
A learning technique involving open group discussion intended to expand the range of available ideas
OR
A meeting to generate creative ideas. At PEPSI Advertising, daily, weekly and bi-monthly brainstorming sessions are held by various work groups within the firm. Our monthly I-
Power brainstorming meeting is attended by the entire agency staff.
OR
Brainstorming is a highly structured process to help generate ideas. It is based on the principle that you cannot generate and evaluate ideas at the same time. To use brainstorming, you must first gain agreement from the group to try brainstorming for a fixed interval (eg six minutes).
CEG :
A testing technique that aids in selecting, in a systematic way, a high-yield set of test cases that logically relates causes to effects to produce test cases. It has a beneficial side effect in pointing out incompleteness and ambiguities in specifications.
57. Actually by using severity u should know which one u need to solve so what is the need of priority?
A:– I guess severity reflects the seriousness of the bug where as priority refers to which bug should rectify first. of course if the severity is high the same case is with priority in normal.
severity decided by the tester where as priority decided by developers. which one need to solve first knows through priority not with severity. how serious of the bug knows through
severity.
severity is nothing impact of that bug on the application. Priority is nothing but importance to resolve the bug yeah of course by looking severity we can judge but sometimes high severity bug doesn’t have high priority At the same time High priority bug don’t have high severity
So we need both severity and priority
58. What do u do if the bug that u found is not accepted by the developer and he is saying its not reproducible. Note:The developer is in the on site location ?
A:– once again we will check that condition with all reasons. then we will attach screen shots with strong reasons. then we will explain to the project manager and also explain to the client when they contact us
Sometimes bug is not reproducible it is because of different environment suppose development team using other environment and you are using different environment at this situation there is chance of bug not reproducing. At this situation please check the environment in the base line documents that is functional documents if the environment which we r using is correct we will raise it as defect We will take screen shots and sends them with test procedure also
59. what is the difference between three tier and two tier application?
A:– Client server is a 2-tier application. In this, front end or client is connected to
‘Data base server’ through ‘Data Source Name’,front end is the monitoring level.
Web based architecture is a 3-tier application. In this, browser is connected to web server through TCP/IP and web server is connected to Data base server,browser is the monitoring level. In general, Black box testers are concentrating on monitoring level of any type of application.
All the client server applications are 2 tier architectures.
Here in these architecture, all the “Business Logic” is stored in clients and “Data” is stored in Servers. So if user request anything, business logic will b performed at client, and the data is retrieved from Server(DB Server). Here the problem is, if any business logic changes, then we
need to change the logic at each any every client. The best ex: is take a super market, i have branches in the city. At each branch i have clients, so business logic is stored in clients, but the actual data is store in servers.If assume i want to give some discount on some items, so i
need to change the business logic. For this i need to goto each branch and need to change the business logic at each client. This the disadvantage of Client/Server architecture.
So 3-tier architecture came into picture:
Here Business Logic is stored in one Server, and all the clients are dumb terminals. If user requests anything the request first sent to server, the server will bring the data from DB Sever and send it to clients. This is the flow for 3-tier architecture.
Assume for the above. Ex. if i want to give some discount, all my business logic is there in Server. So i need to change at one place, not at each client. This is the main advantage of 3-tier architecture.
35 QA Testing Interview Questions »
3 Comments
1. What is SQA Activities?
2. How can we perform testing without expected results?
3. Which of the following statements about regression testing are true?
a. Regression Testing must consist of a fixed set of tests to create a baseline
b. Regression Testing should be used to detect defects in new features
c. Regression Testing can be run on every build
d. Regression Testing should be targeted to areas of high risk and known code change
e. Regression Testing, when automated, is highly effective in preventing defects
4. How do you conduct boundary analyst testing for “ok”pushbutton
5. What is an exit and entry criteria in a Test Plan ?
6. To whom you send test deliverables?
7. What is configuration Management?
8. Who writes the Business requirements? What you do when you have the BRD?
9. What we normally check for in the Database Testing?
10. What is walk through and inspection?
11. What are the key elements for creating test plan?
12. How do you ensure the quality of the product?
13. What is the job of Quality assurance engineer? Difference between the testing & Quality Assurance job.
14. Can any one send information regarding manual testing. I know just how to use winrunner load runner tool with sample flight reservation application. can any one send me the information how to test web logic and web sphere.
15. What are the demerits of winrunner?
16. How you used white box and block box technologies in your application?
17. What is the role of QA in a project development?
18. How can u test the white page ?
19. How do you scope, organize, and execute a test project?
20. What is the role of QA in a company that produces software?
21. Describe to me when you would consider employing a failure mode and defect analysis?
22. In general, how do you see automation fitting into the overall process of testing?
23. How do you decide when you have ‘tested enough?’
24. Describe to the basic elements you put in a defect report?
25. What is use case? What is the difference between test cases and use cases?
26. What is the importance of a requirements traceability in a product testing?
27. If the actual result doesn’t match with expected result in this situation what should we do?
28. Explain about Metrics and types of metrics like schedule variance , effort variance?
29. What is the difference between functional testing & black box testing?
30. What is heuristic checklist used in Unit Testing?
31. What is the difference between System Testing,Integration Testing & System Integration Testing?
32. How to calculate the estimate for test case design and review?
33. What is Requirements Traceability ? What is the purpose of it ? Explain types of traceability matrices ?
34. What are the contents of Risk management Plan? Have you ever prepared a Risk Management Plan ?
35. What metrics used to measure the size of the software?
Software Testing Interview Questions Part 4
31. If we have no SRS, BRS but we have test cases does u execute the test cases blindly or do u follow any other process?
A: — Test case would have detail steps of what the application is supposed to do. SO
1) Functionality of application is known.
2) In addition you can refer to Backend, I mean look into the Database. To gain more knowledge of the application
32. How to execute test case?
A: — There are two ways:
1. Manual Runner Tool for manual execution and updating of test status.
2. Automated test case execution by specifying Host name and other automation pertaining details.
33. Difference between re testing and regression testing?
A: — Retesting: –
Re-execution of test cases on same application build with different input values is retesting.
Regression Testing:
Re-execution of test cases on modifies form of build is called regression testing…
34. What is the difference between bug log and defect tracking?
A; — Bug log is a document which maintains the information of the bug where as bug tracking is the process.
35. Who will change the Bug Status as Differed?
A: — Bug will be in open status while developer is working on it Fixed after developer completes his work if it is not fixed properly the tester puts it in reopen After fixing the bug properly it is in closed state.
Developer
36. wht is smoke testing and user interface testing ?
A: — ST:
Smoke testing is non-exhaustive software testing, as pertaining that the most crucial functions of a program work, but not bothering with finer details. The term comes to software testing from a similarly basic type of hardware testing.
UIT:
I did a bit or R n D on this…. some says it’s nothing but Usability testing. Testing to determine the ease with which a user can learn to operate, input, and interpret outputs of a system or component.
Smoke testing is nothing but to check whether basic functionality of the build is stable or not?
I.e. if it possesses 70% of the functionality we say build is stable.
User interface testing: We check all the fields whether they are existing or not as per the format we check spelling graphic font sizes everything in the window present or not
37. what is bug, deffect, issue, error?
A: — Bug: — Bug is identified by the tester.
Defect:– Whenever the project is received for the analysis phase ,may be some requirement miss to get or understand most of the time Defect itself come with the project (when it comes).
Issue: — Client site error most of the time.
Error: — When anything is happened wrong in the project from the development side i.e. called as the error, most of the time this knows by the developer.
Bug: a fault or defect in a system or machine
Defect: an imperfection in a device or machine;
Issue: An issue is a major problem that will impede the progress of the project and cannot be resolved by the project manager and project team without outside help
Error:
Error is the deviation of a measurement, observation, or calculation from the truth
38. What is the diff b/w functional testing and integration testing?
A: — functional testing is testing the whole functionality of the system or the application whether it is meeting the functional specifications
Integration testing means testing the functionality of integrated module when two individual modules are integrated for this we use top-down approach and bottom up approach
39. what type of testing u perform in organization while u do System Testing, give clearly?
A: — Functional testing
User interface testing
Usability testing
Compatibility testing
Model based testing
Error exit testing
User help testing
Security testing
Capacity testing
Performance testing
Sanity testing
Regression testing
Reliability testing
Recovery testing
Installation testing
Maintenance testing
Accessibility testing, including compliance with:
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990
Section 508 Amendment to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI) of the World Wide Web
Consortium (W3C)
40. What is the main use of preparing Traceability matrix and explain the real time usage?
A: — A traceability matrix is created by associating requirements with the work products that satisfy them. Tests are associated with the requirements on which they are based and the product tested to meet the requirement.
A traceability matrix is a report from the requirements database or repository.
41. How can u do the following 1) Usability testing 2) scalability Testing
A:–
UT:
Testing the ease with which users can learn and use a product.
ST:
It’s a Web Testing defn.allows web site capability improvement.
PT:
Testing to determine whether the system/software meets the specified portability requirements.
42. What does u mean by Positive and Negative testing & what is the diff’s between them. Can anyone explain with an example?
A: — Positive Testing: Testing the application functionality with valid inputs and verifying that output is correct
Negative testing: Testing the application functionality with invalid inputs and verifying the output.
Difference is nothing but how the application behaves when we enter some invalid inputs suppose if it accepts invalid input the application
Functionality is wrong
Positive test: testing aimed to show that s/w work i.e. with valid inputs. This is also called as “test to pass’
Negative testing: testing aimed at showing s/w doesn’t work. Which is also know as ‘test to fail” BVA is the best example of -ve testing.
43. what is change request, how u use it?
A: — Change Request is a attribute or part of Defect Life Cycle.
Now when u as a tester finds a defect n report to ur DL…he in turn informs the Development Team.
The DT says it’s not a defect it’s an extra implementation or says not part of req’ment. Its newscast has to pay.
Here the status in ur defect report would be Change Request
I think change request controlled by change request control board (CCB). If any changes required by client after we start the project, it has to come thru that CCB and they have to approve it. CCB got full rights to accept or reject based on the project schedule and cost.
44. What is risk analysis, what type of risk analysis u did in u r project?
A: — Risk Analysis:
A systematic use of available information to determine how often specified events and unspecified events may occur and the magnitude of their likely consequences
OR
procedure to identify threats & vulnerabilities, analyze them to ascertain the exposures, and highlight how the impact can be eliminated or reduced
Types :
1.QUANTITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS
2.QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS
45. What is API ?
A:– Application program interface
Software Testing Interview Questions Part 3 »
1 Comment
16. What is bug life cycle?
A: — New: when tester reports a defect
Open: when developer accepts that it is a bug or if the developer rejects the defect, then the status is turned into “Rejected”
Fixed: when developer make changes to the code to rectify the bug…
Closed/Reopen: when tester tests it again. If the expected result shown up, it is turned into “Closed” and if the problem resists again, it’s “Reopen
17. What is deferred status in defect life cycle?
A: — Deferred status means the developer accepted the bus, but it is scheduled to rectify in the next build
18. What is smoke test?
A; — Testing the application whether it’s performing its basic functionality properly or not, so that the test team can go ahead with the application
19. Do you use any automation tool for smoke testing?
A: - Definitely can use.
20. What is Verification and validation?
A: — Verification is static. No code is executed. Say, analysis of requirements etc. Validation is dynamic. Code is executed with scenarios present in test cases.
21. What is test plan and explain its contents?
A: — Test plan is a document which contains the scope for testing the application and what to be tested, when to be tested and who to test.
22. Advantages of automation over manual testing?
A: — Time, resource and Money
23. What is ADhoc testing?
A: — AdHoc means doing something which is not planned.
24. What is mean by release notes?
A: — It’s a document released along with the product which explains about the product. It also contains about the bugs that are in deferred status.
25. Scalability testing comes under in which tool?
A: — Scalability testing comes under performance testing. Load testing, scalability testing both r same.
26. What is the difference between Bug and Defect?
A: — Bug: Deviation from the expected result. Defect: Problem in algorithm leads to failure.
A Mistake in code is called Error.
Due to Error in coding, test engineers are getting mismatches in application is called defect.
If defect accepted by development team to solve is called Bug.
27. What is hot fix?
A: — A hot fix is a single, cumulative package that includes one or more files that are used to address a problem in a software product. Typically, hot fixes are made to address a specific customer situation and may not be distributed outside the customer organization.
Bug found at the customer place which has high priority.
28. What is the difference between functional test cases and compatability testcases?
A: — There are no Test Cases for Compatibility Testing; in Compatibility Testing we are Testing an application in different Hardware and software. If it is wrong plz let me know.
29. What is Acid Testing??
A: — ACID Means:
ACID testing is related to testing a transaction.
A-Atomicity
C-Consistent
I-Isolation
D-Durable
Mostly this will be done database testing.
30. What is the main use of preparing a traceability matrix?
A: — To Cross verify the prepared test cases and test scripts with user requirements.
To monitor the changes, enhance occurred during the development of the project.
Traceability matrix is prepared in order to cross check the test cases designed against each requirement, hence giving an opportunity to verify that all the requirements are covered in testing the application.
i-soft testing interview questions, Covansys testing interview questions, Virtusa testing interview questions, Aztec testing interview questions, CSC testing interview questions, Value Labs testing interview questions, IBM testing interview questions, Accenture testing interview questions, App Labs testing interview questions, Ness Technologies testing interview questions, Microsoft testing interview questions, Convergys testing interview questions, SQL Star testing interview questions, i-labs testing interview questions, Acutest testing interview questions, Aztecsoft testing interview questions, Virtusa testing interview questions, Infotech testing interview questions, Infosys testing interview questions, Wipro testing interview questions, Zensar testing interview questions, Calsoft Labs testing interview questions, Satyam Computers testing interview questions
Bug Life Cycle
What is Bug/Defect?
Simple Wikipedia definition of Bug is: “A computer bug is an error, flaw, mistake, failure, or fault in a computer program that prevents it from working correctly or produces an incorrect result. Bugs arise from mistakes and errors, made by people, in either a program’s source code or its design.”
Other definitions can be:
An unwanted and unintended property of a program or piece of hardware, especially one that causes it to malfunction.
or
A fault in a program, which causes the program to perform in an unintended or unanticipated manner.
Lastly the general definition of bug is: “failure to conform to specifications”.
If you want to detect and resolve the defect in early development stage, defect tracking and software development phases should start simultaneously.
We will discuss more on Writing effective bug report in another article. Let’s concentrate here on bug/defect life cycle.
Life cycle of Bug:
1) Log new defect
When tester logs any new bug the mandatory fields are:
Build version, Submit On, Product, Module, Severity, Synopsis and Description to Reproduce
In above list you can add some optional fields if you are using manual Bug submission template:
These Optional Fields are: Customer name, Browser, Operating system, File Attachments or screenshots.
The following fields remain either specified or blank:
If you have authority to add bug Status, Priority and ‘Assigned to’ fields them you can specify these fields. Otherwise Test manager will set status, Bug priority and assign the bug to respective module owner.
Look at the following Bug life cycle:
The figure is quite complicated but when you consider the significant steps in bug life cycle you will get quick idea of bug life.
On successful logging the bug is reviewed by Development or Test manager. Test manager can set the bug status as Open, can Assign the bug to developer or bug may be deferred until next release.
When bug gets assigned to developer and can start working on it. Developer can set bug status as won’t fix, Couldn’t reproduce, Need more information or ‘Fixed’.
If the bug status set by developer is either ‘Need more info’ or Fixed then QA responds with specific action. If bug is fixed then QA verifies the bug and can set the bug status as verified closed or Reopen.
Bug status description:
These are various stages of bug life cycle. The status caption may vary depending on the bug tracking system you are using.
1) New: When QA files new bug.
2) Deferred: If the bug is not related to current build or can not be fixed in this release or bug is not important to fix immediately then the project manager can set the bug status as deferred.
3) Assigned: ‘Assigned to’ field is set by project lead or manager and assigns bug to developer.
4) Resolved/Fixed: When developer makes necessary code changes and verifies the changes then he/she can make bug status as ‘Fixed’ and the bug is passed to testing team.
5) Could not reproduce: If developer is not able to reproduce the bug by the steps given in bug report by QA then developer can mark the bug as ‘CNR’. QA needs action to check if bug is reproduced and can assign to developer with detailed reproducing steps.
6) Need more information: If developer is not clear about the bug reproduce steps provided by QA to reproduce the bug, then he/she can mark it as “Need more information’. In this case QA needs to add detailed reproducing steps and assign bug back to dev for fix.
7) Reopen: If QA is not satisfy with the fix and if bug is still reproducible even after fix then QA can mark it as ‘Reopen’ so that developer can take appropriate action.
8 ) Closed: If bug is verified by the QA team and if the fix is ok and problem is solved then QA can mark bug as ‘Closed’.
9) Rejected/Invalid: Some times developer or team lead can mark the bug as Rejected or invalid if the system is working according to specifications and bug is just due to some misinterpretation.
Simple Wikipedia definition of Bug is: “A computer bug is an error, flaw, mistake, failure, or fault in a computer program that prevents it from working correctly or produces an incorrect result. Bugs arise from mistakes and errors, made by people, in either a program’s source code or its design.”
Other definitions can be:
An unwanted and unintended property of a program or piece of hardware, especially one that causes it to malfunction.
or
A fault in a program, which causes the program to perform in an unintended or unanticipated manner.
Lastly the general definition of bug is: “failure to conform to specifications”.
If you want to detect and resolve the defect in early development stage, defect tracking and software development phases should start simultaneously.
We will discuss more on Writing effective bug report in another article. Let’s concentrate here on bug/defect life cycle.
Life cycle of Bug:
1) Log new defect
When tester logs any new bug the mandatory fields are:
Build version, Submit On, Product, Module, Severity, Synopsis and Description to Reproduce
In above list you can add some optional fields if you are using manual Bug submission template:
These Optional Fields are: Customer name, Browser, Operating system, File Attachments or screenshots.
The following fields remain either specified or blank:
If you have authority to add bug Status, Priority and ‘Assigned to’ fields them you can specify these fields. Otherwise Test manager will set status, Bug priority and assign the bug to respective module owner.
Look at the following Bug life cycle:
The figure is quite complicated but when you consider the significant steps in bug life cycle you will get quick idea of bug life.
On successful logging the bug is reviewed by Development or Test manager. Test manager can set the bug status as Open, can Assign the bug to developer or bug may be deferred until next release.
When bug gets assigned to developer and can start working on it. Developer can set bug status as won’t fix, Couldn’t reproduce, Need more information or ‘Fixed’.
If the bug status set by developer is either ‘Need more info’ or Fixed then QA responds with specific action. If bug is fixed then QA verifies the bug and can set the bug status as verified closed or Reopen.
Bug status description:
These are various stages of bug life cycle. The status caption may vary depending on the bug tracking system you are using.
1) New: When QA files new bug.
2) Deferred: If the bug is not related to current build or can not be fixed in this release or bug is not important to fix immediately then the project manager can set the bug status as deferred.
3) Assigned: ‘Assigned to’ field is set by project lead or manager and assigns bug to developer.
4) Resolved/Fixed: When developer makes necessary code changes and verifies the changes then he/she can make bug status as ‘Fixed’ and the bug is passed to testing team.
5) Could not reproduce: If developer is not able to reproduce the bug by the steps given in bug report by QA then developer can mark the bug as ‘CNR’. QA needs action to check if bug is reproduced and can assign to developer with detailed reproducing steps.
6) Need more information: If developer is not clear about the bug reproduce steps provided by QA to reproduce the bug, then he/she can mark it as “Need more information’. In this case QA needs to add detailed reproducing steps and assign bug back to dev for fix.
7) Reopen: If QA is not satisfy with the fix and if bug is still reproducible even after fix then QA can mark it as ‘Reopen’ so that developer can take appropriate action.
8 ) Closed: If bug is verified by the QA team and if the fix is ok and problem is solved then QA can mark bug as ‘Closed’.
9) Rejected/Invalid: Some times developer or team lead can mark the bug as Rejected or invalid if the system is working according to specifications and bug is just due to some misinterpretation.
How to write software Testing Weekly Status Report
Writing effective status report is as important as the actual work you did! How to write a effective status report of your weekly work at the end of each week?
Here I am going to give some tips. Weekly report is important to track the important project issues, accomplishments of the projects, pending work and milestone analysis. Even using these reports you can track the team performance to some extent. From this report prepare future actionables items according to the priorities and make the list of next weeks actionable.
So how to write weekly status report?
Follow the below template:
Prepared By:
Project:
Date of preparation:
Status:
A) Issues:
Issues holding the QA team from delivering on schedule:
Project:
Issue description:
Possible solution:
Issue resolution date:
You can mark these issues in red colour. These are the issues that requires managements help in resolving them.
Issues that management should be aware:
These are the issues that not hold the QA team from delivering on time but management should be aware of them. Mark these issues in Yellow colour. You can use above same template to report them.
Project accomplishments:
Mark them in Green colour. Use below template.
Project:
Accomplishment:
Accomplishment date:
B) Next week Priorities:
Actionable items next week list them in two categories:
1) Pending deliverables: Mark them in blue colour: These are previous weeks deliverables which should get released as soon as possible in this week.
Project:
Work update:
Scheduled date:
Reason for extending:
2) New tasks:
List all next weeks new task here. You can use black colour for this.
Project:
Scheduled Task:
Date of release:
C) Defect status:
Active defects:
List all active defects here with Reporter, Module, Severity, priority, assigned to.
Closed Defects:
List all closed defects with Reporter, Module, Severity, priority, assigned to.
Test cases:
List total number of test cases wrote, test cases passed, test cases failed, test cases to be executed.
This template should give you the overall idea of the status report. Don’t ignore the status report. Even if your managers are not forcing you to write these reports they are most important for your work assessment in future.
Try to follow report writing routine. Use this template or at least try to report it in your own words about the overall work of which you can keep some track.
Do you have any better idea for this routine work? Comment it out!
Here I am going to give some tips. Weekly report is important to track the important project issues, accomplishments of the projects, pending work and milestone analysis. Even using these reports you can track the team performance to some extent. From this report prepare future actionables items according to the priorities and make the list of next weeks actionable.
So how to write weekly status report?
Follow the below template:
Prepared By:
Project:
Date of preparation:
Status:
A) Issues:
Issues holding the QA team from delivering on schedule:
Project:
Issue description:
Possible solution:
Issue resolution date:
You can mark these issues in red colour. These are the issues that requires managements help in resolving them.
Issues that management should be aware:
These are the issues that not hold the QA team from delivering on time but management should be aware of them. Mark these issues in Yellow colour. You can use above same template to report them.
Project accomplishments:
Mark them in Green colour. Use below template.
Project:
Accomplishment:
Accomplishment date:
B) Next week Priorities:
Actionable items next week list them in two categories:
1) Pending deliverables: Mark them in blue colour: These are previous weeks deliverables which should get released as soon as possible in this week.
Project:
Work update:
Scheduled date:
Reason for extending:
2) New tasks:
List all next weeks new task here. You can use black colour for this.
Project:
Scheduled Task:
Date of release:
C) Defect status:
Active defects:
List all active defects here with Reporter, Module, Severity, priority, assigned to.
Closed Defects:
List all closed defects with Reporter, Module, Severity, priority, assigned to.
Test cases:
List total number of test cases wrote, test cases passed, test cases failed, test cases to be executed.
This template should give you the overall idea of the status report. Don’t ignore the status report. Even if your managers are not forcing you to write these reports they are most important for your work assessment in future.
Try to follow report writing routine. Use this template or at least try to report it in your own words about the overall work of which you can keep some track.
Do you have any better idea for this routine work? Comment it out!
Client-Server and Web Based Testing
What is client-server and web based testing and how to test these applications
Question:
What is the difference between client-server testing and web based testing and what are things that we need to test in such applications?
Ans:
Projects are broadly divided into two types of:
2 tier applications
3 tier applications
CLIENT / SERVER TESTING
This type of testing usually done for 2 tier applications (usually developed for LAN)
Here we will be having front-end and backend.
The application launched on front-end will be having forms and reports which will be monitoring and manipulating data
E.g: applications developed in VB, VC++, Core Java, C, C++, D2K, PowerBuilder etc.,
The backend for these applications would be MS Access, SQL Server, Oracle, Sybase, Mysql, Quadbase
The tests performed on these types of applications would be
- User interface testing
- Manual support testing
- Functionality testing
- Compatibility testing & configuration testing
- Intersystem testing
WEB TESTING
This is done for 3 tier applications (developed for Internet / intranet / xtranet)
Here we will be having Browser, web server and DB server.
The applications accessible in browser would be developed in HTML, DHTML, XML, JavaScript etc. (We can monitor through these applications)
Applications for the web server would be developed in Java, ASP, JSP, VBScript, JavaScript, Perl, Cold Fusion, PHP etc. (All the manipulations are done on the web server with the help of these programs developed)
The DBserver would be having oracle, sql server, sybase, mysql etc. (All data is stored in the database available on the DB server)
The tests performed on these types of applications would be
- User interface testing
- Functionality testing
- Security testing
- Browser compatibility testing
- Load / stress testing
- Interoperability testing/intersystem testing
- Storage and data volume testing
A web-application is a three-tier application.
This has a browser (monitors data) [monitoring is done using html, dhtml, xml, javascript]-> webserver (manipulates data) [manipulations are done using programming languages or scripts like adv java, asp, jsp, vbscript, javascript, perl, coldfusion, php] -> database server (stores data) [data storage and retrieval is done using databases like oracle, sql server, sybase, mysql].
The types of tests, which can be applied on this type of applications, are:
1. User interface testing for validation & user friendliness
2. Functionality testing to validate behaviors, i/p, error handling, o/p, manipulations, services levels, order of functionality, links, content of web page & backend coverage’s
3. Security testing
4. Browser compatibility
5. Load / stress testing
6. Interoperability testing
7. Storage & data volume testing
A client-server application is a two tier application.
This has forms & reporting at front-end (monitoring & manipulations are done) [using vb, vc++, core java, c, c++, d2k, power builder etc.,] -> database server at the backend [data storage & retrieval) [using ms access, sql server, oracle, sybase, mysql, quadbase etc.,]
The tests performed on these applications would be
1. User interface testing
2. Manual support testing
3. Functionality testing
4. Compatibility testing
5. Intersystem testing
Some more points to clear the difference between client server, web and desktop applications:
Desktop application:
1. Application runs in single memory (Front end and Back end in one place)
2. Single user only
Client/Server application:
1. Application runs in two or more machines
2. Application is a menu-driven
3. Connected mode (connection exists always until logout)
4. Limited number of users
5. Less number of network issues when compared to web app.
Web application:
1. Application runs in two or more machines
2. URL-driven
3. Disconnected mode (state less)
4. Unlimited number of users
5. Many issues like hardware compatibility, browser compatibility, version compatibility, security issues, performance issues etc.
As per difference in both the applications come where, how to access the resources. In client server once connection is made it will be in state on connected, whereas in case of web testing http protocol is stateless, then there comes logic of cookies, which is not in client server.
For client server application users are well known, whereas for web application any user can login and access the content, he/she will use it as per his intentions.
So, there are always issues of security and compatibility for web application.
Over to you: On which application are you working? Desktop, client-server or web application? What is your experience while testing these applications?
Question:
What is the difference between client-server testing and web based testing and what are things that we need to test in such applications?
Ans:
Projects are broadly divided into two types of:
2 tier applications
3 tier applications
CLIENT / SERVER TESTING
This type of testing usually done for 2 tier applications (usually developed for LAN)
Here we will be having front-end and backend.
The application launched on front-end will be having forms and reports which will be monitoring and manipulating data
E.g: applications developed in VB, VC++, Core Java, C, C++, D2K, PowerBuilder etc.,
The backend for these applications would be MS Access, SQL Server, Oracle, Sybase, Mysql, Quadbase
The tests performed on these types of applications would be
- User interface testing
- Manual support testing
- Functionality testing
- Compatibility testing & configuration testing
- Intersystem testing
WEB TESTING
This is done for 3 tier applications (developed for Internet / intranet / xtranet)
Here we will be having Browser, web server and DB server.
The applications accessible in browser would be developed in HTML, DHTML, XML, JavaScript etc. (We can monitor through these applications)
Applications for the web server would be developed in Java, ASP, JSP, VBScript, JavaScript, Perl, Cold Fusion, PHP etc. (All the manipulations are done on the web server with the help of these programs developed)
The DBserver would be having oracle, sql server, sybase, mysql etc. (All data is stored in the database available on the DB server)
The tests performed on these types of applications would be
- User interface testing
- Functionality testing
- Security testing
- Browser compatibility testing
- Load / stress testing
- Interoperability testing/intersystem testing
- Storage and data volume testing
A web-application is a three-tier application.
This has a browser (monitors data) [monitoring is done using html, dhtml, xml, javascript]-> webserver (manipulates data) [manipulations are done using programming languages or scripts like adv java, asp, jsp, vbscript, javascript, perl, coldfusion, php] -> database server (stores data) [data storage and retrieval is done using databases like oracle, sql server, sybase, mysql].
The types of tests, which can be applied on this type of applications, are:
1. User interface testing for validation & user friendliness
2. Functionality testing to validate behaviors, i/p, error handling, o/p, manipulations, services levels, order of functionality, links, content of web page & backend coverage’s
3. Security testing
4. Browser compatibility
5. Load / stress testing
6. Interoperability testing
7. Storage & data volume testing
A client-server application is a two tier application.
This has forms & reporting at front-end (monitoring & manipulations are done) [using vb, vc++, core java, c, c++, d2k, power builder etc.,] -> database server at the backend [data storage & retrieval) [using ms access, sql server, oracle, sybase, mysql, quadbase etc.,]
The tests performed on these applications would be
1. User interface testing
2. Manual support testing
3. Functionality testing
4. Compatibility testing
5. Intersystem testing
Some more points to clear the difference between client server, web and desktop applications:
Desktop application:
1. Application runs in single memory (Front end and Back end in one place)
2. Single user only
Client/Server application:
1. Application runs in two or more machines
2. Application is a menu-driven
3. Connected mode (connection exists always until logout)
4. Limited number of users
5. Less number of network issues when compared to web app.
Web application:
1. Application runs in two or more machines
2. URL-driven
3. Disconnected mode (state less)
4. Unlimited number of users
5. Many issues like hardware compatibility, browser compatibility, version compatibility, security issues, performance issues etc.
As per difference in both the applications come where, how to access the resources. In client server once connection is made it will be in state on connected, whereas in case of web testing http protocol is stateless, then there comes logic of cookies, which is not in client server.
For client server application users are well known, whereas for web application any user can login and access the content, he/she will use it as per his intentions.
So, there are always issues of security and compatibility for web application.
Over to you: On which application are you working? Desktop, client-server or web application? What is your experience while testing these applications?
Types of software Testing
Software Testing Types:
Black box testing - Internal system design is not considered in this type of testing. Tests are based on requirements and functionality.
White box testing - This testing is based on knowledge of the internal logic of an application’s code. Also known as Glass box Testing. Internal software and code working should be known for this type of testing. Tests are based on coverage of code statements, branches, paths, conditions.
Unit testing - Testing of individual software components or modules. Typically done by the programmer and not by testers, as it requires detailed knowledge of the internal program design and code. may require developing test driver modules or test harnesses.
Incremental integration testing - Bottom up approach for testing i.e continuous testing of an application as new functionality is added; Application functionality and modules should be independent enough to test separately. done by programmers or by testers.
Integration testing - Testing of integrated modules to verify combined functionality after integration. Modules are typically code modules, individual applications, client and server applications on a network, etc. This type of testing is especially relevant to client/server and distributed systems.
Functional testing - This type of testing ignores the internal parts and focus on the output is as per requirement or not. Black-box type testing geared to functional requirements of an application.
System testing - Entire system is tested as per the requirements. Black-box type testing that is based on overall requirements specifications, covers all combined parts of a system.
End-to-end testing - Similar to system testing, involves testing of a complete application environment in a situation that mimics real-world use, such as interacting with a database, using network communications, or interacting with other hardware, applications, or systems if appropriate.
Sanity testing - Testing to determine if a new software version is performing well enough to accept it for a major testing effort. If application is crashing for initial use then system is not stable enough for further testing and build or application is assigned to fix.
Regression testing - Testing the application as a whole for the modification in any module or functionality. Difficult to cover all the system in regression testing so typically automation tools are used for these testing types.
Acceptance testing -Normally this type of testing is done to verify if system meets the customer specified requirements. User or customer do this testing to determine whether to accept application.
Load testing - Its a performance testing to check system behavior under load. Testing an application under heavy loads, such as testing of a web site under a range of loads to determine at what point the system’s response time degrades or fails.
Stress testing - System is stressed beyond its specifications to check how and when it fails. Performed under heavy load like putting large number beyond storage capacity, complex database queries, continuous input to system or database load.
Performance testing - Term often used interchangeably with ’stress’ and ‘load’ testing. To check whether system meets performance requirements. Used different performance and load tools to do this.
Usability testing - User-friendliness check. Application flow is tested, Can new user understand the application easily, Proper help documented whenever user stuck at any point. Basically system navigation is checked in this testing.
Install/uninstall testing - Tested for full, partial, or upgrade install/uninstall processes on different operating systems under different hardware, software environment.
Recovery testing - Testing how well a system recovers from crashes, hardware failures, or other catastrophic problems.
Security testing - Can system be penetrated by any hacking way. Testing how well the system protects against unauthorized internal or external access. Checked if system, database is safe from external attacks.
Compatibility testing - Testing how well software performs in a particular hardware/software/operating system/network environment and different combination s of above.
Comparison testing - Comparison of product strengths and weaknesses with previous versions or other similar products.
Alpha testing - In house virtual user environment can be created for this type of testing. Testing is done at the end of development. Still minor design changes may be made as a result of such testing.
Beta testing - Testing typically done by end-users or others. Final testing before releasing application for commercial purpose.
Black box testing - Internal system design is not considered in this type of testing. Tests are based on requirements and functionality.
White box testing - This testing is based on knowledge of the internal logic of an application’s code. Also known as Glass box Testing. Internal software and code working should be known for this type of testing. Tests are based on coverage of code statements, branches, paths, conditions.
Unit testing - Testing of individual software components or modules. Typically done by the programmer and not by testers, as it requires detailed knowledge of the internal program design and code. may require developing test driver modules or test harnesses.
Incremental integration testing - Bottom up approach for testing i.e continuous testing of an application as new functionality is added; Application functionality and modules should be independent enough to test separately. done by programmers or by testers.
Integration testing - Testing of integrated modules to verify combined functionality after integration. Modules are typically code modules, individual applications, client and server applications on a network, etc. This type of testing is especially relevant to client/server and distributed systems.
Functional testing - This type of testing ignores the internal parts and focus on the output is as per requirement or not. Black-box type testing geared to functional requirements of an application.
System testing - Entire system is tested as per the requirements. Black-box type testing that is based on overall requirements specifications, covers all combined parts of a system.
End-to-end testing - Similar to system testing, involves testing of a complete application environment in a situation that mimics real-world use, such as interacting with a database, using network communications, or interacting with other hardware, applications, or systems if appropriate.
Sanity testing - Testing to determine if a new software version is performing well enough to accept it for a major testing effort. If application is crashing for initial use then system is not stable enough for further testing and build or application is assigned to fix.
Regression testing - Testing the application as a whole for the modification in any module or functionality. Difficult to cover all the system in regression testing so typically automation tools are used for these testing types.
Acceptance testing -Normally this type of testing is done to verify if system meets the customer specified requirements. User or customer do this testing to determine whether to accept application.
Load testing - Its a performance testing to check system behavior under load. Testing an application under heavy loads, such as testing of a web site under a range of loads to determine at what point the system’s response time degrades or fails.
Stress testing - System is stressed beyond its specifications to check how and when it fails. Performed under heavy load like putting large number beyond storage capacity, complex database queries, continuous input to system or database load.
Performance testing - Term often used interchangeably with ’stress’ and ‘load’ testing. To check whether system meets performance requirements. Used different performance and load tools to do this.
Usability testing - User-friendliness check. Application flow is tested, Can new user understand the application easily, Proper help documented whenever user stuck at any point. Basically system navigation is checked in this testing.
Install/uninstall testing - Tested for full, partial, or upgrade install/uninstall processes on different operating systems under different hardware, software environment.
Recovery testing - Testing how well a system recovers from crashes, hardware failures, or other catastrophic problems.
Security testing - Can system be penetrated by any hacking way. Testing how well the system protects against unauthorized internal or external access. Checked if system, database is safe from external attacks.
Compatibility testing - Testing how well software performs in a particular hardware/software/operating system/network environment and different combination s of above.
Comparison testing - Comparison of product strengths and weaknesses with previous versions or other similar products.
Alpha testing - In house virtual user environment can be created for this type of testing. Testing is done at the end of development. Still minor design changes may be made as a result of such testing.
Beta testing - Testing typically done by end-users or others. Final testing before releasing application for commercial purpose.
Black Box Testing: Types and techniques of BBT
I have covered what is White box Testing in previous article. Here I will concentrate on Black box testing. BBT advantages, disadvantages and and How Black box testing is performed i.e the black box testing techniques.
Black box testing treats the system as a “black-box”, so it doesn’t explicitly use Knowledge of the internal structure or code. Or in other words the Test engineer need not know the internal working of the “Black box” or application.
Main focus in black box testing is on functionality of the system as a whole. The term ‘behavioral testing’ is also used for black box testing and white box testing is also sometimes called ’structural testing’. Behavioral test design is slightly different from black-box test design because the use of internal knowledge isn’t strictly forbidden, but it’s still discouraged.
Each testing method has its own advantages and disadvantages. There are some bugs that cannot be found using only black box or only white box. Majority of the applicationa are tested by black box testing method. We need to cover majority of test cases so that most of the bugs will get discovered by blackbox testing.
Black box testing occurs throughout the software development and Testing life cycle i.e in Unit, Integration, System, Acceptance and regression testing stages.
Tools used for Black Box testing:
Black box testing tools are mainly record and playback tools. These tools are used for regression testing that to check whether new build has created any bug in previous working application functionality. These record and playback tools records test cases in the form of some scripts like TSL, VB script, Java script, Perl.
Advantages of Black Box Testing
- Tester can be non-technical.
- Used to verify contradictions in actual system and the specifications.
- Test cases can be designed as soon as the functional specifications are complete
Disadvantages of Black Box Testing
- The test inputs needs to be from large sample space.
- It is difficult to identify all possible inputs in limited testing time. So writing test cases is slow and difficult
- Chances of having unidentified paths during this testing
Methods of Black box Testing:
Graph Based Testing Methods:
Each and every application is build up of some objects. All such objects are identified and graph is prepared. From this object graph each object relationship is identified and test cases written accordingly to discover the errors.
Error Guessing:
This is purely based on previous experience and judgment of tester. Error Guessing is the art of guessing where errors can be hidden. For this technique there are no specific tools, writing the test cases that cover all the application paths.
Boundary Value Analysis:
Many systems have tendency to fail on boundary. So testing boundry values of application is important. Boundary Value Analysis (BVA) is a test Functional Testing technique where the extreme boundary values are chosen. Boundary values include maximum, minimum, just inside/outside boundaries, typical values, and error values.
Extends equivalence partitioning
Test both sides of each boundary
Look at output boundaries for test cases too
Test min, min-1, max, max+1, typical values
BVA techniques:
1. Number of variables
For n variables: BVA yields 4n + 1 test cases.
2. Kinds of ranges
Generalizing ranges depends on the nature or type of variables
Advantages of Boundary Value Analysis
1. Robustness Testing - Boundary Value Analysis plus values that go beyond the limits
2. Min - 1, Min, Min +1, Nom, Max -1, Max, Max +1
3. Forces attention to exception handling
Limitations of Boundary Value Analysis
Boundary value testing is efficient only for variables of fixed values i.e boundary.
Equivalence Partitioning:
Equivalence partitioning is a black box testing method that divides the input domain of a program into classes of data from which test cases can be derived.
How is this partitioning performed while testing:
1. If an input condition specifies a range, one valid and one two invalid classes are defined.
2. If an input condition requires a specific value, one valid and two invalid equivalence classes are defined.
3. If an input condition specifies a member of a set, one valid and one invalid equivalence class is defined.
4. If an input condition is Boolean, one valid and one invalid class is defined.
Comparison Testing:
Different independent versions of same software are used to compare to each other for testing in this method.
Reference- http://www.softrel.org/stgb.html
Black box testing treats the system as a “black-box”, so it doesn’t explicitly use Knowledge of the internal structure or code. Or in other words the Test engineer need not know the internal working of the “Black box” or application.
Main focus in black box testing is on functionality of the system as a whole. The term ‘behavioral testing’ is also used for black box testing and white box testing is also sometimes called ’structural testing’. Behavioral test design is slightly different from black-box test design because the use of internal knowledge isn’t strictly forbidden, but it’s still discouraged.
Each testing method has its own advantages and disadvantages. There are some bugs that cannot be found using only black box or only white box. Majority of the applicationa are tested by black box testing method. We need to cover majority of test cases so that most of the bugs will get discovered by blackbox testing.
Black box testing occurs throughout the software development and Testing life cycle i.e in Unit, Integration, System, Acceptance and regression testing stages.
Tools used for Black Box testing:
Black box testing tools are mainly record and playback tools. These tools are used for regression testing that to check whether new build has created any bug in previous working application functionality. These record and playback tools records test cases in the form of some scripts like TSL, VB script, Java script, Perl.
Advantages of Black Box Testing
- Tester can be non-technical.
- Used to verify contradictions in actual system and the specifications.
- Test cases can be designed as soon as the functional specifications are complete
Disadvantages of Black Box Testing
- The test inputs needs to be from large sample space.
- It is difficult to identify all possible inputs in limited testing time. So writing test cases is slow and difficult
- Chances of having unidentified paths during this testing
Methods of Black box Testing:
Graph Based Testing Methods:
Each and every application is build up of some objects. All such objects are identified and graph is prepared. From this object graph each object relationship is identified and test cases written accordingly to discover the errors.
Error Guessing:
This is purely based on previous experience and judgment of tester. Error Guessing is the art of guessing where errors can be hidden. For this technique there are no specific tools, writing the test cases that cover all the application paths.
Boundary Value Analysis:
Many systems have tendency to fail on boundary. So testing boundry values of application is important. Boundary Value Analysis (BVA) is a test Functional Testing technique where the extreme boundary values are chosen. Boundary values include maximum, minimum, just inside/outside boundaries, typical values, and error values.
Extends equivalence partitioning
Test both sides of each boundary
Look at output boundaries for test cases too
Test min, min-1, max, max+1, typical values
BVA techniques:
1. Number of variables
For n variables: BVA yields 4n + 1 test cases.
2. Kinds of ranges
Generalizing ranges depends on the nature or type of variables
Advantages of Boundary Value Analysis
1. Robustness Testing - Boundary Value Analysis plus values that go beyond the limits
2. Min - 1, Min, Min +1, Nom, Max -1, Max, Max +1
3. Forces attention to exception handling
Limitations of Boundary Value Analysis
Boundary value testing is efficient only for variables of fixed values i.e boundary.
Equivalence Partitioning:
Equivalence partitioning is a black box testing method that divides the input domain of a program into classes of data from which test cases can be derived.
How is this partitioning performed while testing:
1. If an input condition specifies a range, one valid and one two invalid classes are defined.
2. If an input condition requires a specific value, one valid and two invalid equivalence classes are defined.
3. If an input condition specifies a member of a set, one valid and one invalid equivalence class is defined.
4. If an input condition is Boolean, one valid and one invalid class is defined.
Comparison Testing:
Different independent versions of same software are used to compare to each other for testing in this method.
Reference- http://www.softrel.org/stgb.html
Regression Testing with Regression Testing Tools and methods
What is Regression Software Testing?
Regression means retesting the unchanged parts of the application. Test cases are re-executed in order to check whether previous functionality of application is working fine and new changes have not introduced any new bugs.
This is the method of verification. Verifying that the bugs are fixed and the newly added feature have not created in problem in previous working version of software.
Why regression Testing?
Regression testing is initiated when programmer fix any bug or add new code for new functionality to the system. It is a quality measure to check that new code complies with old code and unmodified code is not getting affected.
Most of the time testing team has task to check the last minute changes in the system. In such situation testing only affected application area in necessary to complete the testing process in time with covering all major system aspects.
How much regression testing?
This depends on the scope of new added feature. If the scope of the fix or feature is large then the application area getting affected is quite large and testing should be thoroughly including all the application test cases. But this can be effectively decided when tester gets input from developer about the scope, nature and amount of change.
What we do in regression testing?
Rerunning the previously conducted tests
Comparing current results with previously executed test results.
Regression Testing Tools:
Automated Regression testing is the testing area where we can automate most of the testing efforts. We run all the previously executed test cases this means we have test case set available and running these test cases manually is time consuming. We know the expected results so automating these test cases is time saving and efficient regression testing method. Extent of automation depends on the number of test cases that are going to remain applicable over the time. If test cases are varying time to time as application scope goes on increasing then automation of regression procedure will be the waste of time.
Most of the regression testing tools are record and playback type. Means you will record the test cases by navigating through the AUT and verify whether expected results are coming or not.
Example regression testing tools are:
Winrunner
QTP
AdventNet QEngine
Regression Tester
vTest
Watir
Selenium
actiWate
Rational Functional Tester
SilkTest
Most of the tools are both Functional as well as regression testing tools.
Regression Testing Of GUI application:
It is difficult to perform GUI(Graphical User Interface) regression testing when GUI structure is modified. The test cases written on old GUI either becomes obsolete or need to reuse. Reusing the regression testing test cases means GUI test cases are modified according to new GUI. But this task becomes cumbersome if you have large set of GUI test cases.
Regression means retesting the unchanged parts of the application. Test cases are re-executed in order to check whether previous functionality of application is working fine and new changes have not introduced any new bugs.
This is the method of verification. Verifying that the bugs are fixed and the newly added feature have not created in problem in previous working version of software.
Why regression Testing?
Regression testing is initiated when programmer fix any bug or add new code for new functionality to the system. It is a quality measure to check that new code complies with old code and unmodified code is not getting affected.
Most of the time testing team has task to check the last minute changes in the system. In such situation testing only affected application area in necessary to complete the testing process in time with covering all major system aspects.
How much regression testing?
This depends on the scope of new added feature. If the scope of the fix or feature is large then the application area getting affected is quite large and testing should be thoroughly including all the application test cases. But this can be effectively decided when tester gets input from developer about the scope, nature and amount of change.
What we do in regression testing?
Rerunning the previously conducted tests
Comparing current results with previously executed test results.
Regression Testing Tools:
Automated Regression testing is the testing area where we can automate most of the testing efforts. We run all the previously executed test cases this means we have test case set available and running these test cases manually is time consuming. We know the expected results so automating these test cases is time saving and efficient regression testing method. Extent of automation depends on the number of test cases that are going to remain applicable over the time. If test cases are varying time to time as application scope goes on increasing then automation of regression procedure will be the waste of time.
Most of the regression testing tools are record and playback type. Means you will record the test cases by navigating through the AUT and verify whether expected results are coming or not.
Example regression testing tools are:
Winrunner
QTP
AdventNet QEngine
Regression Tester
vTest
Watir
Selenium
actiWate
Rational Functional Tester
SilkTest
Most of the tools are both Functional as well as regression testing tools.
Regression Testing Of GUI application:
It is difficult to perform GUI(Graphical User Interface) regression testing when GUI structure is modified. The test cases written on old GUI either becomes obsolete or need to reuse. Reusing the regression testing test cases means GUI test cases are modified according to new GUI. But this task becomes cumbersome if you have large set of GUI test cases.
How to write effective Test cases, procedures and definitions
Writing effective test cases is a skill and that can be achieved by some experience and in-depth study of the application on which test cases are being written.
Here I will share some tips on how to write test cases, test case procedures and some basic test case definitions.
What is a test case?
“A test case has components that describes an input, action or event and an expected response, to determine if a feature of an application is working correctly.” Definition by Glossary
There are levels in which each test case will fall in order to avoid duplication efforts.
Level 1: In this level you will write the basic test cases from the available specification and user documentation.
Level 2: This is the practical stage in which writing test cases depend on actual functional and system flow of the application.
Level 3: This is the stage in which you will group some test cases and write a test procedure. Test procedure is nothing but a group of small test cases maximum of 10.
Level 4: Automation of the project. This will minimize human interaction with system and thus QA can focus on current updated functionalities to test rather than remaining busy with regression testing.
So you can observe a systematic growth from no testable item to a Automation suit.
Why we write test cases?
The basic objective of writing test cases is to validate the testing coverage of the application. If you are working in any CMMi company then you will strictly follow test cases standards. So writing test cases brings some sort of standardization and minimizes the ad-hoc approach in testing.
How to write test cases?
Here is a simple test case format
Fields in test cases:
Test case id:
Unit to test: What to be verified?
Assumptions:
Test data: Variables and their values
Steps to be executed:
Expected result:
Actual result:
Pass/Fail:
Comments:
So here is a basic format of test case statement:
Verify
Using [tool name, tag name, dialog, etc]
With [conditions]
To [what is returned, shown, demonstrated]
Verify: Used as the first word of the test case statement.
Using: To identify what is being tested. You can use ‘entering’ or ‘selecting’ here instead of using depending on the situation.
For any application basically you will cover all the types of test cases including functional, negative and boundary value test cases.
Keep in mind while writing test cases that all your test cases should be simple and easy to understand. Don’t write explanations like essays. Be to the point.
Try writing the simple test cases as mentioned in above test case format. Generally I use Excel sheets to write the basic test cases. Use any tool like ‘Test Director’ when you are going to automate those test cases.
Feel free to comment below any query regarding test case writing or execution.
Here I will share some tips on how to write test cases, test case procedures and some basic test case definitions.
What is a test case?
“A test case has components that describes an input, action or event and an expected response, to determine if a feature of an application is working correctly.” Definition by Glossary
There are levels in which each test case will fall in order to avoid duplication efforts.
Level 1: In this level you will write the basic test cases from the available specification and user documentation.
Level 2: This is the practical stage in which writing test cases depend on actual functional and system flow of the application.
Level 3: This is the stage in which you will group some test cases and write a test procedure. Test procedure is nothing but a group of small test cases maximum of 10.
Level 4: Automation of the project. This will minimize human interaction with system and thus QA can focus on current updated functionalities to test rather than remaining busy with regression testing.
So you can observe a systematic growth from no testable item to a Automation suit.
Why we write test cases?
The basic objective of writing test cases is to validate the testing coverage of the application. If you are working in any CMMi company then you will strictly follow test cases standards. So writing test cases brings some sort of standardization and minimizes the ad-hoc approach in testing.
How to write test cases?
Here is a simple test case format
Fields in test cases:
Test case id:
Unit to test: What to be verified?
Assumptions:
Test data: Variables and their values
Steps to be executed:
Expected result:
Actual result:
Pass/Fail:
Comments:
So here is a basic format of test case statement:
Verify
Using [tool name, tag name, dialog, etc]
With [conditions]
To [what is returned, shown, demonstrated]
Verify: Used as the first word of the test case statement.
Using: To identify what is being tested. You can use ‘entering’ or ‘selecting’ here instead of using depending on the situation.
For any application basically you will cover all the types of test cases including functional, negative and boundary value test cases.
Keep in mind while writing test cases that all your test cases should be simple and easy to understand. Don’t write explanations like essays. Be to the point.
Try writing the simple test cases as mentioned in above test case format. Generally I use Excel sheets to write the basic test cases. Use any tool like ‘Test Director’ when you are going to automate those test cases.
Feel free to comment below any query regarding test case writing or execution.
How to find a bug in application? Tips and Tricks
A very good and important point. Right? If you are a software tester or a QA engineer then you must be thinking every minute to find a bug in an application. And you should be!
I think finding a blocker bug like any system crash is often rewarding! No I don’t think like that. You should try to find out the bugs that are most difficult to find and those always misleads users.
Finding such a subtle bugs is most challenging work and it gives you satisfaction of your work. Also it should be rewarded by seniors. I will share my experience of one such subtle bug that was not only difficult to catch but was difficult to reproduce also.
I was testing one module from my search engine project. I do most of the activities of this project manually as it is a bit complex to automate. That module consist of traffic and revenue stats of different affiliates and advertisers. So testing such a reports is always a difficult task. When I tested this report it was showing the data accurately processed for some time but when tried to test again after some time it was showing misleading results. It was strange and confusing to see the results.
There was a cron (cron is a automated script that runs after specified time or condition) to process the log files and update the database. Such multiple crons are running on log files and DB to synchronize the total data. There were two crons running on one table with some time intervals. There was a column in table that was getting overwritten by other cron making some data inconsistency. It took us long time to figure out the problem due to the vast DB processes and different crons.
My point is try to find out the hidden bugs in the system that might occur for special conditions and causes strong impact on the system. You can find such a bugs with some tips and tricks.
So what are those tips:
1) Understand the whole application or module in depth before starting the testing.
2) Prepare good test cases before start to testing. I mean give stress on the functional test cases which includes major risk of the application.
3) Create a sufficient test data before tests, this data set include the test case conditions and also the database records if you are going to test DB related application.
4) Perform repeated tests with different test environment.
5) Try to find out the result pattern and then compare your results with those patterns.
6) When you think that you have completed most of the test conditions and when you think you are tired somewhat then do some monkey testing.
7) Use your previous test data pattern to analyse the current set of tests.
Try some standard test cases for which you found the bugs in some different application. Like if you are testing input text box try inserting some html tags as the inputs and see the output on display page.
9) Last and the best trick is try very hard to find the bug As if you are testing only to break the application!
I will include more tips in some coming posts.
I think finding a blocker bug like any system crash is often rewarding! No I don’t think like that. You should try to find out the bugs that are most difficult to find and those always misleads users.
Finding such a subtle bugs is most challenging work and it gives you satisfaction of your work. Also it should be rewarded by seniors. I will share my experience of one such subtle bug that was not only difficult to catch but was difficult to reproduce also.
I was testing one module from my search engine project. I do most of the activities of this project manually as it is a bit complex to automate. That module consist of traffic and revenue stats of different affiliates and advertisers. So testing such a reports is always a difficult task. When I tested this report it was showing the data accurately processed for some time but when tried to test again after some time it was showing misleading results. It was strange and confusing to see the results.
There was a cron (cron is a automated script that runs after specified time or condition) to process the log files and update the database. Such multiple crons are running on log files and DB to synchronize the total data. There were two crons running on one table with some time intervals. There was a column in table that was getting overwritten by other cron making some data inconsistency. It took us long time to figure out the problem due to the vast DB processes and different crons.
My point is try to find out the hidden bugs in the system that might occur for special conditions and causes strong impact on the system. You can find such a bugs with some tips and tricks.
So what are those tips:
1) Understand the whole application or module in depth before starting the testing.
2) Prepare good test cases before start to testing. I mean give stress on the functional test cases which includes major risk of the application.
3) Create a sufficient test data before tests, this data set include the test case conditions and also the database records if you are going to test DB related application.
4) Perform repeated tests with different test environment.
5) Try to find out the result pattern and then compare your results with those patterns.
6) When you think that you have completed most of the test conditions and when you think you are tired somewhat then do some monkey testing.
7) Use your previous test data pattern to analyse the current set of tests.
Try some standard test cases for which you found the bugs in some different application. Like if you are testing input text box try inserting some html tags as the inputs and see the output on display page.
9) Last and the best trick is try very hard to find the bug As if you are testing only to break the application!
I will include more tips in some coming posts.
Test your Software Testing knowledge - Take this mock test
If you are preparing for CSTE testing certification exam or thinking to give the exam in coming days then this question series will help you for preparation. Here I have included some questions from CSTE objective type question papers.
The software testing/Quality assurance professionals can also take this exam to test their testing knowledge.
You can either take printout and mark the answers or note your answers somewhere on the paper serially for all 25 questions. Verify your answers at the answer page provided at the bottom of this test page.
1. Verification is:
a. Checking that we are building the right system
b. Checking that we are building the system right
c. Performed by an independent test team
d. Making sure that it is what the user really wants
2. A regression test:
a. Will always be automated
b. Will help ensure unchanged areas of the software have not been affected
c. Will help ensure changed areas of the software have not been affected
d. Can only be run during user acceptance testing
3. If an expected result is not specified then:
a. We cannot run the test
b. It may be difficult to repeat the test
c. It may be difficult to determine if the test has passed or failed
d. We cannot automate the user inputs
4. Which of the following could be a reason for a failure
1) Testing fault
2) Software fault
3) Design fault
4) Environment Fault
5) Documentation Fault
a. 2 is a valid reason; 1,3,4 & 5 are not
b. 1,2,3,4 are valid reasons; 5 is not
c. 1,2,3 are valid reasons; 4 & 5 are not
d. All of them are valid reasons for failure
5. Test are prioritized so that:
a. You shorten the time required for testing
b. You do the best testing in the time available
c. You do more effective testing
d. You find more faults
6. Which of the following is not a static testing technique
a. Error guessing
b. Walkthrough
c. Data flow analysis
d. Inspections
7. Which of the following statements about component testing is not true?
a. Component testing should be performed by development
b. Component testing is also know as isolation or module testing
c. Component testing should have completion criteria planned
d. Component testing does not involve regression testing
8. During which test activity could faults be found most cost effectively?
a. Execution
b. Design
c. Planning
d. Check Exit criteria completion
9. Which, in general, is the least required skill of a good tester?
a. Being diplomatic
b. Able to write software
c. Having good attention to detail
d. Able to be relied on
10. The purpose of requirement phase is
a. To freeze requirements
b. To understand user needs
c. To define the scope of testing
d. All of the above
11. The process starting with the terminal modules is called -
a. Top-down integration
b. Bottom-up integration
c. None of the above
d. Module integration
12. The inputs for developing a test plan are taken from
a. Project plan
b. Business plan
c. Support plan
d. None of the above
13. Function/Test matrix is a type of
a. Interim Test report
b. Final test report
c. Project status report
d. Management report
14. Defect Management process does not include
a. Defect prevention
b. Deliverable base-lining
c. Management reporting
d. None of the above
15. What is the difference between testing software developed by contractor outside your country, versus testing software developed by a contractor within your country?
a. Does not meet people needs
b. Cultural difference
c. Loss of control over reallocation of resources
d. Relinquishments of control
16. Software testing accounts to what percent of software development costs?
a. 10-20
b. 40-50
c. 70-80
d. 5-10
17. A reliable system will be one that:
a. Is unlikely to be completed on schedule
b. Is unlikely to cause a failure
c. Is likely to be fault-free
d. Is likely to be liked by the users
18. How much testing is enough
a. This question is impossible to answer
b. The answer depends on the risks for your industry, contract and special requirements
c. The answer depends on the maturity of your developers
d. The answer should be standardized for the software development industry
19. Which of the following is not a characteristic for Testability?
a. Operability
b. Observability
c. Simplicity
d. Robustness
20. Cyclomatic Complexity method comes under which testing method.
a. White box
b. Black box
c. Green box
d. Yellow box
21. Which of these can be successfully tested using Loop Testing methodology?
a. Simple Loops
b. Nested Loops
c. Concatenated Loops
d. All of the above
22. To test a function, the programmer has to write a ______, which calls the function and passes it test data.
a. Stub
b. Driver
c. Proxy
d. None of the above
23. Equivalence partitioning is:
a. A black box testing technique used only by developers
b. A black box testing technique than can only be used during system testing
c. A black box testing technique appropriate to all levels of testing
d. A white box testing technique appropriate for component testing
24. When a new testing tool is purchased, it should be used first by:
a. A small team to establish the best way to use the tool
b. Everyone who may eventually have some use for the tool
c. The independent testing team
d. The vendor contractor to write the initial scripts
25. Inspections can find all the following except
a. Variables not defined in the code
b. Spelling and grammar faults in the documents
c. Requirements that have been omitted from the design documents
d. How much of the code has been covered
Testing mock test 1 Answers
Answers:
1)- b
2)- b
3)- c
4)- d
5)- b
6)- a
7)- d
8 )- c
9) - b
10) - d
11) -b
12) - a
13) - c
14) - b
15) - b
16) - b
17) - b
18) - b
19) - d
20) - a
21) - d
22) - b
23) - c
24) - a
25) - d
The software testing/Quality assurance professionals can also take this exam to test their testing knowledge.
You can either take printout and mark the answers or note your answers somewhere on the paper serially for all 25 questions. Verify your answers at the answer page provided at the bottom of this test page.
1. Verification is:
a. Checking that we are building the right system
b. Checking that we are building the system right
c. Performed by an independent test team
d. Making sure that it is what the user really wants
2. A regression test:
a. Will always be automated
b. Will help ensure unchanged areas of the software have not been affected
c. Will help ensure changed areas of the software have not been affected
d. Can only be run during user acceptance testing
3. If an expected result is not specified then:
a. We cannot run the test
b. It may be difficult to repeat the test
c. It may be difficult to determine if the test has passed or failed
d. We cannot automate the user inputs
4. Which of the following could be a reason for a failure
1) Testing fault
2) Software fault
3) Design fault
4) Environment Fault
5) Documentation Fault
a. 2 is a valid reason; 1,3,4 & 5 are not
b. 1,2,3,4 are valid reasons; 5 is not
c. 1,2,3 are valid reasons; 4 & 5 are not
d. All of them are valid reasons for failure
5. Test are prioritized so that:
a. You shorten the time required for testing
b. You do the best testing in the time available
c. You do more effective testing
d. You find more faults
6. Which of the following is not a static testing technique
a. Error guessing
b. Walkthrough
c. Data flow analysis
d. Inspections
7. Which of the following statements about component testing is not true?
a. Component testing should be performed by development
b. Component testing is also know as isolation or module testing
c. Component testing should have completion criteria planned
d. Component testing does not involve regression testing
8. During which test activity could faults be found most cost effectively?
a. Execution
b. Design
c. Planning
d. Check Exit criteria completion
9. Which, in general, is the least required skill of a good tester?
a. Being diplomatic
b. Able to write software
c. Having good attention to detail
d. Able to be relied on
10. The purpose of requirement phase is
a. To freeze requirements
b. To understand user needs
c. To define the scope of testing
d. All of the above
11. The process starting with the terminal modules is called -
a. Top-down integration
b. Bottom-up integration
c. None of the above
d. Module integration
12. The inputs for developing a test plan are taken from
a. Project plan
b. Business plan
c. Support plan
d. None of the above
13. Function/Test matrix is a type of
a. Interim Test report
b. Final test report
c. Project status report
d. Management report
14. Defect Management process does not include
a. Defect prevention
b. Deliverable base-lining
c. Management reporting
d. None of the above
15. What is the difference between testing software developed by contractor outside your country, versus testing software developed by a contractor within your country?
a. Does not meet people needs
b. Cultural difference
c. Loss of control over reallocation of resources
d. Relinquishments of control
16. Software testing accounts to what percent of software development costs?
a. 10-20
b. 40-50
c. 70-80
d. 5-10
17. A reliable system will be one that:
a. Is unlikely to be completed on schedule
b. Is unlikely to cause a failure
c. Is likely to be fault-free
d. Is likely to be liked by the users
18. How much testing is enough
a. This question is impossible to answer
b. The answer depends on the risks for your industry, contract and special requirements
c. The answer depends on the maturity of your developers
d. The answer should be standardized for the software development industry
19. Which of the following is not a characteristic for Testability?
a. Operability
b. Observability
c. Simplicity
d. Robustness
20. Cyclomatic Complexity method comes under which testing method.
a. White box
b. Black box
c. Green box
d. Yellow box
21. Which of these can be successfully tested using Loop Testing methodology?
a. Simple Loops
b. Nested Loops
c. Concatenated Loops
d. All of the above
22. To test a function, the programmer has to write a ______, which calls the function and passes it test data.
a. Stub
b. Driver
c. Proxy
d. None of the above
23. Equivalence partitioning is:
a. A black box testing technique used only by developers
b. A black box testing technique than can only be used during system testing
c. A black box testing technique appropriate to all levels of testing
d. A white box testing technique appropriate for component testing
24. When a new testing tool is purchased, it should be used first by:
a. A small team to establish the best way to use the tool
b. Everyone who may eventually have some use for the tool
c. The independent testing team
d. The vendor contractor to write the initial scripts
25. Inspections can find all the following except
a. Variables not defined in the code
b. Spelling and grammar faults in the documents
c. Requirements that have been omitted from the design documents
d. How much of the code has been covered
Testing mock test 1 Answers
Answers:
1)- b
2)- b
3)- c
4)- d
5)- b
6)- a
7)- d
8 )- c
9) - b
10) - d
11) -b
12) - a
13) - c
14) - b
15) - b
16) - b
17) - b
18) - b
19) - d
20) - a
21) - d
22) - b
23) - c
24) - a
25) - d
Monday, June 30, 2008
QTP interview questions
What are the Features & Benefits of Quick Test Pro (QTP 8.0)?
Operates stand-alone, or integrated into Mercury Business Process Testing and Mercury Quality Center. Introduces next-generation zero-configuration Keyword Driven testing technology in Quick Test Professional 8.0 allowing for fast test creation, easier maintenance, and more powerful data-driving capability. Identifies objects with Unique Smart Object Recognition, even if they change from build to build, enabling reliable unattended script execution. Collapses test documentation and test creation to a single step with Auto-documentation technology. Enables thorough validation of applications through a full complement of checkpoints.
How to handle the exceptions using recovery scenario manager in QTP? -
There are 4 trigger events during which a recovery scenario should be activated. A pop up window appears in an opened application during the test run: A property of an object changes its state or value, A step in the test does not run successfully, An open application fails during the test run, These triggers are considered as exceptions.You can instruct QTP to recover unexpected events or errors that occurred in your testing environment during test run. Recovery scenario manager provides a wizard that guides you through the defining recovery scenario. Recovery scenario has three steps: 1. Triggered Events 2. Recovery steps 3. Post Recovery Test-Run
What is the use of Text output value in QTP?
Output values enable to view the values that the application talks during run time. When parameterized, the values change for each iteration. Thus by creating output values, we can capture the values that the application takes for each run and output them to the data table.
How to use the Object spy in QTP 8.0 version? -
There are two ways to Spy the objects in QTP: 1) Thru file toolbar, In the File Toolbar click on the last toolbar button (an icon showing a person with hat). 2) True Object repository Dialog, In Object repository dialog click on the button object spy. In the Object spy Dialog click on the button showing hand symbol. The pointer now changes in to a hand symbol and we have to point out the object to spy the state of the object if at all the object is not visible. or window is minimized then, hold the Ctrl button and activate the required window to and release the Ctrl button.
How Does Run time data (Parameterization) is handled in QTP? -
You can then enter test data into the Data Table, an integrated spreadsheet with the full functionality of Excel, to manipulate data sets and create multiple test iterations, without programming, to expand test case coverage. Data can be typed in or imported from databases, spreadsheets, or text files.
What is keyword view and Expert view in QTP? -
Quick Test’s Keyword Driven approach, test automation experts have full access to the underlying test and object properties, via an integrated scripting and debugging environment that is round-trip synchronized with the Keyword View. Advanced testers can view and edit their tests in the Expert View, which reveals the underlying industry-standard VBScript that Quick Test Professional automatically generates. Any changes made in the Expert View are automatically synchronized with the Keyword View.
Explain about the Test Fusion Report of QTP? -
Once a tester has run a test, a Test Fusion report displays all aspects of the test run: a high-level results overview, an expandable Tree View of the test specifying exactly where application failures occurred, the test data used, application screen shots for every step that highlight any discrepancies, and detailed explanations of each checkpoint pass and failure. By combining Test Fusion reports with Quick Test Professional, you can share reports across an entire QA and development team.
Which environments does QTP support? - Quick Test Professional supports functional testing of all enterprise environments, including Windows, Web,..NET, Java/J2EE, SAP, Siebel, Oracle, PeopleSoft, Visual Basic, ActiveX, mainframe terminal emulators, and Web services.
What is QTP? -
Quick Test is a graphical interface record-playback automation tool. It is able to work with any web, java or windows client application. Quick Test enables you to test standard web objects and ActiveX controls. In addition to these environments, Quick Test Professional also enables you to test Java applets and applications and multimedia objects on Applications as well as standard Windows applications, Visual Basic 6 applications and.NET framework applications
Explain QTP Testing process? -
Quick Test testing process consists of 6 main phases:
Create your test plan - Prior to automating there should be a detailed description of the test including the exact steps to follow, data to be input, and all items to be verified by the test. The verification information should include both data validations and existence or state verifications of objects in the application.
Recording a session on your application - As you navigate through your application, Quick Test graphically displays each step you perform in the form of a collapsible icon-based test tree. A step is any user action that causes or makes a change in your site, such as clicking a link or image, or entering data in a form.
Enhancing your test -
Inserting checkpoints into your test lets you search for a specific value of a page, object or text string, which helps you identify whether or not your application is functioning correctly. NOTE: Checkpoints can be added to a test as you record it or after the fact via the Active Screen. It is much easier and faster to add the checkpoints during the recording process. Broadening the scope of your test by replacing fixed values with parameters lets you check how your application performs the same operations with multiple sets of data. Adding logic and conditional statements to your test enables you to add sophisticated checks to your test.
Debugging your test -
If changes were made to the script, you need to debug it to check that it operates smoothly and without interruption.
Running your test on a new version of your application -
You run a test to check the behavior of your application. While running, Quick Test connects to your application and performs each step in your test.
Analyzing the test results - You examine the test results to pinpoint defects in your application.
Reporting defects -
As you encounter failures in the application when analyzing test results, you will create defect reports in Defect Reporting Tool.
Explain the QTP Tool interface. -
It contains the following key elements: Title bar, displaying the name of the currently open test, Menu bar, displaying menus of Quick Test commands, File toolbar, containing buttons to assist you in managing tests, Test toolbar, containing buttons used while creating and maintaining tests, Debug toolbar, containing buttons used while debugging tests.
Note: The Debug toolbar is not displayed when you open Quick Test for the first time.
You can display the Debug toolbar by choosing View — Toolbars — Debug.
Action toolbar, containing buttons and a list of actions, enabling you to view the details of an individual action or the entire test flow.
Note: The Action toolbar is not displayed when you open Quick Test for the first time.
You can display the Action toolbar by choosing View — Toolbars — Action. If you insert a reusable or external action in a test, the Action toolbar is displayed automatically.
Test pane, containing two tabs to view your test-the Tree View and the Expert View ,Test Details pane, containing the Active Screen. Data Table, containing two tabs, Global and Action, to assist you in parameterizing your test. Debug Viewer pane, containing three tabs to assist you in debugging your test-Watch Expressions, Variables, and Command. (The Debug Viewer pane can be opened only when a test run pauses at a breakpoint.) Status bar, displaying the status of the test
How does QTP recognize Objects in AUT? -
Quick Test stores the definitions for application objects in a file called the Object Repository. As you record your test, Quick Test will add an entry for each item you interact with. Each Object Repository entry will be identified by a logical name (determined automatically by Quick Test), and will contain a set of properties (type, name, etc) that uniquely identify each object. Each line in the Quick Test script will contain a reference to the object that you interacted with, a call to the appropriate method (set, click, check) and any parameters for that method (such as the value for a call to the set method). The references to objects in the script will all be identified by the logical name, rather than any physical, descriptive properties.
What are the types of Object Repositories in QTP? -
Quick Test has two types of object repositories for storing object information: shared object repositories and action object repositories. You can choose which type of object repository you want to use as the default type for new tests, and you can change the default as necessary for each new test. The object repository per-action mode is the default setting. In this mode, Quick Test automatically creates an object repository file for each action in your test so that you can create and run tests without creating, choosing, or modifying object repository files. However, if you do modify values in an action object repository, your changes do not have any effect on other actions. Therefore, if the same test object exists in more than one action and you modify an object’s property values in one action, you may need to make the same change in every action (and any test) containing the object.
Explain the check points in QTP? -
A checkpoint verifies that expected information is displayed in an Application while the test is running. You can add eight types of checkpoints to your test for standard web objects using QTP. A page checkpoint checks the characteristics of an Application. A text checkpoint checks that a text string is displayed in the appropriate place on an Application. An object checkpoint (Standard) checks the values of an object on an Application. An image checkpoint checks the values of an image on an Application. A table checkpoint checks information within a table on a Application. An Accessibilityy checkpoint checks the web page for Section 508 compliance. An XML checkpoint checks the contents of individual XML data files or XML documents that are part of your Web application. A database checkpoint checks the contents of databases accessed by your web site
In how many ways we can add check points to an application using QTP? -
We can add checkpoints while recording the application or we can add after recording is completed using Active screen (Note : To perform the second one The Active screen must be enabled while recording).
How does QTP identify objects in the application? -
QTP identifies the object in the application by Logical Name and Class.
What is Parameterizing Tests? - When you test your application, you may want to check how it performs the same operations with multiple sets of data. For example, suppose you want to check how your application responds to ten separate sets of data. You could record ten separate tests, each with its own set of data.
Alternatively, you can create a parameterized test that runs ten times: each time the test runs, it uses a different set of data.
What is test object model in QTP? -
The test object model is a large set of object types or classes that Quick Test uses to represent the objects in your application. Each test object class has a list of properties that can uniquely identify objects of that class and a set of relevant methods that Quick Test can record for it. A test object is an object that Quick Test creates in the test or component to represent the actual object in your application. Quick Test stores information about the object that will help it identify and check the object during the run session.
What is Object Spy in QTP? -
Using the Object Spy, you can view the properties of any object in an open application. You use the Object Spy pointer to point to an object. The Object Spy displays the selected object’s hierarchy tree and its properties and values in the Properties tab of the Object Spy dialog box.
What is the Diff between Image check-point and Bit map Check point? -
Image checkpoints enable you to check the properties of a Web image. You can check an area of a Web page or application as a bitmap. While creating a test or component, you specify the area you want to check by selecting an object. You can check an entire object or any area within an object. Quick Test captures the specified object as a bitmap, and inserts a checkpoint in the test or component. You can also choose to save only the selected area of the object with your test or component in order to save disk Space. For example, suppose you have a Web site that can display a map of a city the user specifies. The map has control keys for zooming. You can record the new map that is displayed after one click on the control key that zooms in the map. Using the bitmap checkpoint, you can check that the map zooms in correctly. You can create bitmap checkpoints for all supported testing environments (as long as the appropriate add-ins are loaded). Note: The results of bitmap checkpoints may be affected by factors such as operating system, screen resolution, and color settings.
How many ways we can parameterize data in QTP? -
There are four types of parameters: Test, action or component parameters enable you to use values passed from your test or component, or values from other actions in your test. Data Table parameters enable you to create a data-driven test (or action) that runs several times using the data you supply. In each repetition, or iteration, Quick Test uses a different value from the Data Table. Environment variable parameters enable you to use variable values from other sources during the run session. These may be values you supply, or values that Quick Test generates for you based on conditions and options you choose. Random number parameters enable you to insert random numbers as values in your test or component. For example, to check how your application handles small and large ticket orders, you can have Quick Test generate a random number and insert it in a number of tickets edit field.
How do u do batch testing in WR & is it possible to do in QTP, if so explain? -
Batch Testing in WR is nothing but running the whole test set by selecting Run Test set from the Execution Grid. The same is possible with QTP also. If our test cases are automated then by selecting Run Test set all the test scripts can be executed. In this process the Scripts get executed one by one by keeping all the remaining scripts in Waiting mode.
If I give some thousand tests to execute in 2 days what do u do? - Adhoc testing is done. It Covers the least basic functionalities to verify that the system is working fine.
What does it mean when a check point is in red color? what do u do? - A red color indicates failure. Here we analyze the cause for failure whether it is a Script Issue or Environment Issue or a Application issue.
What is Object Spy in QTP? -
Using the Object Spy, you can view the properties of any object in an open application. You use the Object Spy pointer to point to an object. The Object Spy displays the selected object’s hierarchy tree and its properties and values in the Properties tab of the Object Spy dialog box.
What is the file extension of the code file & object repository file in QTP? -
Code file extension is.vbs and object repository is.tsr
Explain the concept of object repository & how QTP recognizes objects? -
Object Repository: displays a tree of all objects in the current component or in the current action or entire test (depending on the object repository mode you selected). We can view or modify the test object description of any test object in the repository or to add new objects to the repository. Quicktest learns the default property values and determines in which test object class it fits. If it is not enough it adds assistive properties, one by one to the description until it has compiled the unique description. If no assistive properties are available, then it adds a special Ordinal identifier such as objects location on the page or in the source code.
What are the properties you would use for identifying a browser & page when using descriptive programming? -
Name would be another property apart from title that we can use.
Give me an example where you have used a COM interface in your QTP project? -
com interface appears in the scenario of front end and back end. for eg:if you r using oracle as back end and front end as VB or any language then for better compatibility we will go for an interface. of which COM will be one among those interfaces. Create object creates handle to the instance of the specified object so that we program can use the methods on the specified object. It is used for implementing Automation(as defined by Microsoft).
Explain in brief about the QTP Automation Object Model. - Essentially all configuration and run functionality provided via the Quick Test interface is in some way represented in the Quick Test automation object model via objects, methods, and properties. Although a one-on-one comparison cannot always be made, most dialog boxes in Quick Test have a corresponding automation object, most options in dialog boxes can be set and/or retrieved using the corresponding object property, and most menu commands and other operations have corresponding automation methods. You can use the objects, methods, and properties exposed by the Quick Test automation object model, along with standard programming elements such as loops and conditional statements to design your program.
Operates stand-alone, or integrated into Mercury Business Process Testing and Mercury Quality Center. Introduces next-generation zero-configuration Keyword Driven testing technology in Quick Test Professional 8.0 allowing for fast test creation, easier maintenance, and more powerful data-driving capability. Identifies objects with Unique Smart Object Recognition, even if they change from build to build, enabling reliable unattended script execution. Collapses test documentation and test creation to a single step with Auto-documentation technology. Enables thorough validation of applications through a full complement of checkpoints.
How to handle the exceptions using recovery scenario manager in QTP? -
There are 4 trigger events during which a recovery scenario should be activated. A pop up window appears in an opened application during the test run: A property of an object changes its state or value, A step in the test does not run successfully, An open application fails during the test run, These triggers are considered as exceptions.You can instruct QTP to recover unexpected events or errors that occurred in your testing environment during test run. Recovery scenario manager provides a wizard that guides you through the defining recovery scenario. Recovery scenario has three steps: 1. Triggered Events 2. Recovery steps 3. Post Recovery Test-Run
What is the use of Text output value in QTP?
Output values enable to view the values that the application talks during run time. When parameterized, the values change for each iteration. Thus by creating output values, we can capture the values that the application takes for each run and output them to the data table.
How to use the Object spy in QTP 8.0 version? -
There are two ways to Spy the objects in QTP: 1) Thru file toolbar, In the File Toolbar click on the last toolbar button (an icon showing a person with hat). 2) True Object repository Dialog, In Object repository dialog click on the button object spy. In the Object spy Dialog click on the button showing hand symbol. The pointer now changes in to a hand symbol and we have to point out the object to spy the state of the object if at all the object is not visible. or window is minimized then, hold the Ctrl button and activate the required window to and release the Ctrl button.
How Does Run time data (Parameterization) is handled in QTP? -
You can then enter test data into the Data Table, an integrated spreadsheet with the full functionality of Excel, to manipulate data sets and create multiple test iterations, without programming, to expand test case coverage. Data can be typed in or imported from databases, spreadsheets, or text files.
What is keyword view and Expert view in QTP? -
Quick Test’s Keyword Driven approach, test automation experts have full access to the underlying test and object properties, via an integrated scripting and debugging environment that is round-trip synchronized with the Keyword View. Advanced testers can view and edit their tests in the Expert View, which reveals the underlying industry-standard VBScript that Quick Test Professional automatically generates. Any changes made in the Expert View are automatically synchronized with the Keyword View.
Explain about the Test Fusion Report of QTP? -
Once a tester has run a test, a Test Fusion report displays all aspects of the test run: a high-level results overview, an expandable Tree View of the test specifying exactly where application failures occurred, the test data used, application screen shots for every step that highlight any discrepancies, and detailed explanations of each checkpoint pass and failure. By combining Test Fusion reports with Quick Test Professional, you can share reports across an entire QA and development team.
Which environments does QTP support? - Quick Test Professional supports functional testing of all enterprise environments, including Windows, Web,..NET, Java/J2EE, SAP, Siebel, Oracle, PeopleSoft, Visual Basic, ActiveX, mainframe terminal emulators, and Web services.
What is QTP? -
Quick Test is a graphical interface record-playback automation tool. It is able to work with any web, java or windows client application. Quick Test enables you to test standard web objects and ActiveX controls. In addition to these environments, Quick Test Professional also enables you to test Java applets and applications and multimedia objects on Applications as well as standard Windows applications, Visual Basic 6 applications and.NET framework applications
Explain QTP Testing process? -
Quick Test testing process consists of 6 main phases:
Create your test plan - Prior to automating there should be a detailed description of the test including the exact steps to follow, data to be input, and all items to be verified by the test. The verification information should include both data validations and existence or state verifications of objects in the application.
Recording a session on your application - As you navigate through your application, Quick Test graphically displays each step you perform in the form of a collapsible icon-based test tree. A step is any user action that causes or makes a change in your site, such as clicking a link or image, or entering data in a form.
Enhancing your test -
Inserting checkpoints into your test lets you search for a specific value of a page, object or text string, which helps you identify whether or not your application is functioning correctly. NOTE: Checkpoints can be added to a test as you record it or after the fact via the Active Screen. It is much easier and faster to add the checkpoints during the recording process. Broadening the scope of your test by replacing fixed values with parameters lets you check how your application performs the same operations with multiple sets of data. Adding logic and conditional statements to your test enables you to add sophisticated checks to your test.
Debugging your test -
If changes were made to the script, you need to debug it to check that it operates smoothly and without interruption.
Running your test on a new version of your application -
You run a test to check the behavior of your application. While running, Quick Test connects to your application and performs each step in your test.
Analyzing the test results - You examine the test results to pinpoint defects in your application.
Reporting defects -
As you encounter failures in the application when analyzing test results, you will create defect reports in Defect Reporting Tool.
Explain the QTP Tool interface. -
It contains the following key elements: Title bar, displaying the name of the currently open test, Menu bar, displaying menus of Quick Test commands, File toolbar, containing buttons to assist you in managing tests, Test toolbar, containing buttons used while creating and maintaining tests, Debug toolbar, containing buttons used while debugging tests.
Note: The Debug toolbar is not displayed when you open Quick Test for the first time.
You can display the Debug toolbar by choosing View — Toolbars — Debug.
Action toolbar, containing buttons and a list of actions, enabling you to view the details of an individual action or the entire test flow.
Note: The Action toolbar is not displayed when you open Quick Test for the first time.
You can display the Action toolbar by choosing View — Toolbars — Action. If you insert a reusable or external action in a test, the Action toolbar is displayed automatically.
Test pane, containing two tabs to view your test-the Tree View and the Expert View ,Test Details pane, containing the Active Screen. Data Table, containing two tabs, Global and Action, to assist you in parameterizing your test. Debug Viewer pane, containing three tabs to assist you in debugging your test-Watch Expressions, Variables, and Command. (The Debug Viewer pane can be opened only when a test run pauses at a breakpoint.) Status bar, displaying the status of the test
How does QTP recognize Objects in AUT? -
Quick Test stores the definitions for application objects in a file called the Object Repository. As you record your test, Quick Test will add an entry for each item you interact with. Each Object Repository entry will be identified by a logical name (determined automatically by Quick Test), and will contain a set of properties (type, name, etc) that uniquely identify each object. Each line in the Quick Test script will contain a reference to the object that you interacted with, a call to the appropriate method (set, click, check) and any parameters for that method (such as the value for a call to the set method). The references to objects in the script will all be identified by the logical name, rather than any physical, descriptive properties.
What are the types of Object Repositories in QTP? -
Quick Test has two types of object repositories for storing object information: shared object repositories and action object repositories. You can choose which type of object repository you want to use as the default type for new tests, and you can change the default as necessary for each new test. The object repository per-action mode is the default setting. In this mode, Quick Test automatically creates an object repository file for each action in your test so that you can create and run tests without creating, choosing, or modifying object repository files. However, if you do modify values in an action object repository, your changes do not have any effect on other actions. Therefore, if the same test object exists in more than one action and you modify an object’s property values in one action, you may need to make the same change in every action (and any test) containing the object.
Explain the check points in QTP? -
A checkpoint verifies that expected information is displayed in an Application while the test is running. You can add eight types of checkpoints to your test for standard web objects using QTP. A page checkpoint checks the characteristics of an Application. A text checkpoint checks that a text string is displayed in the appropriate place on an Application. An object checkpoint (Standard) checks the values of an object on an Application. An image checkpoint checks the values of an image on an Application. A table checkpoint checks information within a table on a Application. An Accessibilityy checkpoint checks the web page for Section 508 compliance. An XML checkpoint checks the contents of individual XML data files or XML documents that are part of your Web application. A database checkpoint checks the contents of databases accessed by your web site
In how many ways we can add check points to an application using QTP? -
We can add checkpoints while recording the application or we can add after recording is completed using Active screen (Note : To perform the second one The Active screen must be enabled while recording).
How does QTP identify objects in the application? -
QTP identifies the object in the application by Logical Name and Class.
What is Parameterizing Tests? - When you test your application, you may want to check how it performs the same operations with multiple sets of data. For example, suppose you want to check how your application responds to ten separate sets of data. You could record ten separate tests, each with its own set of data.
Alternatively, you can create a parameterized test that runs ten times: each time the test runs, it uses a different set of data.
What is test object model in QTP? -
The test object model is a large set of object types or classes that Quick Test uses to represent the objects in your application. Each test object class has a list of properties that can uniquely identify objects of that class and a set of relevant methods that Quick Test can record for it. A test object is an object that Quick Test creates in the test or component to represent the actual object in your application. Quick Test stores information about the object that will help it identify and check the object during the run session.
What is Object Spy in QTP? -
Using the Object Spy, you can view the properties of any object in an open application. You use the Object Spy pointer to point to an object. The Object Spy displays the selected object’s hierarchy tree and its properties and values in the Properties tab of the Object Spy dialog box.
What is the Diff between Image check-point and Bit map Check point? -
Image checkpoints enable you to check the properties of a Web image. You can check an area of a Web page or application as a bitmap. While creating a test or component, you specify the area you want to check by selecting an object. You can check an entire object or any area within an object. Quick Test captures the specified object as a bitmap, and inserts a checkpoint in the test or component. You can also choose to save only the selected area of the object with your test or component in order to save disk Space. For example, suppose you have a Web site that can display a map of a city the user specifies. The map has control keys for zooming. You can record the new map that is displayed after one click on the control key that zooms in the map. Using the bitmap checkpoint, you can check that the map zooms in correctly. You can create bitmap checkpoints for all supported testing environments (as long as the appropriate add-ins are loaded). Note: The results of bitmap checkpoints may be affected by factors such as operating system, screen resolution, and color settings.
How many ways we can parameterize data in QTP? -
There are four types of parameters: Test, action or component parameters enable you to use values passed from your test or component, or values from other actions in your test. Data Table parameters enable you to create a data-driven test (or action) that runs several times using the data you supply. In each repetition, or iteration, Quick Test uses a different value from the Data Table. Environment variable parameters enable you to use variable values from other sources during the run session. These may be values you supply, or values that Quick Test generates for you based on conditions and options you choose. Random number parameters enable you to insert random numbers as values in your test or component. For example, to check how your application handles small and large ticket orders, you can have Quick Test generate a random number and insert it in a number of tickets edit field.
How do u do batch testing in WR & is it possible to do in QTP, if so explain? -
Batch Testing in WR is nothing but running the whole test set by selecting Run Test set from the Execution Grid. The same is possible with QTP also. If our test cases are automated then by selecting Run Test set all the test scripts can be executed. In this process the Scripts get executed one by one by keeping all the remaining scripts in Waiting mode.
If I give some thousand tests to execute in 2 days what do u do? - Adhoc testing is done. It Covers the least basic functionalities to verify that the system is working fine.
What does it mean when a check point is in red color? what do u do? - A red color indicates failure. Here we analyze the cause for failure whether it is a Script Issue or Environment Issue or a Application issue.
What is Object Spy in QTP? -
Using the Object Spy, you can view the properties of any object in an open application. You use the Object Spy pointer to point to an object. The Object Spy displays the selected object’s hierarchy tree and its properties and values in the Properties tab of the Object Spy dialog box.
What is the file extension of the code file & object repository file in QTP? -
Code file extension is.vbs and object repository is.tsr
Explain the concept of object repository & how QTP recognizes objects? -
Object Repository: displays a tree of all objects in the current component or in the current action or entire test (depending on the object repository mode you selected). We can view or modify the test object description of any test object in the repository or to add new objects to the repository. Quicktest learns the default property values and determines in which test object class it fits. If it is not enough it adds assistive properties, one by one to the description until it has compiled the unique description. If no assistive properties are available, then it adds a special Ordinal identifier such as objects location on the page or in the source code.
What are the properties you would use for identifying a browser & page when using descriptive programming? -
Name would be another property apart from title that we can use.
Give me an example where you have used a COM interface in your QTP project? -
com interface appears in the scenario of front end and back end. for eg:if you r using oracle as back end and front end as VB or any language then for better compatibility we will go for an interface. of which COM will be one among those interfaces. Create object creates handle to the instance of the specified object so that we program can use the methods on the specified object. It is used for implementing Automation(as defined by Microsoft).
Explain in brief about the QTP Automation Object Model. - Essentially all configuration and run functionality provided via the Quick Test interface is in some way represented in the Quick Test automation object model via objects, methods, and properties. Although a one-on-one comparison cannot always be made, most dialog boxes in Quick Test have a corresponding automation object, most options in dialog boxes can be set and/or retrieved using the corresponding object property, and most menu commands and other operations have corresponding automation methods. You can use the objects, methods, and properties exposed by the Quick Test automation object model, along with standard programming elements such as loops and conditional statements to design your program.
Top 75 Basic Software Testing Terminologies
Source: GLOSSARY OF COMPUTERIZED SYSTEM AND SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT TERMINOLOGY
Few days back I had posted an article on Top 10 Basic Software Testing Terminologies . This list is more comprehensive and covers most of the important testing and/or quality terminologies. Hope this helps the novice testers.
audit. (1) (IEEE) An independent examination of a work product or set of work products to assess compliance with specifications, standards, contractual agreements, or other criteria. See: functional configuration audit, physical configuration audit. (2) (ANSI) To conduct an independent review and examination of system records and activities in order to test the adequacy and effectiveness of data security and data integrity procedures, to ensure compliance with established policy and operational procedures, and to recommend any necessary changes. See: computer system audit, software audit.
boundary value. (1) (IEEE) A data value that corresponds to a minimum or maximum input, internal, or output value specified for a system or component. (2) A value which lies at, or just inside or just outside a specified range of valid input and output values.
boundary value analysis. (NBS) A selection technique in which test data are chosen to lie along "boundaries" of the input domain [or output range] classes, data structures, procedure parameters, etc. Choices often include maximum, minimum, and trivial values or parameters. This technique is often called stress testing. See: testing, boundary value.
branch coverage. (NBS) A test coverage criteria which requires that for each decision point each possible branch be executed at least once. Syn: decision coverage. Contrast with condition coverage, multiple condition coverage, path coverage, statement coverage. See: testing, branch.
bug. A fault in a program which causes the program to perform in an unintended or unanticipated manner. See: anomaly, defect, error, exception, fault.
cause effect graph. (Myers) A Boolean graph linking causes and effects. The graph is actually a digital-logic circuit (a combinatorial logic network) using a simpler notation than standard electronics notation.
cause effect graphing. (1) (NBS) Test data selection technique. The input and output domains are partitioned into classes and analysis is performed to determine which input classes cause which effect. A minimal set of inputs is chosen which will cover the entire effect set. (2) (Myers) A systematic method of generating test cases representing combinations of conditions. See: testing, functional.
code inspection. (Myers/NBS) A manual [formal] testing [error detection] technique where the programmer reads source code, statement by statement, to a group who ask questions analyzing the program logic, analyzing the code with respect to a checklist of historically common programming errors, and analyzing its compliance with coding standards. Contrast with code audit, code review, code walkthrough. This technique can also be applied to other software and configuration items. Syn: Fagan Inspection. See: static analysis.
code review. (IEEE) A meeting at which software code is presented to project personnel, managers, users, customers, or other interested parties for comment or approval. Contrast with code audit, code inspection, code walkthrough.
code walkthrough. (Myers/NBS) A manual testing [error detection] technique where program [source code] logic [structure] is traced manually [mentally] by a group with a small set of test cases, while the state of program variables is manually monitored, to analyze the programmer's logic and assumptions. Contrast with code audit, code inspection, code review. See: static analysis.
coverage analysis. (NIST) Determining and assessing measures associated with the invocation of program structural elements to determine the adequacy of a test run. Coverage analysis is useful when attempting to execute each statement, branch, path, or iterative structure in a program. Tools that capture this data and provide reports summarizing relevant information have this feature. See: testing, branch; testing, path; testing, statement.
crash. (IEEE) The sudden and complete failure of a computer system or component.
criticality. (IEEE) The degree of impact that a requirement, module, error, fault, failure, or other item has on the development or operation of a system. Syn: severity.
cyclomatic complexity. (1) (McCabe) The number of independent paths through a program. (2) (NBS) The cyclomatic complexity of a program is equivalent to the number of decision statements plus 1.
error. (ISO) A discrepancy between a computed, observed, or measured value or condition and the true, specified, or theoretically correct value or condition. See: anomaly, bug, defect, exception, and fault
error guessing. (NBS) Test data selection technique. The selection criterion is to pick values that seem likely to cause errors. See: special test data; testing, special case.
error seeding. (IEEE) The process of intentionally adding known faults to those already in a computer program for the purpose of monitoring the rate of detection and removal, and estimating the number of faults remaining in the program. Contrast with mutation analysis.
exception. (IEEE) An event that causes suspension of normal program execution. Types include addressing exception, data exception, operation exception, overflow exception, protection exception, and underflow exception.
failure. (IEEE) The inability of a system or component to perform its required functions within specified performance requirements. See: bug, crash, exception, fault.
fault. An incorrect step, process, or data definition in a computer program which causes the program to perform in an unintended or unanticipated manner. See: bug, defect, error, exception.
quality assurance. (1) (ISO) The planned systematic activities necessary to ensure that a component, module, or system conforms to established technical requirements. (2) All actions that are taken to ensure that a development organization delivers products that meet performance requirements and adhere to standards and procedures. (3) The policy, procedures, and systematic actions established in an enterprise for the purpose of providing and maintaining some degree of confidence in data integrity and accuracy throughout the life cycle of the data, which includes input, update, manipulation, and output. (4) (QA) The actions, planned and performed, to provide confidence that all systems and components that influence the quality of the product are working as expected individually and collectively.
quality assurance, software. (IEEE) (1) A planned and systematic pattern of all actions necessary to provide adequate confidence that an item or product conforms to established technical requirements. (2) A set of activities designed to evaluate the process by which products are developed or manufactured.
quality control. The operational techniques and procedures used to achieve quality requirements.
review. (IEEE) A process or meeting during which a work product or set of work products, is presented to project personnel, managers, users, customers, or other interested parties for comment or approval. Types include code review, design review, formal qualification review, requirements review, test readiness review. Contrast with audit, inspection. See: static analysis.
risk. (IEEE) A measure of the probability and severity of undesired effects. Often taken as the simple product of probability and consequence.
risk assessment. (DOD) A comprehensive evaluation of the risk and its associated impact.
software review. (IEEE) An evaluation of software elements to ascertain discrepancies from planned results and to recommend improvement. This evaluation follows a formal process. Syn: software audit. See: code audit, code inspection, code review, code walkthrough, design review, specification analysis, static analysis
static analysis. (1) (NBS) Analysis of a program that is performed without executing the program. (2) (IEEE) The process of evaluating a system or component based on its form, structure, content, documentation. Contrast with dynamic analysis. See: code audit, code inspection, code review, code walk-through, design review, symbolic execution.
test. (IEEE) An activity in which a system or component is executed under specified conditions, the results are observed or recorded and an evaluation is made of some aspect of the system or component.
testability. (IEEE) (1) The degree to which a system or component facilitates the establishment of test criteria and the performance of tests to determine whether those criteria have been met. (2) The degree to which a requirement is stated in terms that permit establishment of test criteria and performance of tests to determine whether those criteria have been met.
test case. (IEEE) Documentation specifying inputs, predicted results, and a set of execution conditions for a test item. Syn: test case specification. See: test procedure.
test case generator. (IEEE) A software tool that accepts as input source code, test criteria, specifications, or data structure definitions; uses these inputs to generate test input data; and, sometimes, determines expected results. Syn: test data generator, test generator.
test design. (IEEE) Documentation specifying the details of the test approach for a software feature or combination of software features and identifying the associated tests. See: testing functional; cause effect graphing; boundary value analysis; equivalence class partitioning; error guessing; testing, structural; branch analysis; path analysis; statement coverage; condition coverage; decision coverage; multiple-condition coverage.
test documentation. (IEEE) Documentation describing plans for, or results of, the testing of a system or component, Types include test case specification, test incident report, test log, test plan, test procedure, test report.
test driver. (IEEE) A software module used to invoke a module under test and, often, provide test inputs, control and monitor execution, and report test results. Syn: test harness.
test incident report. (IEEE) A document reporting on any event that occurs during testing that requires further investigation.
test item. (IEEE) A software item which is the object of testing.
test log. (IEEE) A chronological record of all relevant details about the execution of a test.
test phase. (IEEE) The period of time in the software life cycle in which the components of a software product are evaluated and integrated, and the software product is evaluated to determine whether or not requirements have been satisfied.
test plan. (IEEE) Documentation specifying the scope, approach, resources, and schedule of intended testing activities. It identifies test items, the features to be tested, the testing tasks, responsibilities, required, resources, and any risks requiring contingency planning. See: test design, validation protocol.
test procedure. (NIST) A formal document developed from a test plan that presents detailed instructions for the setup, operation, and evaluation of the results for each defined test. See: test case.
test report. (IEEE) A document describing the conduct and results of the testing carried out for a system or system component.
test result analyzer. A software tool used to test output data reduction, formatting, and printing.
testing. (IEEE) (1) The process of operating a system or component under specified conditions, observing or recording the results, and making an evaluation of some aspect of the system or component. (2) The process of analyzing a software item to detect the differences between existing and required conditions, i.e. bugs, and to evaluate the features of the software items. See: dynamic analysis, static analysis
testing, acceptance. (IEEE) Testing conducted to determine whether or not a system satisfies its acceptance criteria and to enable the customer to determine whether or not to accept the system. Contrast with testing, development; testing, operational.
testing, alpha []. (Pressman) Acceptance testing performed by the customer in a controlled environment at the developer's site. The software is used by the customer in a setting approximating the target environment with the developer observing and recording errors and usage problems.
testing, assertion. (NBS) A dynamic analysis technique which inserts assertions about the relationship between program variables into the program code. The truth of the assertions is determined as the program executes.
testing, beta []. (1) (Pressman) Acceptance testing performed by the customer in a live application of the software, at one or more end user sites, in an environment not controlled by the developer. (2) For medical device software such use may require an Investigational Device Exemption [IDE] or Institutional Review Board [IRB] approval.
testing, boundary value. A testing technique using input values at, just below, and just above, the defined limits of an input domain; and with input values causing outputs to be at, just below, and just above, the defined limits of an output domain. See: boundary value analysis; testing, stress.
testing, branch. (NBS) Testing technique to satisfy coverage criteria which require that for each decision point, each possible branch [outcome] be executed at least once. Contrast with testing, path; testing, statement. See: branch coverage.
testing, compatibility. The process of determining the ability of two or more systems to exchange information. In a situation where the developed software replaces an already working program, an investigation should be conducted to assess possible comparability problems between the new software and other programs or systems.
testing, exhaustive. (NBS) Executing the program with all possible combinations of values for program variables. Feasible only for small, simple programs.
testing, functional. (IEEE) (1) Testing that ignores the internal mechanism or structure of a system or component and focuses on the outputs generated in response to selected inputs and execution conditions. (2) Testing conducted to evaluate the compliance of a system or component with specified functional requirements and corresponding predicted results. Syn: black-box testing, input/output driven testing. Contrast with testing, structural.
testing, integration. (IEEE) An orderly progression of testing in which software elements, hardware elements, or both are combined and tested, to evaluate their interactions, until the entire system has been integrated.
testing, interface. (IEEE) Testing conducted to evaluate whether systems or components pass data and control correctly to one another. Contrast with testing, unit; testing, system. See: testing, integration.
testing, mutation. (IEEE) A testing methodology in which two or more program mutations are executed using the same test cases to evaluate the ability of the test cases to detect differences in the mutations.
testing, operational. (IEEE) Testing conducted to evaluate a system or component in its operational environment. Contrast with testing, development; testing, acceptance; See: testing, system.
testing, parallel. (ISO) Testing a new or an altered data processing system with the same source data that is used in another system. The other system is considered as the standard of comparison. Syn: parallel run.
testing, path. (NBS) Testing to satisfy coverage criteria that each logical path through the program be tested. Often paths through the program are grouped into a finite set of classes. One path from each class is then tested. Syn: path coverage. Contrast with testing, branch; testing, statement; branch coverage; condition coverage; decision coverage; multiple condition coverage; statement coverage.
testing, performance. (IEEE) Functional testing conducted to evaluate the compliance of a system or component with specified performance requirements.
testing, qualification. (IEEE) Formal testing, usually conducted by the developer for the consumer, to demonstrate that the software meets its specified requirements. See: testing, acceptance; testing, system.
testing, regression. (NIST) Rerunning test cases which a program has previously executed correctly in order to detect errors spawned by changes or corrections made during software development and maintenance.
testing, statement. (NIST) Testing to satisfy the criterion that each statement in a program be executed at least once during program testing. Syn: statement coverage. Contrast with testing, branch; testing, path; branch coverage; condition coverage; decision coverage; multiple condition coverage; path coverage.
testing, storage. This is a determination of whether or not certain processing conditions use more storage [memory] than estimated.
testing, stress. (IEEE) Testing conducted to evaluate a system or component at or beyond the limits of its specified requirements. Syn: testing, boundary value.
testing, structural. (1) (IEEE) Testing that takes into account the internal mechanism [structure] of a system or component. Types include branch testing, path testing, statement testing. (2) Testing to insure each program statement is made to execute during testing and that each program statement performs its intended function. Contrast with functional testing. Syn: white-box testing, glass-box testing, logic driven testing.
testing, system. (IEEE) The process of testing an integrated hardware and software system to verify that the system meets its specified requirements. Such testing may be conducted in both the development environment and the target environment.
testing, unit. (1) (NIST) Testing of a module for typographic, syntactic, and logical errors, for correct implementation of its design, and for satisfaction of its requirements. (2) (IEEE) Testing conducted to verify the implementation of the design for one software element; e.g., a unit or module; or a collection of software elements. Syn: component testing.
testing, usability. Tests designed to evaluate the machine/user interface. Are the communication device(s) designed in a manner such that the information is displayed in a understandable fashion enabling the operator to correctly interact with the system?
testing, volume. Testing designed to challenge a system's ability to manage the maximum amount of data over a period of time. This type of testing also evaluates a system's ability to handle overload situations in an orderly fashion.
traceability matrix. (IEEE) A matrix that records the relationship between two or more products; e.g., a matrix that records the relationship between the requirements and the design of a given software component. See: traceability, traceability analysis.
usability. (IEEE) The ease with which a user can learn to operate, prepare inputs for, and interpret outputs of a system or component.
validation. (1) (FDA) Establishing documented evidence which provides a high degree of assurance that a specific process will consistently produce a product meeting its predetermined specifications and quality attributes. Contrast with data validation.
validation, verification, and testing. (NIST) Used as an entity to define a procedure of review, analysis, and testing throughout the software life cycle to discover errors, determine functionality, and ensure the production of quality software.
verification, software. (NBS) In general the demonstration of consistency, completeness, and correctness of the software at each stage and between each stage of the development life cycle. See: validation, software.
Few days back I had posted an article on Top 10 Basic Software Testing Terminologies . This list is more comprehensive and covers most of the important testing and/or quality terminologies. Hope this helps the novice testers.
audit. (1) (IEEE) An independent examination of a work product or set of work products to assess compliance with specifications, standards, contractual agreements, or other criteria. See: functional configuration audit, physical configuration audit. (2) (ANSI) To conduct an independent review and examination of system records and activities in order to test the adequacy and effectiveness of data security and data integrity procedures, to ensure compliance with established policy and operational procedures, and to recommend any necessary changes. See: computer system audit, software audit.
boundary value. (1) (IEEE) A data value that corresponds to a minimum or maximum input, internal, or output value specified for a system or component. (2) A value which lies at, or just inside or just outside a specified range of valid input and output values.
boundary value analysis. (NBS) A selection technique in which test data are chosen to lie along "boundaries" of the input domain [or output range] classes, data structures, procedure parameters, etc. Choices often include maximum, minimum, and trivial values or parameters. This technique is often called stress testing. See: testing, boundary value.
branch coverage. (NBS) A test coverage criteria which requires that for each decision point each possible branch be executed at least once. Syn: decision coverage. Contrast with condition coverage, multiple condition coverage, path coverage, statement coverage. See: testing, branch.
bug. A fault in a program which causes the program to perform in an unintended or unanticipated manner. See: anomaly, defect, error, exception, fault.
cause effect graph. (Myers) A Boolean graph linking causes and effects. The graph is actually a digital-logic circuit (a combinatorial logic network) using a simpler notation than standard electronics notation.
cause effect graphing. (1) (NBS) Test data selection technique. The input and output domains are partitioned into classes and analysis is performed to determine which input classes cause which effect. A minimal set of inputs is chosen which will cover the entire effect set. (2) (Myers) A systematic method of generating test cases representing combinations of conditions. See: testing, functional.
code inspection. (Myers/NBS) A manual [formal] testing [error detection] technique where the programmer reads source code, statement by statement, to a group who ask questions analyzing the program logic, analyzing the code with respect to a checklist of historically common programming errors, and analyzing its compliance with coding standards. Contrast with code audit, code review, code walkthrough. This technique can also be applied to other software and configuration items. Syn: Fagan Inspection. See: static analysis.
code review. (IEEE) A meeting at which software code is presented to project personnel, managers, users, customers, or other interested parties for comment or approval. Contrast with code audit, code inspection, code walkthrough.
code walkthrough. (Myers/NBS) A manual testing [error detection] technique where program [source code] logic [structure] is traced manually [mentally] by a group with a small set of test cases, while the state of program variables is manually monitored, to analyze the programmer's logic and assumptions. Contrast with code audit, code inspection, code review. See: static analysis.
coverage analysis. (NIST) Determining and assessing measures associated with the invocation of program structural elements to determine the adequacy of a test run. Coverage analysis is useful when attempting to execute each statement, branch, path, or iterative structure in a program. Tools that capture this data and provide reports summarizing relevant information have this feature. See: testing, branch; testing, path; testing, statement.
crash. (IEEE) The sudden and complete failure of a computer system or component.
criticality. (IEEE) The degree of impact that a requirement, module, error, fault, failure, or other item has on the development or operation of a system. Syn: severity.
cyclomatic complexity. (1) (McCabe) The number of independent paths through a program. (2) (NBS) The cyclomatic complexity of a program is equivalent to the number of decision statements plus 1.
error. (ISO) A discrepancy between a computed, observed, or measured value or condition and the true, specified, or theoretically correct value or condition. See: anomaly, bug, defect, exception, and fault
error guessing. (NBS) Test data selection technique. The selection criterion is to pick values that seem likely to cause errors. See: special test data; testing, special case.
error seeding. (IEEE) The process of intentionally adding known faults to those already in a computer program for the purpose of monitoring the rate of detection and removal, and estimating the number of faults remaining in the program. Contrast with mutation analysis.
exception. (IEEE) An event that causes suspension of normal program execution. Types include addressing exception, data exception, operation exception, overflow exception, protection exception, and underflow exception.
failure. (IEEE) The inability of a system or component to perform its required functions within specified performance requirements. See: bug, crash, exception, fault.
fault. An incorrect step, process, or data definition in a computer program which causes the program to perform in an unintended or unanticipated manner. See: bug, defect, error, exception.
quality assurance. (1) (ISO) The planned systematic activities necessary to ensure that a component, module, or system conforms to established technical requirements. (2) All actions that are taken to ensure that a development organization delivers products that meet performance requirements and adhere to standards and procedures. (3) The policy, procedures, and systematic actions established in an enterprise for the purpose of providing and maintaining some degree of confidence in data integrity and accuracy throughout the life cycle of the data, which includes input, update, manipulation, and output. (4) (QA) The actions, planned and performed, to provide confidence that all systems and components that influence the quality of the product are working as expected individually and collectively.
quality assurance, software. (IEEE) (1) A planned and systematic pattern of all actions necessary to provide adequate confidence that an item or product conforms to established technical requirements. (2) A set of activities designed to evaluate the process by which products are developed or manufactured.
quality control. The operational techniques and procedures used to achieve quality requirements.
review. (IEEE) A process or meeting during which a work product or set of work products, is presented to project personnel, managers, users, customers, or other interested parties for comment or approval. Types include code review, design review, formal qualification review, requirements review, test readiness review. Contrast with audit, inspection. See: static analysis.
risk. (IEEE) A measure of the probability and severity of undesired effects. Often taken as the simple product of probability and consequence.
risk assessment. (DOD) A comprehensive evaluation of the risk and its associated impact.
software review. (IEEE) An evaluation of software elements to ascertain discrepancies from planned results and to recommend improvement. This evaluation follows a formal process. Syn: software audit. See: code audit, code inspection, code review, code walkthrough, design review, specification analysis, static analysis
static analysis. (1) (NBS) Analysis of a program that is performed without executing the program. (2) (IEEE) The process of evaluating a system or component based on its form, structure, content, documentation. Contrast with dynamic analysis. See: code audit, code inspection, code review, code walk-through, design review, symbolic execution.
test. (IEEE) An activity in which a system or component is executed under specified conditions, the results are observed or recorded and an evaluation is made of some aspect of the system or component.
testability. (IEEE) (1) The degree to which a system or component facilitates the establishment of test criteria and the performance of tests to determine whether those criteria have been met. (2) The degree to which a requirement is stated in terms that permit establishment of test criteria and performance of tests to determine whether those criteria have been met.
test case. (IEEE) Documentation specifying inputs, predicted results, and a set of execution conditions for a test item. Syn: test case specification. See: test procedure.
test case generator. (IEEE) A software tool that accepts as input source code, test criteria, specifications, or data structure definitions; uses these inputs to generate test input data; and, sometimes, determines expected results. Syn: test data generator, test generator.
test design. (IEEE) Documentation specifying the details of the test approach for a software feature or combination of software features and identifying the associated tests. See: testing functional; cause effect graphing; boundary value analysis; equivalence class partitioning; error guessing; testing, structural; branch analysis; path analysis; statement coverage; condition coverage; decision coverage; multiple-condition coverage.
test documentation. (IEEE) Documentation describing plans for, or results of, the testing of a system or component, Types include test case specification, test incident report, test log, test plan, test procedure, test report.
test driver. (IEEE) A software module used to invoke a module under test and, often, provide test inputs, control and monitor execution, and report test results. Syn: test harness.
test incident report. (IEEE) A document reporting on any event that occurs during testing that requires further investigation.
test item. (IEEE) A software item which is the object of testing.
test log. (IEEE) A chronological record of all relevant details about the execution of a test.
test phase. (IEEE) The period of time in the software life cycle in which the components of a software product are evaluated and integrated, and the software product is evaluated to determine whether or not requirements have been satisfied.
test plan. (IEEE) Documentation specifying the scope, approach, resources, and schedule of intended testing activities. It identifies test items, the features to be tested, the testing tasks, responsibilities, required, resources, and any risks requiring contingency planning. See: test design, validation protocol.
test procedure. (NIST) A formal document developed from a test plan that presents detailed instructions for the setup, operation, and evaluation of the results for each defined test. See: test case.
test report. (IEEE) A document describing the conduct and results of the testing carried out for a system or system component.
test result analyzer. A software tool used to test output data reduction, formatting, and printing.
testing. (IEEE) (1) The process of operating a system or component under specified conditions, observing or recording the results, and making an evaluation of some aspect of the system or component. (2) The process of analyzing a software item to detect the differences between existing and required conditions, i.e. bugs, and to evaluate the features of the software items. See: dynamic analysis, static analysis
testing, acceptance. (IEEE) Testing conducted to determine whether or not a system satisfies its acceptance criteria and to enable the customer to determine whether or not to accept the system. Contrast with testing, development; testing, operational.
testing, alpha []. (Pressman) Acceptance testing performed by the customer in a controlled environment at the developer's site. The software is used by the customer in a setting approximating the target environment with the developer observing and recording errors and usage problems.
testing, assertion. (NBS) A dynamic analysis technique which inserts assertions about the relationship between program variables into the program code. The truth of the assertions is determined as the program executes.
testing, beta []. (1) (Pressman) Acceptance testing performed by the customer in a live application of the software, at one or more end user sites, in an environment not controlled by the developer. (2) For medical device software such use may require an Investigational Device Exemption [IDE] or Institutional Review Board [IRB] approval.
testing, boundary value. A testing technique using input values at, just below, and just above, the defined limits of an input domain; and with input values causing outputs to be at, just below, and just above, the defined limits of an output domain. See: boundary value analysis; testing, stress.
testing, branch. (NBS) Testing technique to satisfy coverage criteria which require that for each decision point, each possible branch [outcome] be executed at least once. Contrast with testing, path; testing, statement. See: branch coverage.
testing, compatibility. The process of determining the ability of two or more systems to exchange information. In a situation where the developed software replaces an already working program, an investigation should be conducted to assess possible comparability problems between the new software and other programs or systems.
testing, exhaustive. (NBS) Executing the program with all possible combinations of values for program variables. Feasible only for small, simple programs.
testing, functional. (IEEE) (1) Testing that ignores the internal mechanism or structure of a system or component and focuses on the outputs generated in response to selected inputs and execution conditions. (2) Testing conducted to evaluate the compliance of a system or component with specified functional requirements and corresponding predicted results. Syn: black-box testing, input/output driven testing. Contrast with testing, structural.
testing, integration. (IEEE) An orderly progression of testing in which software elements, hardware elements, or both are combined and tested, to evaluate their interactions, until the entire system has been integrated.
testing, interface. (IEEE) Testing conducted to evaluate whether systems or components pass data and control correctly to one another. Contrast with testing, unit; testing, system. See: testing, integration.
testing, mutation. (IEEE) A testing methodology in which two or more program mutations are executed using the same test cases to evaluate the ability of the test cases to detect differences in the mutations.
testing, operational. (IEEE) Testing conducted to evaluate a system or component in its operational environment. Contrast with testing, development; testing, acceptance; See: testing, system.
testing, parallel. (ISO) Testing a new or an altered data processing system with the same source data that is used in another system. The other system is considered as the standard of comparison. Syn: parallel run.
testing, path. (NBS) Testing to satisfy coverage criteria that each logical path through the program be tested. Often paths through the program are grouped into a finite set of classes. One path from each class is then tested. Syn: path coverage. Contrast with testing, branch; testing, statement; branch coverage; condition coverage; decision coverage; multiple condition coverage; statement coverage.
testing, performance. (IEEE) Functional testing conducted to evaluate the compliance of a system or component with specified performance requirements.
testing, qualification. (IEEE) Formal testing, usually conducted by the developer for the consumer, to demonstrate that the software meets its specified requirements. See: testing, acceptance; testing, system.
testing, regression. (NIST) Rerunning test cases which a program has previously executed correctly in order to detect errors spawned by changes or corrections made during software development and maintenance.
testing, statement. (NIST) Testing to satisfy the criterion that each statement in a program be executed at least once during program testing. Syn: statement coverage. Contrast with testing, branch; testing, path; branch coverage; condition coverage; decision coverage; multiple condition coverage; path coverage.
testing, storage. This is a determination of whether or not certain processing conditions use more storage [memory] than estimated.
testing, stress. (IEEE) Testing conducted to evaluate a system or component at or beyond the limits of its specified requirements. Syn: testing, boundary value.
testing, structural. (1) (IEEE) Testing that takes into account the internal mechanism [structure] of a system or component. Types include branch testing, path testing, statement testing. (2) Testing to insure each program statement is made to execute during testing and that each program statement performs its intended function. Contrast with functional testing. Syn: white-box testing, glass-box testing, logic driven testing.
testing, system. (IEEE) The process of testing an integrated hardware and software system to verify that the system meets its specified requirements. Such testing may be conducted in both the development environment and the target environment.
testing, unit. (1) (NIST) Testing of a module for typographic, syntactic, and logical errors, for correct implementation of its design, and for satisfaction of its requirements. (2) (IEEE) Testing conducted to verify the implementation of the design for one software element; e.g., a unit or module; or a collection of software elements. Syn: component testing.
testing, usability. Tests designed to evaluate the machine/user interface. Are the communication device(s) designed in a manner such that the information is displayed in a understandable fashion enabling the operator to correctly interact with the system?
testing, volume. Testing designed to challenge a system's ability to manage the maximum amount of data over a period of time. This type of testing also evaluates a system's ability to handle overload situations in an orderly fashion.
traceability matrix. (IEEE) A matrix that records the relationship between two or more products; e.g., a matrix that records the relationship between the requirements and the design of a given software component. See: traceability, traceability analysis.
usability. (IEEE) The ease with which a user can learn to operate, prepare inputs for, and interpret outputs of a system or component.
validation. (1) (FDA) Establishing documented evidence which provides a high degree of assurance that a specific process will consistently produce a product meeting its predetermined specifications and quality attributes. Contrast with data validation.
validation, verification, and testing. (NIST) Used as an entity to define a procedure of review, analysis, and testing throughout the software life cycle to discover errors, determine functionality, and ensure the production of quality software.
verification, software. (NBS) In general the demonstration of consistency, completeness, and correctness of the software at each stage and between each stage of the development life cycle. See: validation, software.
A Tester’s Tips for Dealing with Developers
Summary
Is the tester doing a good job or a bad job when she proves that the program is full of bugs? It’s a bad job from some developers’ points of view. Ridiculous as it seems, there are project managers blaming testers for the late shipment of a product and developers complaining (often jokingly) that “the testers are too tough on the program.” Obviously, there is more to successful testing than bug counts. Here are some tips about how testers can build successful relationships with developers.
When I started my career as a software tester, I was made aware of an ongoing antagonism between developers and testers. And it took me no time or effort to be convinced that this is all too common. I received the kind of unwelcome response from developers that I think all testers experience at some point during their careers.
From indifferent shrugs to downright hostility (sometimes cloaked as sympathetic smiles), a tester has to endure a lot from developers. It can be hard to keep a positive attitude. But it’s up to us to keep our priorities straight, and push toward a quality project.
I picked up a beautiful line from Cem Kaner’s Testing Computer Software: “The best tester is not the one who finds the most bugs or who embarrasses the most developers. The best tester is the one who gets the most bugs fixed.”
So how can we do that?
Be Cordial and Patient
As a tester you may find it more difficult to convince a developer about a defect you’ve found. Often, if a tester exposes one bug, the programmer will be ready with ten justifications. It’s sometimes difficult for developers to accept the fact that their code is defective—and someone else has detected it.
Developers need support from the testing team, who can assure them that finding new bugs is desirable, healthy, and important in making the product the best it can be. A humanistic approach will always help the tester know the programmer better.
Believe me, in no time the same person could be sitting with you and laughing at mistakes that introduced bugs. Cordiality typically helps in getting the developer to say “yes” to your bug report. An important first step!
Be Diplomatic
Try presenting your findings tactfully, and explaining the bug without blame. “I am sure this is a minor bug that you could handle in no time. This is an excellent program so far.” Developers will jump and welcome it.
Take a psychological approach. Praise the developer’s job from time to time. The reason why most developers dislike our bug reports is very simple: They see us as tearing down their hard work. Some testers communicate with developers only when there is a problem. For most developers, the software is their own baby, and you are just an interfering outsider. I tell my developers that because of them I exist in the company and because of me their jobs are saved. It’s a symbiotic and profitable relationship between a tester and a developer.
Don’t Embarrass
Nobody likes mistakes to be pointed out. That’s human nature. Try explaining the big-picture need for fixing that particular bug rather than just firing bulky bug reports at developers. A deluge of defects not only irritates the developer, it makes your hard work useless for them. Just as one can’t test a program completely, developers can’t design programs without mistakes, and they need to understand this before anything else. Errors are expected; they’re a natural part of the process.
You Win Some, You Lose Some
I know of testers who make their bug reports as rigid as possible. They won’t even listen to the developer’s explanations for not being able to fix a bug or implement a feature. Try making relaxed rules for yourself. Sit with the developer and analyze the priority and severity of a bug together. If the developer has a valid and sensible explanation behind her reluctance to change something, try to understand her. Just be sure to know where to draw the line in protecting the ultimate quality of your product.
Be Cautious
Diplomacy and flexibility do not replace the need to be cautious. Developers often find an excuse to say that they refused to fix a bug because they did not realize (or you did not tell them) how serious the problem was. Design your bug reports and test documents in a way that clearly lays out the risks and seriousness of issues. What’s even better is to conduct a meeting and explain the issues to them.
A smart tester is one who keeps a balance between listening and implementing. If a developer can’t convince you a bug shouldn’t be fixed, it’s your duty to convince him to fix it.
Is the tester doing a good job or a bad job when she proves that the program is full of bugs? It’s a bad job from some developers’ points of view. Ridiculous as it seems, there are project managers blaming testers for the late shipment of a product and developers complaining (often jokingly) that “the testers are too tough on the program.” Obviously, there is more to successful testing than bug counts. Here are some tips about how testers can build successful relationships with developers.
When I started my career as a software tester, I was made aware of an ongoing antagonism between developers and testers. And it took me no time or effort to be convinced that this is all too common. I received the kind of unwelcome response from developers that I think all testers experience at some point during their careers.
From indifferent shrugs to downright hostility (sometimes cloaked as sympathetic smiles), a tester has to endure a lot from developers. It can be hard to keep a positive attitude. But it’s up to us to keep our priorities straight, and push toward a quality project.
I picked up a beautiful line from Cem Kaner’s Testing Computer Software: “The best tester is not the one who finds the most bugs or who embarrasses the most developers. The best tester is the one who gets the most bugs fixed.”
So how can we do that?
Be Cordial and Patient
As a tester you may find it more difficult to convince a developer about a defect you’ve found. Often, if a tester exposes one bug, the programmer will be ready with ten justifications. It’s sometimes difficult for developers to accept the fact that their code is defective—and someone else has detected it.
Developers need support from the testing team, who can assure them that finding new bugs is desirable, healthy, and important in making the product the best it can be. A humanistic approach will always help the tester know the programmer better.
Believe me, in no time the same person could be sitting with you and laughing at mistakes that introduced bugs. Cordiality typically helps in getting the developer to say “yes” to your bug report. An important first step!
Be Diplomatic
Try presenting your findings tactfully, and explaining the bug without blame. “I am sure this is a minor bug that you could handle in no time. This is an excellent program so far.” Developers will jump and welcome it.
Take a psychological approach. Praise the developer’s job from time to time. The reason why most developers dislike our bug reports is very simple: They see us as tearing down their hard work. Some testers communicate with developers only when there is a problem. For most developers, the software is their own baby, and you are just an interfering outsider. I tell my developers that because of them I exist in the company and because of me their jobs are saved. It’s a symbiotic and profitable relationship between a tester and a developer.
Don’t Embarrass
Nobody likes mistakes to be pointed out. That’s human nature. Try explaining the big-picture need for fixing that particular bug rather than just firing bulky bug reports at developers. A deluge of defects not only irritates the developer, it makes your hard work useless for them. Just as one can’t test a program completely, developers can’t design programs without mistakes, and they need to understand this before anything else. Errors are expected; they’re a natural part of the process.
You Win Some, You Lose Some
I know of testers who make their bug reports as rigid as possible. They won’t even listen to the developer’s explanations for not being able to fix a bug or implement a feature. Try making relaxed rules for yourself. Sit with the developer and analyze the priority and severity of a bug together. If the developer has a valid and sensible explanation behind her reluctance to change something, try to understand her. Just be sure to know where to draw the line in protecting the ultimate quality of your product.
Be Cautious
Diplomacy and flexibility do not replace the need to be cautious. Developers often find an excuse to say that they refused to fix a bug because they did not realize (or you did not tell them) how serious the problem was. Design your bug reports and test documents in a way that clearly lays out the risks and seriousness of issues. What’s even better is to conduct a meeting and explain the issues to them.
A smart tester is one who keeps a balance between listening and implementing. If a developer can’t convince you a bug shouldn’t be fixed, it’s your duty to convince him to fix it.
Software Testing - How To Log A Bug (Defect)
As we already know the importance of Software Testing in any software development project, it becomes necessary to log a defect in a proper way, track the defect, and keep a log of defects for future reference etc.
As a tester tests an application and if he/she finds any defect, the life cycle of the defect starts and it becomes very important to communicate the defect to the developers in order to get it fixed, keep track of current status of the defect, find out if any such defect (similar defect) was ever found in last attempts of testing etc. For this purpose, previously manually created documents were used, which were circulated to everyone associated with the software project (developers and testers), now a days many Bug Reporting Tools are available, which help in tracking and managing bugs in an effective way.
How to report a bug?
It’s a good practice to take screen shots of execution of every step during software testing. If any test case fails during execution, it needs to be failed in the bug-reporting tool and a bug has to be reported/logged for the same. The tester can choose to first report a bug and then fail the test case in the bug-reporting tool or fail a test case and report a bug. In any case, the Bug ID that is generated for the reported bug should be attached to the test case that is failed.
At the time of reporting a bug, all the mandatory fields from the contents of bug (such as Project, Summary, Description, Status, Detected By, Assigned To, Date Detected, Test Lead, Detected in Version, Closed in Version, Expected Date of Closure, Actual Date of Closure, Severity, Priority and Bug ID etc.) are filled and detailed description of the bug is given along with the expected and actual results. The screen-shots taken at the time of execution of test case are attached to the bug for reference by the developer.
After reporting a bug, a unique Bug ID is generated by the bug-reporting tool, which is then associated with the failed test case. This Bug ID helps in associating the bug with the failed test case. After the bug is reported, it is assigned a status of ‘New’, which goes on changing as the bug fixing process progresses.
If more than one tester are testing the software application, it becomes a possibility that some other tester might already have reported a bug for the same defect found in the application. In such situation, it becomes very important for the tester to find out if any bug has been reported for similar type of defect. If yes, then the test case has to be blocked with the previously raised bug (in this case, the test case has to be executed once the bug is fixed). And if there is no such bug reported previously, the tester can report a new bug and fail the test case for the newly raised bug.
If no bug-reporting tool is used, then in that case, the test case is written in a tabular manner in a file with four columns containing Test Step No, Test Step Description, Expected Result and Actual Result. The expected and actual results are written for each step and the test case is failed for the step at which the test case fails.
This file containing test case and the screen shots taken are sent to the developers for reference. As the tracking process is not automated, it becomes important keep updated information of the bug that was raised till the time it is closed.
As a tester tests an application and if he/she finds any defect, the life cycle of the defect starts and it becomes very important to communicate the defect to the developers in order to get it fixed, keep track of current status of the defect, find out if any such defect (similar defect) was ever found in last attempts of testing etc. For this purpose, previously manually created documents were used, which were circulated to everyone associated with the software project (developers and testers), now a days many Bug Reporting Tools are available, which help in tracking and managing bugs in an effective way.
How to report a bug?
It’s a good practice to take screen shots of execution of every step during software testing. If any test case fails during execution, it needs to be failed in the bug-reporting tool and a bug has to be reported/logged for the same. The tester can choose to first report a bug and then fail the test case in the bug-reporting tool or fail a test case and report a bug. In any case, the Bug ID that is generated for the reported bug should be attached to the test case that is failed.
At the time of reporting a bug, all the mandatory fields from the contents of bug (such as Project, Summary, Description, Status, Detected By, Assigned To, Date Detected, Test Lead, Detected in Version, Closed in Version, Expected Date of Closure, Actual Date of Closure, Severity, Priority and Bug ID etc.) are filled and detailed description of the bug is given along with the expected and actual results. The screen-shots taken at the time of execution of test case are attached to the bug for reference by the developer.
After reporting a bug, a unique Bug ID is generated by the bug-reporting tool, which is then associated with the failed test case. This Bug ID helps in associating the bug with the failed test case. After the bug is reported, it is assigned a status of ‘New’, which goes on changing as the bug fixing process progresses.
If more than one tester are testing the software application, it becomes a possibility that some other tester might already have reported a bug for the same defect found in the application. In such situation, it becomes very important for the tester to find out if any bug has been reported for similar type of defect. If yes, then the test case has to be blocked with the previously raised bug (in this case, the test case has to be executed once the bug is fixed). And if there is no such bug reported previously, the tester can report a new bug and fail the test case for the newly raised bug.
If no bug-reporting tool is used, then in that case, the test case is written in a tabular manner in a file with four columns containing Test Step No, Test Step Description, Expected Result and Actual Result. The expected and actual results are written for each step and the test case is failed for the step at which the test case fails.
This file containing test case and the screen shots taken are sent to the developers for reference. As the tracking process is not automated, it becomes important keep updated information of the bug that was raised till the time it is closed.
Software Testing - Do's and Dont's
A good test engineer should always work towards breaking the product right from the first release till the final release of the application (Killer attitude). This section will not just focus on testing but all the activities related to testing is it defect tracking, configuration management or testing itself.
The Do’s
1. Ensure if the testing activities are in sync with the test plan
2. Identify technically not strong areas where you might need assistance or trainings during testing. Plan and arrange for these technical trainings to solve this issue.
3. Strictly follow the test strategies as identified in the test plan
4. Try getting a release notes from the development team which contains the details
of that release that was made to QA for testing. This should normally contain the
following details
a) The version label of code under configuration management
b) Features part of this release
c) Features not part of this release
d) New functionalities added/Changes in existing functionalities
e) Known Problems
f) Fixed defects etc.
5. Stick to the input and exit criteria for all testing activities. For example, if the input criteria for a QA release is sanity tested code from development team, ask for sanity test results.
6. Update the test results for the test cases as and when you run them
7. Report the defects found during testing in the tool identified for defect tracking
8. Take the code from the configuration management (as identified in plan) for build and installation.
9. Ensure if code is version controlled for each release.
10. Classify defects (It can be P1, P2, P3, P4 or Critical or High or Medium or Low or anything) in a mutual agreement between the development team so as to aid developers prioritize fixing defects
11. Do a sanity testing as and when the release is made from development team.
The Don’ts
1. Do not update the test cases while executing it for testing. Track the changes and update it based on a written reference (SRS or functional specification etc). Normally people tend to update the test case based on the look and feel of the application.
2. Do not track defects in many places i.e. having defects in excel sheets and in any other defect tracking tools. This will increase the time to track all the defects. Hence use one centralized repository for defect tracking
3. Do not get the code from the developers sandbox for testing, if it is a official release from the development team
4. Do not spend time in testing the features that are not part of this release
5. Do not focus your testing on the non critical areas (from the customers perspective)
6. Even if the defect identified is of low priority, do not fail to document it.
7. Do not leave room for assumptions while verifying the fixed defects. Clarify and then close!
8. Do not hastily update the test cases without running them actually, assuming that it worked in earlier releases. Sometimes these pre conceived notions would be a big trouble if that functionality is suddenly not working and is later found by the customer.
9. Do not focus on negative paths, which are going to consume lots of time but will be least used by customer. Though this needs to be tested at some point of time the idea really is to prioritize tests.
The Do’s
1. Ensure if the testing activities are in sync with the test plan
2. Identify technically not strong areas where you might need assistance or trainings during testing. Plan and arrange for these technical trainings to solve this issue.
3. Strictly follow the test strategies as identified in the test plan
4. Try getting a release notes from the development team which contains the details
of that release that was made to QA for testing. This should normally contain the
following details
a) The version label of code under configuration management
b) Features part of this release
c) Features not part of this release
d) New functionalities added/Changes in existing functionalities
e) Known Problems
f) Fixed defects etc.
5. Stick to the input and exit criteria for all testing activities. For example, if the input criteria for a QA release is sanity tested code from development team, ask for sanity test results.
6. Update the test results for the test cases as and when you run them
7. Report the defects found during testing in the tool identified for defect tracking
8. Take the code from the configuration management (as identified in plan) for build and installation.
9. Ensure if code is version controlled for each release.
10. Classify defects (It can be P1, P2, P3, P4 or Critical or High or Medium or Low or anything) in a mutual agreement between the development team so as to aid developers prioritize fixing defects
11. Do a sanity testing as and when the release is made from development team.
The Don’ts
1. Do not update the test cases while executing it for testing. Track the changes and update it based on a written reference (SRS or functional specification etc). Normally people tend to update the test case based on the look and feel of the application.
2. Do not track defects in many places i.e. having defects in excel sheets and in any other defect tracking tools. This will increase the time to track all the defects. Hence use one centralized repository for defect tracking
3. Do not get the code from the developers sandbox for testing, if it is a official release from the development team
4. Do not spend time in testing the features that are not part of this release
5. Do not focus your testing on the non critical areas (from the customers perspective)
6. Even if the defect identified is of low priority, do not fail to document it.
7. Do not leave room for assumptions while verifying the fixed defects. Clarify and then close!
8. Do not hastily update the test cases without running them actually, assuming that it worked in earlier releases. Sometimes these pre conceived notions would be a big trouble if that functionality is suddenly not working and is later found by the customer.
9. Do not focus on negative paths, which are going to consume lots of time but will be least used by customer. Though this needs to be tested at some point of time the idea really is to prioritize tests.
ISO9126 Software Quality Attributes
ISO/IEC 9126 provides a framework for the evaluation of software quality.
It defines six software quality attributes, also called quality characteristics:
Functionality: are the required functions available, including interoperabilithy and security
Reliability: maturity, fault tolerance and recoverability
Usability: how easy it is to understand, learn, operate the software system
Efficiency: performance and resource behaviour
Maintainability: how easy is it to modify the software
Portability: can the software easily be transfered to another environment, including installability
Almost all these attributes are non-functional. However it is not uncommon that software requirements and testing activities are mostly focused on functionality.
Problems with nonfunctional requirements detected late in the project can have a major impact on the schedule. Often significant changes have to be done on the architecture to resolve non-functional quality issues.
Use quality attributes to specify the required product quality, both for software development and software evaluation. For example select the top 3 attributes and define them Specific, Measurable, Acceptable, Realisable, and Traceable (SMART).
Do you give enough attention to the non-functional requirements of your development project, and are you using the relevant review and testing techniques to verify and validate the non-functional requirements ?
It defines six software quality attributes, also called quality characteristics:
Functionality: are the required functions available, including interoperabilithy and security
Reliability: maturity, fault tolerance and recoverability
Usability: how easy it is to understand, learn, operate the software system
Efficiency: performance and resource behaviour
Maintainability: how easy is it to modify the software
Portability: can the software easily be transfered to another environment, including installability
Almost all these attributes are non-functional. However it is not uncommon that software requirements and testing activities are mostly focused on functionality.
Problems with nonfunctional requirements detected late in the project can have a major impact on the schedule. Often significant changes have to be done on the architecture to resolve non-functional quality issues.
Use quality attributes to specify the required product quality, both for software development and software evaluation. For example select the top 3 attributes and define them Specific, Measurable, Acceptable, Realisable, and Traceable (SMART).
Do you give enough attention to the non-functional requirements of your development project, and are you using the relevant review and testing techniques to verify and validate the non-functional requirements ?
Bug Priority Vs. Severity
Differentiate Priority and Severity. The effect of a bug on the software does not automatically correlate with the priority for fixing it. A severe bug that crashes the software only once in a blue moon for 1% of the users is lower priority than a mishandled error condition resulting in the need to re-enter a portion of the input for every user every time.
Therefore: Track priority and severity separately, then triage appropriately. It helps to have input from others on the team on priority. The importance of a bug is a project decision, different from the bug's perception by the Customer. In some cases it makes sense to track Urgency, the customer's point of view, separately.
Microsoft uses a four-point scale to describe severity of bugs. Severity 1 is a crash or anything that loses persistent data , i.e., messing up your files on disk. Sev 2 is a feature that doesn't work. Sev 3 is an aspect of a feature that doesn't work. Sev 4 is for purely cosmetic problems, misspellings in dialogs, redraw issues, etc. This system works very well. (Interestingly, sev 4 bugs end up getting set to priority 1 fairly often, because they are frequently very annoying to users, and fixing them is generally easy and doesn't destabilize things.)
Keep clear the difference between severity and priority". The example given says "a start-up splash screen with your company logo backwards and the name misspelled is purely a cosmetic problem. However, most companies would treat it as a high-priority bug."
Therefore: Track priority and severity separately, then triage appropriately. It helps to have input from others on the team on priority. The importance of a bug is a project decision, different from the bug's perception by the Customer. In some cases it makes sense to track Urgency, the customer's point of view, separately.
Microsoft uses a four-point scale to describe severity of bugs. Severity 1 is a crash or anything that loses persistent data , i.e., messing up your files on disk. Sev 2 is a feature that doesn't work. Sev 3 is an aspect of a feature that doesn't work. Sev 4 is for purely cosmetic problems, misspellings in dialogs, redraw issues, etc. This system works very well. (Interestingly, sev 4 bugs end up getting set to priority 1 fairly often, because they are frequently very annoying to users, and fixing them is generally easy and doesn't destabilize things.)
Keep clear the difference between severity and priority". The example given says "a start-up splash screen with your company logo backwards and the name misspelled is purely a cosmetic problem. However, most companies would treat it as a high-priority bug."
Six Sigma Terms and Definitions
According to Jack Welch, former CEO of General Electric (GE), and one of the most succesful corporate leaders ever, who used Six Sigma as major Quality Improvement method:
Six Sigma is one the biggest management innovations of the past 25 years. Six Sigma improves the development procedures, brings products faster to the market with less defects, and reduces cost. The biggest - but least praised - advantage of Six Sigma is its potential to cultivate excellent leaders.Six Sigma is not about averages, it is about eliminating variances from your relationship with the customers.
Six Sigma Definitions from the the GE website:
Quality Approaches and Models
DFSS – (Design for Six Sigma) is a systematic methodology utilizing tools, training and measurements to enable us to design products and processes that meet customer expectations and can be produced at Six Sigma quality levels.
DMAIC – (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve and Control) is a process for continued improvement. It is systematic, scientific and fact based. This closed-loop process eliminates unproductive steps, often focuses on new measurements, and applies technology for improvement.
Six Sigma – A vision of quality which equates with only 3.4 defects per million opportunities for each product or service transaction. Strives for perfection.
Quality Tools
Associates are exposed to various tools and terms related to quality. Below are just a few of them.
Control Chart – Monitors variance in a process over time and alerts the business to unexpected variance which may cause defects.
Defect Measurement – Accounting for the number or frequency of defects that cause lapses in product or service quality.
Pareto Diagram – Focuses on efforts or the problems that have the greatest potential for improvement by showing relative frequency and/or size in a descending bar graph. Based on the proven Pareto principle: 20% of the sources cause 80% of any problems.
Process Mapping – Illustrated description of how things get done, which enables participants to visualize an entire process and identify areas of strength and weaknesses. It helps reduce cycle time and defects while recognizing the value of individual contributions.
Root Cause Analysis – Study of original reason for nonconformance with a process. When the root cause is removed or corrected, the nonconformance will be eliminated.
Statistical Process Control – The application of statistical methods to analyze data, study and monitor process capability and performance.
Tree Diagram – Graphically shows any broad goal broken into different levels of detailed actions. It encourages team members to expand their thinking when creating solutions.
Quality Terms
Black Belt – Leaders of team responsible for measuring, analyzing, improving and controlling key processes that influence customer satisfaction and/or productivity growth. Black Belts are full-time positions.
Control – The state of stability, normal variation and predictability. Process of regulating and guiding operations and processes using quantitative data.
CTQ: Critical to Quality (Critical "Y") – Element of a process or practice which has a direct impact on its perceived quality.
Customer Needs, Expectations – Needs, as defined by customers, which meet their basic requirements and standards.
Defects – Sources of customer irritation. Defects are costly to both customers and to manufacturers or service providers. Eliminating defects provides cost benefits.
Green Belt – Similar to Black Belt but not a full-time position.
Master Black Belt – First and foremost teachers. They also review and mentor Black Belts. Selection criteria for Master Black Belts are quantitative skills and the ability to teach and mentor. Master Black Belts are full-time positions.
Variance – A change in a process or business practice that may alter its expected outcome.
Six Sigma aims at repeating internal processes and complex new product developments. Forced application of Six Sigma in creative activities does not make a lot of sense and cause a lot of commotion.
Six Sigma is one the biggest management innovations of the past 25 years. Six Sigma improves the development procedures, brings products faster to the market with less defects, and reduces cost. The biggest - but least praised - advantage of Six Sigma is its potential to cultivate excellent leaders.Six Sigma is not about averages, it is about eliminating variances from your relationship with the customers.
Six Sigma Definitions from the the GE website:
Quality Approaches and Models
DFSS – (Design for Six Sigma) is a systematic methodology utilizing tools, training and measurements to enable us to design products and processes that meet customer expectations and can be produced at Six Sigma quality levels.
DMAIC – (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve and Control) is a process for continued improvement. It is systematic, scientific and fact based. This closed-loop process eliminates unproductive steps, often focuses on new measurements, and applies technology for improvement.
Six Sigma – A vision of quality which equates with only 3.4 defects per million opportunities for each product or service transaction. Strives for perfection.
Quality Tools
Associates are exposed to various tools and terms related to quality. Below are just a few of them.
Control Chart – Monitors variance in a process over time and alerts the business to unexpected variance which may cause defects.
Defect Measurement – Accounting for the number or frequency of defects that cause lapses in product or service quality.
Pareto Diagram – Focuses on efforts or the problems that have the greatest potential for improvement by showing relative frequency and/or size in a descending bar graph. Based on the proven Pareto principle: 20% of the sources cause 80% of any problems.
Process Mapping – Illustrated description of how things get done, which enables participants to visualize an entire process and identify areas of strength and weaknesses. It helps reduce cycle time and defects while recognizing the value of individual contributions.
Root Cause Analysis – Study of original reason for nonconformance with a process. When the root cause is removed or corrected, the nonconformance will be eliminated.
Statistical Process Control – The application of statistical methods to analyze data, study and monitor process capability and performance.
Tree Diagram – Graphically shows any broad goal broken into different levels of detailed actions. It encourages team members to expand their thinking when creating solutions.
Quality Terms
Black Belt – Leaders of team responsible for measuring, analyzing, improving and controlling key processes that influence customer satisfaction and/or productivity growth. Black Belts are full-time positions.
Control – The state of stability, normal variation and predictability. Process of regulating and guiding operations and processes using quantitative data.
CTQ: Critical to Quality (Critical "Y") – Element of a process or practice which has a direct impact on its perceived quality.
Customer Needs, Expectations – Needs, as defined by customers, which meet their basic requirements and standards.
Defects – Sources of customer irritation. Defects are costly to both customers and to manufacturers or service providers. Eliminating defects provides cost benefits.
Green Belt – Similar to Black Belt but not a full-time position.
Master Black Belt – First and foremost teachers. They also review and mentor Black Belts. Selection criteria for Master Black Belts are quantitative skills and the ability to teach and mentor. Master Black Belts are full-time positions.
Variance – A change in a process or business practice that may alter its expected outcome.
Six Sigma aims at repeating internal processes and complex new product developments. Forced application of Six Sigma in creative activities does not make a lot of sense and cause a lot of commotion.
How To Prepare A Killer Bug Report?
Introduction
After a defect has been found, it must be reported to development so that it can be fixed. Much has been written about identifying defects and reproducing them– but very little has been done to explain the reporting process and what developers really need.
Overview of Bugs
No matter what a system does, what language it’s written in, what platform it’s run on, whether it’s client/server based or not– its basic functions are the same. They are broken down into the following categories:
1. Entry
2. Storage
3. Output
4. Process
As the interaction between data and the system increases usually so does the severity of the bug, and the detail needed in a report.
Bug severity can be categorized as follows:
1. Cosmetic
2. Inconvenience
3. Loss of Function
4. System Crash or Hang
5. Loss of Data
Cosmetic bugs are the simplest bugs to report, and affect the system the least. They are simply instances where things look wrong. Spelling errors, screen anomalies– these are cosmetic bugs.
Bugs that are classified as an inconvenience are just that, something that makes the system harder to use. These are slightly more nebulous since part of their effect is subjective. This also makes it harder to describe what the actual problem is.
When a bug results in a loss of function, reporting becomes a bit more complicated and the urgency to fix the bug is greater. These bugs do not affect the data, but it means that a process is useless until it is fixed. Because of this, the report again becomes more complicated.
Bugs that cause the system to crash or hang can be the hardest to reproduce, and therefore the hardest to adequately describe. If you experience a crash or hang in testing, it is imperative to see if you can reproduce the problem, documenting all the steps taken along the way. On these occasions, it is also important to include the data used in causing the system to crash/hang.
The final classification is the worst– bugs that result in the loss of data. Data is the heart of almost every system, and anything that threatens the integrity of that data must be fixed as quickly as possible. Therefore more than any other bug type it must be documented as thoroughly as possible.
Reporting Guidelines
The key to making a good report is providing the development staff with as much information as necessary to reproduce the bug. This can be broken down into 5 points:
1) Give a brief description of the problem
2) List the steps that are needed to reproduce the bug or problem
3) Supply all relevant information such as version, project and data used.
4) Supply a copy of all relevant reports and data including copies of the expected results.
5) Summarize what you think the problem is.
When you are reporting a defect the more information you supply, the easier it will be for the developers to determine the problem and fix it.
Simple problems can have a simple report, but the more complex the problem– the more information the developer is going to need.
For example: cosmetic errors may only require a brief description of the screen, how to get it and what needs to be changed.
However, an error in processing will require a more detailed description, such as:
1) The name of the process and how to get to it.
2) Documentation on what was expected. (Expected results).
3) The source of the expected results, if available. This includes spread sheets, an earlier version of the software and any formulas used).
4) Documentation on what actually happened. (Perceived results).
5) An explanation of how the results differed.
6) Identify the individual items that are wrong.
7) If specific data is involved, a copy of the data both before and after the process should be included.
8) Copies of any output should be included.
As a rule the detail of your report will increase based on a) the severity of the bug, b) the level of the processing and the c) the complexity of reproducing the bug.
Postmortem of a Bug Report
Bug reports need to do more than just describe the bug. They have to give developers something to work with so that they can successfully reproduce the problem.
In most cases the more correct information given, the better. The report should explain exactly how to reproduce the problem and an explanation of exactly what the problem is.
The basic items in a report are as follows:
Version:
This is very important. In most cases the product is not static, developers will have been working on it and if they’ve found a bug– it may already have been reported or even fixed. In either case, they need to know which version to use when testing out the bug.
Product:
If you are developing more than one product– Identify the product in question.
Data:
Unless you are reporting something very simple, such as a cosmetic error on a screen, you should include a dataset that exhibits the error.
If you’re reporting a processing error, you should include two versions of the dataset, one before the process and one after. If the dataset from before the process is not included, developers will be forced to try and find the bug based on forensic evidence. With the data, developers can trace what is happening.
Steps:
List the steps taken to recreate the bug. Include all proper menu names, don’t abbreviate and don’t assume anything.
After you’ve finished writing down the steps, follow them - make sure you’ve included everything you type and do to get to the problem. If there are parameters, list them. If you have to enter any data, supply the exact data entered. Go through the process again and see if there are any steps that can be removed.
When you report the steps they should be the clearest steps to recreating the bug.
Description:
Explain what is wrong - Try to weed out any extraneous information, but detail what is wrong. Include a list of what was expected. Remember report one problem at a time, don’t combine bugs in one report.
Supporting Documentation:
If available, supply documentation. If the process is a report, include a copy of the report with the problem areas highlighted. Include what you expected. If you have a report to compare against, include it and its source information (if it’s a printout from a previous version, include the version number and the dataset used)
This information should be stored in a centralized location so that Developers and Testers have access to the information. The developers need it to reproduce the bug, identify it and fix it. Testers will need this information for later regression testing and verification.
Organization
Organization is one of the most important tools available. If your reporting process is organized and standardized it will serve you well. Take the time to develop a standardized method of reporting and train Testers, QA and Beta-testers in its use.
If at all possible, use a tracking system for your defect/development tracking and make sure that everyone using it understands the fields and their importance.
Document your data samples to match up with the bugs/defects reported. These will be useful both to development when fixing the bug and to Testing/QA when it comes time for regression testing.
Summary
A bug report is a case against a product. In order to work it must supply all necessary information to not only identify the problem but what is needed to fix it as well.
It is not enough to say that something is wrong. The report must also say what the system should be doing.
The report should be written in clear concise steps, so that someone who has never seen the system can follow the steps and reproduce the problem. It should include information about the product, including the version number, what data was used.
The more organized information provided, the better the report will be.
After a defect has been found, it must be reported to development so that it can be fixed. Much has been written about identifying defects and reproducing them– but very little has been done to explain the reporting process and what developers really need.
Overview of Bugs
No matter what a system does, what language it’s written in, what platform it’s run on, whether it’s client/server based or not– its basic functions are the same. They are broken down into the following categories:
1. Entry
2. Storage
3. Output
4. Process
As the interaction between data and the system increases usually so does the severity of the bug, and the detail needed in a report.
Bug severity can be categorized as follows:
1. Cosmetic
2. Inconvenience
3. Loss of Function
4. System Crash or Hang
5. Loss of Data
Cosmetic bugs are the simplest bugs to report, and affect the system the least. They are simply instances where things look wrong. Spelling errors, screen anomalies– these are cosmetic bugs.
Bugs that are classified as an inconvenience are just that, something that makes the system harder to use. These are slightly more nebulous since part of their effect is subjective. This also makes it harder to describe what the actual problem is.
When a bug results in a loss of function, reporting becomes a bit more complicated and the urgency to fix the bug is greater. These bugs do not affect the data, but it means that a process is useless until it is fixed. Because of this, the report again becomes more complicated.
Bugs that cause the system to crash or hang can be the hardest to reproduce, and therefore the hardest to adequately describe. If you experience a crash or hang in testing, it is imperative to see if you can reproduce the problem, documenting all the steps taken along the way. On these occasions, it is also important to include the data used in causing the system to crash/hang.
The final classification is the worst– bugs that result in the loss of data. Data is the heart of almost every system, and anything that threatens the integrity of that data must be fixed as quickly as possible. Therefore more than any other bug type it must be documented as thoroughly as possible.
Reporting Guidelines
The key to making a good report is providing the development staff with as much information as necessary to reproduce the bug. This can be broken down into 5 points:
1) Give a brief description of the problem
2) List the steps that are needed to reproduce the bug or problem
3) Supply all relevant information such as version, project and data used.
4) Supply a copy of all relevant reports and data including copies of the expected results.
5) Summarize what you think the problem is.
When you are reporting a defect the more information you supply, the easier it will be for the developers to determine the problem and fix it.
Simple problems can have a simple report, but the more complex the problem– the more information the developer is going to need.
For example: cosmetic errors may only require a brief description of the screen, how to get it and what needs to be changed.
However, an error in processing will require a more detailed description, such as:
1) The name of the process and how to get to it.
2) Documentation on what was expected. (Expected results).
3) The source of the expected results, if available. This includes spread sheets, an earlier version of the software and any formulas used).
4) Documentation on what actually happened. (Perceived results).
5) An explanation of how the results differed.
6) Identify the individual items that are wrong.
7) If specific data is involved, a copy of the data both before and after the process should be included.
8) Copies of any output should be included.
As a rule the detail of your report will increase based on a) the severity of the bug, b) the level of the processing and the c) the complexity of reproducing the bug.
Postmortem of a Bug Report
Bug reports need to do more than just describe the bug. They have to give developers something to work with so that they can successfully reproduce the problem.
In most cases the more correct information given, the better. The report should explain exactly how to reproduce the problem and an explanation of exactly what the problem is.
The basic items in a report are as follows:
Version:
This is very important. In most cases the product is not static, developers will have been working on it and if they’ve found a bug– it may already have been reported or even fixed. In either case, they need to know which version to use when testing out the bug.
Product:
If you are developing more than one product– Identify the product in question.
Data:
Unless you are reporting something very simple, such as a cosmetic error on a screen, you should include a dataset that exhibits the error.
If you’re reporting a processing error, you should include two versions of the dataset, one before the process and one after. If the dataset from before the process is not included, developers will be forced to try and find the bug based on forensic evidence. With the data, developers can trace what is happening.
Steps:
List the steps taken to recreate the bug. Include all proper menu names, don’t abbreviate and don’t assume anything.
After you’ve finished writing down the steps, follow them - make sure you’ve included everything you type and do to get to the problem. If there are parameters, list them. If you have to enter any data, supply the exact data entered. Go through the process again and see if there are any steps that can be removed.
When you report the steps they should be the clearest steps to recreating the bug.
Description:
Explain what is wrong - Try to weed out any extraneous information, but detail what is wrong. Include a list of what was expected. Remember report one problem at a time, don’t combine bugs in one report.
Supporting Documentation:
If available, supply documentation. If the process is a report, include a copy of the report with the problem areas highlighted. Include what you expected. If you have a report to compare against, include it and its source information (if it’s a printout from a previous version, include the version number and the dataset used)
This information should be stored in a centralized location so that Developers and Testers have access to the information. The developers need it to reproduce the bug, identify it and fix it. Testers will need this information for later regression testing and verification.
Organization
Organization is one of the most important tools available. If your reporting process is organized and standardized it will serve you well. Take the time to develop a standardized method of reporting and train Testers, QA and Beta-testers in its use.
If at all possible, use a tracking system for your defect/development tracking and make sure that everyone using it understands the fields and their importance.
Document your data samples to match up with the bugs/defects reported. These will be useful both to development when fixing the bug and to Testing/QA when it comes time for regression testing.
Summary
A bug report is a case against a product. In order to work it must supply all necessary information to not only identify the problem but what is needed to fix it as well.
It is not enough to say that something is wrong. The report must also say what the system should be doing.
The report should be written in clear concise steps, so that someone who has never seen the system can follow the steps and reproduce the problem. It should include information about the product, including the version number, what data was used.
The more organized information provided, the better the report will be.
Different Types of Software Testing
Unit testing: This type of testing tests individual application objects or methods in an isolated environment before being integrated into the system. It verifies the smallest unit of the application to ensure the correct structure and the defined operations. Unit testing is the most efficient and effective means to detect defects or bugs at the most basic level. The testing tools available in the market today are capable of creating unit test scripts. This type of testing is mostly done by the developers.
Integration testing: This testing is to evaluate proper functioning of the integrated modules (objects, methods) that make up a subsystem. The focus of integration testing is on cross-functional tests rather than on unit tests within one module. Available testing tools usually provide gateways to create stubs and mock objects for this test.
System testing: System testing should be executed as soon as an integrated set of modules has been assembled to form the application. System testing verifies the product by testing the application in the integrated system environment.
Regression testing: Regression testing ensures that code modification, bug correction, and any postproduction activities have not introduced any additional bugs into the previously tested code. This test often reuses the test scripts created for unit and integration testing. Software testing tools offer harnesses to manage these test scripts and schedule the regression testing.
Usability testing: Usability testing ensures that the presentation, data flow, and general ergonomics of the application meet the requirements of the intended users. This testing phase is critical to attract and keep customers. Usually, manual testing methods are inevitable for this purpose.
Stress testing: Stress testing makes sure that the features of the software and hardware continue to function correctly under a pre-designed set and volume of test scenarios. The purpose of stress testing is to ensure that the system can hold and operate efficiently under different load conditions. Thus, the possible hardware platforms, operating systems, and other applications used by the customers should be considered for this testing phase. Test conditions are bare minimum resources.
Load testing: This test involves giving the system more than what it can handle. In this sort, this test is the opposite of stress testing.
Performance testing: Performance testing measures the response times of the systems to complete a task and the efficiency of the algorithms under varied conditions. Therefore, performance testing also takes into consideration the possible hardware platforms, operating systems, and other applications used by the customers.
Repetitive testing: This test involves repeating the same test again and again till it eventually exposes a bug. This testing can help discover memory leaks in the software.
The following tests are done to determine if an application is world-ready.
Globalization Testing: The goal of globalization testing is to detect potential problems in application design that could inhibit globalization. It makes sure that the code can handle all international support without breaking functionality that would cause either data loss or display problems. Globalization testing checks proper functionality of the product with any of the culture/locale settings using every type of international input possible.
Localization Testing: Localization translates the product UI and occasionally changes some initial settings to make it suitable for another region. Localization testing checks the quality of a product's localization for a particular target culture/locale. This test is based on the results of globalization testing, which verifies the functional support for that particular culture/locale. Localization testing can be executed only on the localized version of a product. Localizability testing does not test for localization quality.
Localizability Testing: Localizability testing verifies that you can easily translate the user interface of the program to any target language without re-engineering or modifying code. Localizability testing catches bugs normally found during product localization, so localization of the program is required to complete this test. As such, localizability testing is essentially a hybrid of globalization testing and localization testing.
Compatibility Testing: Compatibility testing verifies that the application or software is compatible with all the platforms and other end user settings.
Accessibility Testing: Accessibility testing verifies that the application is well designed for all kinds of users and works even without the available audio-visual technology.
Integration testing: This testing is to evaluate proper functioning of the integrated modules (objects, methods) that make up a subsystem. The focus of integration testing is on cross-functional tests rather than on unit tests within one module. Available testing tools usually provide gateways to create stubs and mock objects for this test.
System testing: System testing should be executed as soon as an integrated set of modules has been assembled to form the application. System testing verifies the product by testing the application in the integrated system environment.
Regression testing: Regression testing ensures that code modification, bug correction, and any postproduction activities have not introduced any additional bugs into the previously tested code. This test often reuses the test scripts created for unit and integration testing. Software testing tools offer harnesses to manage these test scripts and schedule the regression testing.
Usability testing: Usability testing ensures that the presentation, data flow, and general ergonomics of the application meet the requirements of the intended users. This testing phase is critical to attract and keep customers. Usually, manual testing methods are inevitable for this purpose.
Stress testing: Stress testing makes sure that the features of the software and hardware continue to function correctly under a pre-designed set and volume of test scenarios. The purpose of stress testing is to ensure that the system can hold and operate efficiently under different load conditions. Thus, the possible hardware platforms, operating systems, and other applications used by the customers should be considered for this testing phase. Test conditions are bare minimum resources.
Load testing: This test involves giving the system more than what it can handle. In this sort, this test is the opposite of stress testing.
Performance testing: Performance testing measures the response times of the systems to complete a task and the efficiency of the algorithms under varied conditions. Therefore, performance testing also takes into consideration the possible hardware platforms, operating systems, and other applications used by the customers.
Repetitive testing: This test involves repeating the same test again and again till it eventually exposes a bug. This testing can help discover memory leaks in the software.
The following tests are done to determine if an application is world-ready.
Globalization Testing: The goal of globalization testing is to detect potential problems in application design that could inhibit globalization. It makes sure that the code can handle all international support without breaking functionality that would cause either data loss or display problems. Globalization testing checks proper functionality of the product with any of the culture/locale settings using every type of international input possible.
Localization Testing: Localization translates the product UI and occasionally changes some initial settings to make it suitable for another region. Localization testing checks the quality of a product's localization for a particular target culture/locale. This test is based on the results of globalization testing, which verifies the functional support for that particular culture/locale. Localization testing can be executed only on the localized version of a product. Localizability testing does not test for localization quality.
Localizability Testing: Localizability testing verifies that you can easily translate the user interface of the program to any target language without re-engineering or modifying code. Localizability testing catches bugs normally found during product localization, so localization of the program is required to complete this test. As such, localizability testing is essentially a hybrid of globalization testing and localization testing.
Compatibility Testing: Compatibility testing verifies that the application or software is compatible with all the platforms and other end user settings.
Accessibility Testing: Accessibility testing verifies that the application is well designed for all kinds of users and works even without the available audio-visual technology.
What is ACID Testing?
One of the primary tests for reliability of a database management system (DBMS) is the ACID test. ACID-compliant systems possess certain properties that offer greater protection to stored data in the event of an unexpected hardware or software failure; even if the database is being read from or written to at the time the failure occurs.In general, an ACID-compliant DBMS is greatly preferred to a non-complaint DBMS. In applications where the availability and integrity of the stored data are critical, an ACID-compliant database is required; non-compliant systems should be automatically rejected.The ACID test alone does not guarantee reliability. Other factors such as the reliability of the host environment (both hardware and software components), a strictly observed backup policy, etc. are also crucial in maintaining any DBMS.
The four ACID properties are Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation and Durability.
Atomicity
When a transaction that updates the database occurs, either all of the update occurs, or none of the update occurs, even if a hardware or software failure occurs during the transaction.
For example, suppose that a particular transaction is supposed to update a record consisting of ten fields of data (name, gender, age, etc.) into a customer database. Further suppose that an unexpected software failure occurs halfway through the transaction. If the DBMS is not atomic, when the database comes back online, the record will be in an unknown state: All, some or none of the fields in the record may have been updated. Therefore, a future transaction that depends on the record may be relying upon incorrect information. In contrast, an atomic DBMS in the same situation would void the already completed parts of the transaction and return to the state before the transaction was attempted.
The mostly widely used mechanism for providing atomicity is the transactional commit/rollback mechanism. A group of write operations in a transactions are attempted. If all of the writes succeed, then the writes are committed to the database; that is, the writes are made permanent. If any of the writes failed, then the database is rolled back to the point before the transaction was started.
Consistency
Any change to the value of an instance is consistent with all other changes to other values of that instance.
For example, suppose a student checks out a 2N222 transistor. The 2N2222 must be charged against the student's account, the number of 2N2222 transistors available must be decreased by one and the number of 2N2222 transistors in use must be increased by one. If all of these changes do not occur, the database is in an inconsistent state.
An ACID-complaint DBMS provides the tools to enforce consistency, usually in the form of rules checking. However, it is up to the designer to implement consistency enforcement.
Isolation
Isolation prevents changes in concurrent transactions from conflicting with each other. Isolation also allows multiple users to each use the database as if he or she were the only user.
Isolation is primarily accomplished through locking. To lock a table or record prevents other transactions from reading or writing the data in that table or record until the current transaction is finished. This process ensures that no transaction reads data, which is no longer valid.
Locking a record is preferable to locking an entire table. Pending transactions on a locked table must wait for the entire table to be unlocked, even if only one record in the table is being updated. In contrast, with record-level locking, only transactions that depend upon the locked record must wait; other transactions can proceed without waiting.
Durability
When a hardware or software failure occurs, the information in the database must be accurate up to the last committed transaction before the failure.
This durability is required even if the failure causes the operating system to crash or the server to shut down. The only exception is a hard disk failure, at which point the database is valid up to the last successful backup made before the failure.
All durable database management systems are atomic, but not all atomic database management systems are durable.
The four ACID properties are Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation and Durability.
Atomicity
When a transaction that updates the database occurs, either all of the update occurs, or none of the update occurs, even if a hardware or software failure occurs during the transaction.
For example, suppose that a particular transaction is supposed to update a record consisting of ten fields of data (name, gender, age, etc.) into a customer database. Further suppose that an unexpected software failure occurs halfway through the transaction. If the DBMS is not atomic, when the database comes back online, the record will be in an unknown state: All, some or none of the fields in the record may have been updated. Therefore, a future transaction that depends on the record may be relying upon incorrect information. In contrast, an atomic DBMS in the same situation would void the already completed parts of the transaction and return to the state before the transaction was attempted.
The mostly widely used mechanism for providing atomicity is the transactional commit/rollback mechanism. A group of write operations in a transactions are attempted. If all of the writes succeed, then the writes are committed to the database; that is, the writes are made permanent. If any of the writes failed, then the database is rolled back to the point before the transaction was started.
Consistency
Any change to the value of an instance is consistent with all other changes to other values of that instance.
For example, suppose a student checks out a 2N222 transistor. The 2N2222 must be charged against the student's account, the number of 2N2222 transistors available must be decreased by one and the number of 2N2222 transistors in use must be increased by one. If all of these changes do not occur, the database is in an inconsistent state.
An ACID-complaint DBMS provides the tools to enforce consistency, usually in the form of rules checking. However, it is up to the designer to implement consistency enforcement.
Isolation
Isolation prevents changes in concurrent transactions from conflicting with each other. Isolation also allows multiple users to each use the database as if he or she were the only user.
Isolation is primarily accomplished through locking. To lock a table or record prevents other transactions from reading or writing the data in that table or record until the current transaction is finished. This process ensures that no transaction reads data, which is no longer valid.
Locking a record is preferable to locking an entire table. Pending transactions on a locked table must wait for the entire table to be unlocked, even if only one record in the table is being updated. In contrast, with record-level locking, only transactions that depend upon the locked record must wait; other transactions can proceed without waiting.
Durability
When a hardware or software failure occurs, the information in the database must be accurate up to the last committed transaction before the failure.
This durability is required even if the failure causes the operating system to crash or the server to shut down. The only exception is a hard disk failure, at which point the database is valid up to the last successful backup made before the failure.
All durable database management systems are atomic, but not all atomic database management systems are durable.
Test Director Interview Questions
1. What is meant by test lab in test director?
Test lab is a part of test director where we can execute our test on different cycles creating test tree for each one of them. We need to add test to these test trees from the tests, which are placed under test plan in the project. Internally test director will refer to this test while running then in the test lab.
2. Can you map the defects directly to the requirements(Not through the test cases) in the test director?
In the following methods is most likely to used in this case:
Create your Req.Structure
Create the test case structure and the test cases
Map the test cases to the App.Req
Run and report bugs from your test cases in the test lab module.
The database structure in test director is mapping test cases to defects, only if you have created the bug from Application. test case may be we can update the mapping by using some code in the bug script module(from the customize project function), as per as i know, it is not possible to map defects directly to an requirements.
3. how do you run reports from test director. Does any one have good white paper or articles?
This is how you do it
1. Open the test director project
2. Displays the requirements modules
3. Choose report
Analysis > reports > standard requirements report
4. Can we upload test cases from an excel sheet into test director?
Yes go to Add-In menu test director, find the excel add-In, and install it in your machine.
Now open excel, you can find the new menu option export to test director. Rest of the procedure is self explanatory.
5. Can we export the file from test director to excel sheet. If yes then how?
Requirement tab– Right click on main req/click on export/save as word, excel or other template. This would save all the child requirements
Test plan tab: Only individual test can be exported. no parent child export is possible. Select a test script, click on the design steps tab, right click anywhere on the open window. Click on export and save as.
Test lab tab: Select a child group. Click on execution grid if it is not selected. Right click anywhere. Default save option is excel. But can be saved in documents and other formats. Select all or selected option
Defects Tab: Right click anywhere on the window, export all or selected defects and save excel sheet or document.
6. How many types of tabs are there in test director. Explain?
There are four types of tabs are available
1. Requirement : To track the customer requirements
2. Testplan : To design the test cases and to store the test scripts
3. test lab : To execute the test cases and track the results.
4. Defect : To log a defect and to track the logged defects.
7. How to map the requirements with test cases in test director?
1. In requirements tab select coverage view
2. Select requirement by clicking on parent/child or grandchild
3. On right hand side(In coverage view window) another window will appear. It has two tabs
a) Tests coverage
b) Details
Test coverage tab will be selected by default or you click on it.
4. Click on select tests button a new window will appear on right hand side and you will see a list of all tests. You cans elect any test case you want to map with your requirements.
8. How to use test director in real time project?
Once completed the preparing of test cases
1. Export the test cases into test director( It will contained total 8 steps)
2. The test cases will be loaded in the test plan module
3. Once the execution is started. We move the test cases from test plan tab to the test lab module.
4. In test lab, we execute the test cases and put as pass or fail or incomplete. We generate the graph in the test lab for daily report and sent to the on site (where ever you want to deliver)
5. If we got any defects and raise the defects in the defect module. when raising the defects, attach the defects with the screen shot.
9. Difference between Web Inspect-QA Inspect?
QA Inspect finds and prioritizes security vulnerabilities in an entire web application or in specific usage scenarios during testing and presents detail information and remediation advise about each vulnerability.
Web Inspect ensures the security of your most critical information by identifying known and unknown vulnerabilities within the web application. With web Inspect, auditors, compliance officers and security experts can perform security assessments on a web enabled application. Web inspect enables users to perform security assessments for any web application or web service, including the industry leading application platforms.
10. How can w add requirements to test cases in test director?
Just you can use the option of add requirements.
Two kinds of requirements are available in TD.
1. Parent Requirement
2. Child requirements.
Parent Requirements nothing but title of the requirements, it covers high level functions of the requirements
Child requirement nothing but sub title of requirements, it covers low level functions of the requirements.
Test lab is a part of test director where we can execute our test on different cycles creating test tree for each one of them. We need to add test to these test trees from the tests, which are placed under test plan in the project. Internally test director will refer to this test while running then in the test lab.
2. Can you map the defects directly to the requirements(Not through the test cases) in the test director?
In the following methods is most likely to used in this case:
Create your Req.Structure
Create the test case structure and the test cases
Map the test cases to the App.Req
Run and report bugs from your test cases in the test lab module.
The database structure in test director is mapping test cases to defects, only if you have created the bug from Application. test case may be we can update the mapping by using some code in the bug script module(from the customize project function), as per as i know, it is not possible to map defects directly to an requirements.
3. how do you run reports from test director. Does any one have good white paper or articles?
This is how you do it
1. Open the test director project
2. Displays the requirements modules
3. Choose report
Analysis > reports > standard requirements report
4. Can we upload test cases from an excel sheet into test director?
Yes go to Add-In menu test director, find the excel add-In, and install it in your machine.
Now open excel, you can find the new menu option export to test director. Rest of the procedure is self explanatory.
5. Can we export the file from test director to excel sheet. If yes then how?
Requirement tab– Right click on main req/click on export/save as word, excel or other template. This would save all the child requirements
Test plan tab: Only individual test can be exported. no parent child export is possible. Select a test script, click on the design steps tab, right click anywhere on the open window. Click on export and save as.
Test lab tab: Select a child group. Click on execution grid if it is not selected. Right click anywhere. Default save option is excel. But can be saved in documents and other formats. Select all or selected option
Defects Tab: Right click anywhere on the window, export all or selected defects and save excel sheet or document.
6. How many types of tabs are there in test director. Explain?
There are four types of tabs are available
1. Requirement : To track the customer requirements
2. Testplan : To design the test cases and to store the test scripts
3. test lab : To execute the test cases and track the results.
4. Defect : To log a defect and to track the logged defects.
7. How to map the requirements with test cases in test director?
1. In requirements tab select coverage view
2. Select requirement by clicking on parent/child or grandchild
3. On right hand side(In coverage view window) another window will appear. It has two tabs
a) Tests coverage
b) Details
Test coverage tab will be selected by default or you click on it.
4. Click on select tests button a new window will appear on right hand side and you will see a list of all tests. You cans elect any test case you want to map with your requirements.
8. How to use test director in real time project?
Once completed the preparing of test cases
1. Export the test cases into test director( It will contained total 8 steps)
2. The test cases will be loaded in the test plan module
3. Once the execution is started. We move the test cases from test plan tab to the test lab module.
4. In test lab, we execute the test cases and put as pass or fail or incomplete. We generate the graph in the test lab for daily report and sent to the on site (where ever you want to deliver)
5. If we got any defects and raise the defects in the defect module. when raising the defects, attach the defects with the screen shot.
9. Difference between Web Inspect-QA Inspect?
QA Inspect finds and prioritizes security vulnerabilities in an entire web application or in specific usage scenarios during testing and presents detail information and remediation advise about each vulnerability.
Web Inspect ensures the security of your most critical information by identifying known and unknown vulnerabilities within the web application. With web Inspect, auditors, compliance officers and security experts can perform security assessments on a web enabled application. Web inspect enables users to perform security assessments for any web application or web service, including the industry leading application platforms.
10. How can w add requirements to test cases in test director?
Just you can use the option of add requirements.
Two kinds of requirements are available in TD.
1. Parent Requirement
2. Child requirements.
Parent Requirements nothing but title of the requirements, it covers high level functions of the requirements
Child requirement nothing but sub title of requirements, it covers low level functions of the requirements.
Test Director Interview Questions Part-1
1. How many types of tabs in Test Director?
There are 4 tabs available in Test Director.
1. Requirement
2. Test plan
3.Test lab.
4. Defect
We can change the name of Tabs, as we like. Test Director enables us to rename the Tab. In TD there only 4 tabs are available.
2. How to generate the graphs in Test Director?
The generation of graphs in the Test Director that to Test Lab module is:
1. Analysis
2. graph.
3. Graph Wizard.
4. select the graph type as summary and click the next button.
5. Select the show current tests and click the next button.
6. Select the define a new filter and click the filter button.
7. Select the tests set and click on the ok button
8. select the plan: subject and click on the Ok button.
9. select the plan:status.
10. select the test set as X axis.
11. Click the finish button.
3. How can we export multiple test cases from TD in a single go?
If we want to export it to any office tools
1. Select the multiple steps/cases you need.
2. Right click > save as and proceed.
4. How to upload test cases from excel into test director?
First we have to activate excel in test director with the help of adding page. After activation we can view the option as ‘export to test director’ in excel under tools tab.
If you select the export to test director pop up dialog box opens the following process should be followed i.e.,
Enter
1. URL of Test Director
2. Domain name and project name
3. user name and password
4. Select anyone of these 3 options: Requirements or test cases or defects
5. Select a map option. a)select a map b)select a new map name c)create a temporary map.
6. Map the test director to corresponding excel. Map the field whatever you mention in excel.
These are the required steps to export the excel into TD.
5. Does anyone know of any integration between Test director and Rational Robot?
Any idea on the technical feasibility of such integration and level of effort would also be interesting?
Test Director is software management tool. It is a Mercury Interactive Product.
Rational Robot is a Rational product. It comes included with ‘test manager’ module for software management.
Integrating the test director and Rational Robot is not feasible.
6. Explain the project tree in test director?
Project Tree in test director : Planning tests –Create test– execute tests–tracking defects.
7. What is coverage status, what does it do?
Coverage status is percentage of testing covered at a given time. If you have 100 test cases in a project and you have finished 40 of test cases out of total test cases then your coverage status of project is 40%. Coverage Status is used to keep track of project accomplishment to meet the final deadline of the deliverables.
8. Difference between data validation and data integrity.
Data Validation: We check whether the input data/output data is valid in terms of its length, data type etc..
Data Integrity: We check out database contains only accurate data. We implement data integrity with the help of integrity constraints. So in data integrity we check whether the integrity constraints or implemented correctly or not
9. What are the uses of filters in test director?
Limits the data displayed according to the criteria you specified.
For Ex: You could create a filter that displays only those tests associated with the specified tester and subject.
Each filter contains multiple filter conditions. These are expressions that are applied to a test plan tree or to the field in a grid. When the filter is applied, only those records that meet the filter conditions are displayed.
You create and edit filters with the filter dialog box.This opens when you select the filter command. Once you have created a filter, we can save it for future use.
10. How do we generate test cases through test director?
Test lab we do the design step. Design grid we create parent child tree.
Ex: Database operation (test name)
1. Delete an order
Description: Click delete button to delete the order.
Expected results: Order is deleted.
Pass/Fail:
Update an order
create an order.
There are 4 tabs available in Test Director.
1. Requirement
2. Test plan
3.Test lab.
4. Defect
We can change the name of Tabs, as we like. Test Director enables us to rename the Tab. In TD there only 4 tabs are available.
2. How to generate the graphs in Test Director?
The generation of graphs in the Test Director that to Test Lab module is:
1. Analysis
2. graph.
3. Graph Wizard.
4. select the graph type as summary and click the next button.
5. Select the show current tests and click the next button.
6. Select the define a new filter and click the filter button.
7. Select the tests set and click on the ok button
8. select the plan: subject and click on the Ok button.
9. select the plan:status.
10. select the test set as X axis.
11. Click the finish button.
3. How can we export multiple test cases from TD in a single go?
If we want to export it to any office tools
1. Select the multiple steps/cases you need.
2. Right click > save as and proceed.
4. How to upload test cases from excel into test director?
First we have to activate excel in test director with the help of adding page. After activation we can view the option as ‘export to test director’ in excel under tools tab.
If you select the export to test director pop up dialog box opens the following process should be followed i.e.,
Enter
1. URL of Test Director
2. Domain name and project name
3. user name and password
4. Select anyone of these 3 options: Requirements or test cases or defects
5. Select a map option. a)select a map b)select a new map name c)create a temporary map.
6. Map the test director to corresponding excel. Map the field whatever you mention in excel.
These are the required steps to export the excel into TD.
5. Does anyone know of any integration between Test director and Rational Robot?
Any idea on the technical feasibility of such integration and level of effort would also be interesting?
Test Director is software management tool. It is a Mercury Interactive Product.
Rational Robot is a Rational product. It comes included with ‘test manager’ module for software management.
Integrating the test director and Rational Robot is not feasible.
6. Explain the project tree in test director?
Project Tree in test director : Planning tests –Create test– execute tests–tracking defects.
7. What is coverage status, what does it do?
Coverage status is percentage of testing covered at a given time. If you have 100 test cases in a project and you have finished 40 of test cases out of total test cases then your coverage status of project is 40%. Coverage Status is used to keep track of project accomplishment to meet the final deadline of the deliverables.
8. Difference between data validation and data integrity.
Data Validation: We check whether the input data/output data is valid in terms of its length, data type etc..
Data Integrity: We check out database contains only accurate data. We implement data integrity with the help of integrity constraints. So in data integrity we check whether the integrity constraints or implemented correctly or not
9. What are the uses of filters in test director?
Limits the data displayed according to the criteria you specified.
For Ex: You could create a filter that displays only those tests associated with the specified tester and subject.
Each filter contains multiple filter conditions. These are expressions that are applied to a test plan tree or to the field in a grid. When the filter is applied, only those records that meet the filter conditions are displayed.
You create and edit filters with the filter dialog box.This opens when you select the filter command. Once you have created a filter, we can save it for future use.
10. How do we generate test cases through test director?
Test lab we do the design step. Design grid we create parent child tree.
Ex: Database operation (test name)
1. Delete an order
Description: Click delete button to delete the order.
Expected results: Order is deleted.
Pass/Fail:
Update an order
create an order.
Test Director Interview Questions Part-2
1. What is difference between master test plan and test plan?
Master plan is a document showing the planning for whole of the project i.e. all the phases of the project whereas the test plan is the document required for only testing people.
2. What is the main purpose of storing requirement in Test Director?
In test director(Requirement Tab) we stores our project requirement documents according to our modules or functionality of the applications. This hepls us to makes sores that all requirements are covered when we trace developed Test case/ test script to the requirements.
3. What are the 3 views and what is the purpose of each view?
The 3 views of requirements are:
1. Document view-tabulated view
2. Coverage view- establish a relationship between requirement and the test associated with them along with their execution status. Mostly the requirements are written in this view only.
3. Coverage analysis view-show a chart with requirement associated with the test and execution status of the test.
4. How many types of reports can be generated using Test director?
Reports on test director displays information about the test requirements, the test plan, test runs and defect tracking. Reports can be generated from each Test director module using the default settings, or you can customize them. When customizing a report, you can apply filters and sort conditions, and determine the layout of the fields in the report. You can further customize the report by adding sub reports. You can save the settings of your reports as favorite views and reload them as needed.
Reports available in Requirements Module:
standard Requirements:
Tabular
Requirements with Coverage tests
Requirements with coverage tests and steps
Requirements with associated defects
Reports available in Test plan module:
Stan dared test planning
Subject tree
Tests with covered requirements
Tests with associated defects
Reports available in test lab module:
Current test set
Cross test set with tests
Current test set with failed test runs
Cross test set with failed test runs
Reports available in defects module:
Standard defects
Tabular defects
Defects with associated test and runs
Fixed or rejected defects detected by current user
Opened defects and assigned to current user
5.What does Test Grid contains?
The test Grid displays all the tests in a test director projects
The test grid contains the following key elements
Test grid tool bar, with buttons of commands commonly used when creating and modifying the test grid.
Grid filter, displaying the filter i.e. currently applied for a column
Description Tab: Displaying a description of the selected test in the test grid.
History Tab, displaying the changes made to a test. For each change the grid displays the field name, data of change, name of the person who made the change, and the new value.
6. How will you generate the defect ID in test director? Is it generated automatically or not?
When you will add a new defect and submit it to test director it will generate a new ID for that defect.
The defect ID automatically generate after we click submit button.
7. How do you ensure that there are duplication of bugs in test director?
In the defect tracking window, at the top we can find the similar defect icon, If we click after writing our defect, if any of the tester already added the similar defects it will tell else we can add.
8. How you integrated your automated scripts from test director?
When you work with winrunner you can choose to save your tests directly to your test director database or while creating a test case in the test director we can specify whether the script in automated or manual. And if it is automated script then test director will build a skeleton for the script that can be later modified into one which could be used to test the AUT.
Master plan is a document showing the planning for whole of the project i.e. all the phases of the project whereas the test plan is the document required for only testing people.
2. What is the main purpose of storing requirement in Test Director?
In test director(Requirement Tab) we stores our project requirement documents according to our modules or functionality of the applications. This hepls us to makes sores that all requirements are covered when we trace developed Test case/ test script to the requirements.
3. What are the 3 views and what is the purpose of each view?
The 3 views of requirements are:
1. Document view-tabulated view
2. Coverage view- establish a relationship between requirement and the test associated with them along with their execution status. Mostly the requirements are written in this view only.
3. Coverage analysis view-show a chart with requirement associated with the test and execution status of the test.
4. How many types of reports can be generated using Test director?
Reports on test director displays information about the test requirements, the test plan, test runs and defect tracking. Reports can be generated from each Test director module using the default settings, or you can customize them. When customizing a report, you can apply filters and sort conditions, and determine the layout of the fields in the report. You can further customize the report by adding sub reports. You can save the settings of your reports as favorite views and reload them as needed.
Reports available in Requirements Module:
standard Requirements:
Tabular
Requirements with Coverage tests
Requirements with coverage tests and steps
Requirements with associated defects
Reports available in Test plan module:
Stan dared test planning
Subject tree
Tests with covered requirements
Tests with associated defects
Reports available in test lab module:
Current test set
Cross test set with tests
Current test set with failed test runs
Cross test set with failed test runs
Reports available in defects module:
Standard defects
Tabular defects
Defects with associated test and runs
Fixed or rejected defects detected by current user
Opened defects and assigned to current user
5.What does Test Grid contains?
The test Grid displays all the tests in a test director projects
The test grid contains the following key elements
Test grid tool bar, with buttons of commands commonly used when creating and modifying the test grid.
Grid filter, displaying the filter i.e. currently applied for a column
Description Tab: Displaying a description of the selected test in the test grid.
History Tab, displaying the changes made to a test. For each change the grid displays the field name, data of change, name of the person who made the change, and the new value.
6. How will you generate the defect ID in test director? Is it generated automatically or not?
When you will add a new defect and submit it to test director it will generate a new ID for that defect.
The defect ID automatically generate after we click submit button.
7. How do you ensure that there are duplication of bugs in test director?
In the defect tracking window, at the top we can find the similar defect icon, If we click after writing our defect, if any of the tester already added the similar defects it will tell else we can add.
8. How you integrated your automated scripts from test director?
When you work with winrunner you can choose to save your tests directly to your test director database or while creating a test case in the test director we can specify whether the script in automated or manual. And if it is automated script then test director will build a skeleton for the script that can be later modified into one which could be used to test the AUT.
Bug Tracking Interview Questions - 2
1. What is the difference between use case, test case, test plan?
Use Case: It is prepared by Business analyst in the Functional Requirement Specification(FRS), which are nothing but a steps which are given by the customer.
Test cases: It is prepared by test engineer based on the use cases from FRS to check the functionality of an application thoroughly
Test Plan: Team lead prepares test plan, in it he represents the scope of the test, what to test and what not to test, scheduling, what to test using automation etc.
2. How can we design the test cases from requirements? Do the requirements, represent exact functionality of AUT?
Yes, requirements should represents exact functionality of AUT.
First of all you have to analyze the requirements very thoroughly in terms of functionality. Then we have to thing about suitable test case design technique [Black Box design techniques like Equivalence Class Partitioning (ECP), Boundary Valve Analysis (BVA),Error guessing and Cause Effect Graphing] for writing the test cases.
By these concepts you should design a test case, which should have the capability of finding the absence of defects.
3.How t0 launch the test cases in Test Director and where it is saved?
You create the test cases in the test plan tab and link them to the requirements in the requirement tab. Once the test cases are ready we change the status to ready and go to the “Test Lab” Tab and create a test set and add the test cases to the test set and you can run from there.
For automation, in test plan, create a new automated test and launch the tool and create the script and save it and you can run from the test lab the same way as you did for the manual test cases.
The test cases are sorted in test plan tab or more precisely in the test director, lets say quality centers database test director is now referred to as quality center.
4. What is the deference between a bug and a defect?
When tester verifies the test cases, all failed test cases are recorded as bugs directed for necessary action and recorded in defected reports. As a testing point of view all fail test cases are defects as well as found bugs. While development point of view if product doesn’t meet the software requirement specifications or any other features that is to be required, it is defect in the system. Who found this feature is not meeting his requirements, he call it is bug in that product.
5. How can we explain a bug, which may arrive at the time of testing. Explain?
First check the status of the bug, then check whether the bug is valid or not then forward the same bug to the team leader and then after confirmation forward it to the concern developer.
6. What do you mean by reproducing the bug? If the bug was not reproducible, what is the next step?
Reproducing a bug is as simple as reproducing a defect. If you find a defect, for example click the button and the corresponding action didn’t happen, it is a bug. If the developer is unable to find this behavior he will ask us to reproduce the bug.
In another scenario, if the client complaints a defect in the production we will have to reproduce it in test environment.
7. How can you know bug is reproducible or not?
A bug is reproducible if we can reproduce it, If we cannot reproduce it, it is not reproducibles in which case we will do further testing around it and if we cannot see it we will close it, and just hope it would never come back ever again.
8. On which basis we give priority and severity for a bug and give one example for high priority and low severity and high severity and low priority?
Always the priority is given by our team leader. Tester will never give the priority.
For example,
High severity: hardware bugs application crash
Low severity: User interface bugs.
High priority: Error message is not coming on time, calculation bugs etc.
Low priority: Wrong alignment, final output wrong.
9. How is traceability of bug follow?
The traceability of bug can be followed in so many ways.
1. Mapping the functional requirement scenarios(FS Doc) - test cases (ID) - Failed test cases(Bugs)
2. Mapping between requirements(RS Doc) - Test case (ID) - Failed test cases.
3. mapping between test plan (TP Doc) - test case (ID) - failed test cases.
4. Mapping between business requirements (BR Doc) - test cases (ID) - Failed test cases.
5. Mapping between high level design(Design Doc) - test cases (ID) - Failed test cases.
Usually the traceability matrix is mapping between the requirements, client requirements, function specification, test plan and test cases.
10. What will be the role of tester if bug is reproduced?
When ever the bug is reproduced, tester can send it back to the developer and ask him to fix it again. If the developer cannot fix the bug once again and if the tester sends the bug back to the developer, the third time the tester can make the bug as deferred i.e. he can reject the build(.exe)
Use Case: It is prepared by Business analyst in the Functional Requirement Specification(FRS), which are nothing but a steps which are given by the customer.
Test cases: It is prepared by test engineer based on the use cases from FRS to check the functionality of an application thoroughly
Test Plan: Team lead prepares test plan, in it he represents the scope of the test, what to test and what not to test, scheduling, what to test using automation etc.
2. How can we design the test cases from requirements? Do the requirements, represent exact functionality of AUT?
Yes, requirements should represents exact functionality of AUT.
First of all you have to analyze the requirements very thoroughly in terms of functionality. Then we have to thing about suitable test case design technique [Black Box design techniques like Equivalence Class Partitioning (ECP), Boundary Valve Analysis (BVA),Error guessing and Cause Effect Graphing] for writing the test cases.
By these concepts you should design a test case, which should have the capability of finding the absence of defects.
3.How t0 launch the test cases in Test Director and where it is saved?
You create the test cases in the test plan tab and link them to the requirements in the requirement tab. Once the test cases are ready we change the status to ready and go to the “Test Lab” Tab and create a test set and add the test cases to the test set and you can run from there.
For automation, in test plan, create a new automated test and launch the tool and create the script and save it and you can run from the test lab the same way as you did for the manual test cases.
The test cases are sorted in test plan tab or more precisely in the test director, lets say quality centers database test director is now referred to as quality center.
4. What is the deference between a bug and a defect?
When tester verifies the test cases, all failed test cases are recorded as bugs directed for necessary action and recorded in defected reports. As a testing point of view all fail test cases are defects as well as found bugs. While development point of view if product doesn’t meet the software requirement specifications or any other features that is to be required, it is defect in the system. Who found this feature is not meeting his requirements, he call it is bug in that product.
5. How can we explain a bug, which may arrive at the time of testing. Explain?
First check the status of the bug, then check whether the bug is valid or not then forward the same bug to the team leader and then after confirmation forward it to the concern developer.
6. What do you mean by reproducing the bug? If the bug was not reproducible, what is the next step?
Reproducing a bug is as simple as reproducing a defect. If you find a defect, for example click the button and the corresponding action didn’t happen, it is a bug. If the developer is unable to find this behavior he will ask us to reproduce the bug.
In another scenario, if the client complaints a defect in the production we will have to reproduce it in test environment.
7. How can you know bug is reproducible or not?
A bug is reproducible if we can reproduce it, If we cannot reproduce it, it is not reproducibles in which case we will do further testing around it and if we cannot see it we will close it, and just hope it would never come back ever again.
8. On which basis we give priority and severity for a bug and give one example for high priority and low severity and high severity and low priority?
Always the priority is given by our team leader. Tester will never give the priority.
For example,
High severity: hardware bugs application crash
Low severity: User interface bugs.
High priority: Error message is not coming on time, calculation bugs etc.
Low priority: Wrong alignment, final output wrong.
9. How is traceability of bug follow?
The traceability of bug can be followed in so many ways.
1. Mapping the functional requirement scenarios(FS Doc) - test cases (ID) - Failed test cases(Bugs)
2. Mapping between requirements(RS Doc) - Test case (ID) - Failed test cases.
3. mapping between test plan (TP Doc) - test case (ID) - failed test cases.
4. Mapping between business requirements (BR Doc) - test cases (ID) - Failed test cases.
5. Mapping between high level design(Design Doc) - test cases (ID) - Failed test cases.
Usually the traceability matrix is mapping between the requirements, client requirements, function specification, test plan and test cases.
10. What will be the role of tester if bug is reproduced?
When ever the bug is reproduced, tester can send it back to the developer and ask him to fix it again. If the developer cannot fix the bug once again and if the tester sends the bug back to the developer, the third time the tester can make the bug as deferred i.e. he can reject the build(.exe)
Bug Tracking Interview Questions - 1
1. Who will change the status of bug?
As soon as tester finds a bug he logs the bug as new status and assigns to developer. Developer working on that bug changes the status as open. When developers feels its not required fixing at that moment he changes the status as differed. If he completed working on that he changes the status as close and assigns the report to tester. Tester retests the bug and confirms the status as close. We come across many more statuses such as duplicate, not reproducible, to be fixed, critical, blocked, need clarification. We can use the status according to the bug.
2. Is it possible to have a defect with high severity and low priority or vice verse?
When the development team prepared the modules and they sent it for testing and after doing some part of testing then a bug raised in the first module its severity is minor and at the same time in the second module a bug raised and its severity is major. We come to know by the next day the client is coming for inspection and he wanted to get the first module prepared. So at this time less severity bug gets high priority and high severity bug gets low priority.
3. What is defect life cycle in manual testing?
Defect Life Cycle: Defect detection
Reproduce the defects
Assign the bug to the developer
Bug fixing
Bug resolution
Regression
4. What is difference between bug resolution meeting and bug review committee? Who are the participants in bug resolution meeting and bug review committee?
Bug Resolution meeting: It is conducted in presence of test lead and developers where developer gives his comment whether to correct the bug at this time or later and test leader accepts or rejects developer comments and even they decide what methods should be chosen correct the error so that in regression test no bug should be reported and it should not effect other application.
Bug Review committee: It is often conducted by test lead, project managers in the presence of client, where they decide as to what errors should be considered as bugs and what severity level it should be treated as.
5. How to give bug title and bug description for ODD devision?
Assumption: ODD number devision fails
Bug Title: ODD number fails
Bug Description: Open calculated window
Enter an ODD number
Click divide by [/] button
Enter another Odd number
Enter or click equal button in calculated window
Observe the result
Expected results:
Quotient displayed is correct
Actual result
Quotient displayed is incorrect.
6. What is build interval period?
In some companies builds are delivered from development team to the testing team to starts the system testing. For example a new product ABC is being released to the testing team so the development team will deliver a build to the testing team. Now testing will do the testing and then will release the product to the client. now there is a new version of product coming up with the name ABC1 and is being released to the testing team so this will be the second build and time between these two builds will be called as build interval.
7. What is difference between End to end testing and system testing?
End to End testing : This is the macro end of testing. This testing mimics the real life situations by interacting with real time data, network and hardware etc.
System Testing: this is the process of testing end to end business functionalities of the application(system) based on client business requirements.
In the system testing we are taking sample test data only, where as in the end to end testing we are taking real time data(for a sample) and interacting with network and hardware.,
8. How would you say that a bug is 100% fixed?
In quality world we cannot say bug is 100% fixed or 50% fixed. If the bug is fixed then in new version we do regression testing to make sure that bug fix doesn’t have any impact on old functionality.
9. How to post a bug?
Bugs are posted with the tools these tools are known as bug tracking tools. Custom designed tools, build specific for companies bug format, accepts the details of the issue from the testers as follows
1. Bug Id(tool generates the ID)
2. Bug description
3. Steps to reproduce the bug
4. Software and hardware environment
5. Status (New, reopen ….)
6. version Id of the build
7. Assign to
8. Severity
9. Priority
10. tester name and data execution
Test engineers fills the above fields in the tools and the tool acts as a central repository and tracks the entire bug life cycles.
10. What are the different types of bugs we normally see in any of the project?
1. User interface defects
2. Boundary related defects
3. Error handling defects
4. calculation defects
5. improper service levels
6. Interpreting data defects
7. race condition(comparability and inter system defects)
8. Load conditions (Memory leakages under load)
9. hardware failures
10. Source bugs
As soon as tester finds a bug he logs the bug as new status and assigns to developer. Developer working on that bug changes the status as open. When developers feels its not required fixing at that moment he changes the status as differed. If he completed working on that he changes the status as close and assigns the report to tester. Tester retests the bug and confirms the status as close. We come across many more statuses such as duplicate, not reproducible, to be fixed, critical, blocked, need clarification. We can use the status according to the bug.
2. Is it possible to have a defect with high severity and low priority or vice verse?
When the development team prepared the modules and they sent it for testing and after doing some part of testing then a bug raised in the first module its severity is minor and at the same time in the second module a bug raised and its severity is major. We come to know by the next day the client is coming for inspection and he wanted to get the first module prepared. So at this time less severity bug gets high priority and high severity bug gets low priority.
3. What is defect life cycle in manual testing?
Defect Life Cycle: Defect detection
Reproduce the defects
Assign the bug to the developer
Bug fixing
Bug resolution
Regression
4. What is difference between bug resolution meeting and bug review committee? Who are the participants in bug resolution meeting and bug review committee?
Bug Resolution meeting: It is conducted in presence of test lead and developers where developer gives his comment whether to correct the bug at this time or later and test leader accepts or rejects developer comments and even they decide what methods should be chosen correct the error so that in regression test no bug should be reported and it should not effect other application.
Bug Review committee: It is often conducted by test lead, project managers in the presence of client, where they decide as to what errors should be considered as bugs and what severity level it should be treated as.
5. How to give bug title and bug description for ODD devision?
Assumption: ODD number devision fails
Bug Title: ODD number fails
Bug Description: Open calculated window
Enter an ODD number
Click divide by [/] button
Enter another Odd number
Enter or click equal button in calculated window
Observe the result
Expected results:
Quotient displayed is correct
Actual result
Quotient displayed is incorrect.
6. What is build interval period?
In some companies builds are delivered from development team to the testing team to starts the system testing. For example a new product ABC is being released to the testing team so the development team will deliver a build to the testing team. Now testing will do the testing and then will release the product to the client. now there is a new version of product coming up with the name ABC1 and is being released to the testing team so this will be the second build and time between these two builds will be called as build interval.
7. What is difference between End to end testing and system testing?
End to End testing : This is the macro end of testing. This testing mimics the real life situations by interacting with real time data, network and hardware etc.
System Testing: this is the process of testing end to end business functionalities of the application(system) based on client business requirements.
In the system testing we are taking sample test data only, where as in the end to end testing we are taking real time data(for a sample) and interacting with network and hardware.,
8. How would you say that a bug is 100% fixed?
In quality world we cannot say bug is 100% fixed or 50% fixed. If the bug is fixed then in new version we do regression testing to make sure that bug fix doesn’t have any impact on old functionality.
9. How to post a bug?
Bugs are posted with the tools these tools are known as bug tracking tools. Custom designed tools, build specific for companies bug format, accepts the details of the issue from the testers as follows
1. Bug Id(tool generates the ID)
2. Bug description
3. Steps to reproduce the bug
4. Software and hardware environment
5. Status (New, reopen ….)
6. version Id of the build
7. Assign to
8. Severity
9. Priority
10. tester name and data execution
Test engineers fills the above fields in the tools and the tool acts as a central repository and tracks the entire bug life cycles.
10. What are the different types of bugs we normally see in any of the project?
1. User interface defects
2. Boundary related defects
3. Error handling defects
4. calculation defects
5. improper service levels
6. Interpreting data defects
7. race condition(comparability and inter system defects)
8. Load conditions (Memory leakages under load)
9. hardware failures
10. Source bugs
Sunday, June 29, 2008
Software Testing Interview Questions with Answers
1. What is Acceptance Testing?
Testing conducted to enable a user/customer to determine whether to accept a software product. Normally performed to validate the software meets a set of agreed acceptance criteria.
2. What is Accessibility Testing?
Verifying a product is accessible to the people having disabilities (deaf, blind, mentally disabled etc.).
3. What is Ad Hoc Testing?
A testing phase where the tester tries to 'break' the system by randomly trying the system's functionality. Can include negative testing as well. See also Monkey Testing.
4. What is Agile Testing?
Testing practice for projects using agile methodologies, treating development as the customer of testing and emphasizing a test-first design paradigm. See also Test Driven Development.
5. What is Application Binary Interface (ABI)?
A specification defining requirements for portability of applications in binary forms across different system platforms and environments.
6. What is Application Programming Interface (API)?
A formalized set of software calls and routines that can be referenced by an application program in order to access supporting system or network services.
7. What is Automated Software Quality (ASQ)?
The use of software tools, such as automated testing tools, to improve software quality.
8. What is Automated Testing?
Testing employing software tools which execute tests without manual intervention. Can be applied in GUI, performance, API, etc. testing. The use of software to control the execution of tests, the comparison of actual outcomes to predicted outcomes, the setting up of test preconditions, and other test control and test reporting functions.
9. What is Backus-Naur Form?
A metalanguage used to formally describe the syntax of a language.
10. What is Basic Block?
A sequence of one or more consecutive, executable statements containing no branches.
11. What is Basis Path Testing?
A white box test case design technique that uses the algorithmic flow of the program to design tests.
12. What is Basis Set?
The set of tests derived using basis path testing.
13. What is Baseline?
The point at which some deliverable produced during the software engineering process is put under formal change control.
14. What you will do during the first day of job?
What would you like to do five years from now?
15. What is Beta Testing?
Testing of a release of a software product conducted by customers.
16. What is Binary Portability Testing?
Testing an executable application for portability across system platforms and environments, usually for conformation to an ABI specification.
17. What is Black Box Testing?
Testing based on an analysis of the specification of a piece of software without reference to its internal workings. The goal is to test how well the component conforms to the published requirements for the component.
18. What is Bottom Up Testing?
An approach to integration testing where the lowest level components are tested first, then used to facilitate the testing of higher level components. The process is repeated until the component at the top of the hierarchy is tested.
19. What is Boundary Testing?
Test which focus on the boundary or limit conditions of the software being tested. (Some of these tests are stress tests).
20. What is Bug?
A fault in a program which causes the program to perform in an unintended or unanticipated manner.
20. What is Defect?
If software misses some feature or function from what is there in requirement it is called as defect.
21. What is Boundary Value Analysis?
BVA is similar to Equivalence Partitioning but focuses on "corner cases" or values that are usually out of range as defined by the specification. his means that if a function expects all values in range of negative 100 to positive 1000, test inputs would include negative 101 and positive 1001.
22. What is Branch Testing?
Testing in which all branches in the program source code are tested at least once.
23. What is Breadth Testing?
A test suite that exercises the full functionality of a product but does not test features in detail.
24. What is CAST?
Computer Aided Software Testing.
25. What is Capture/Replay Tool?
A test tool that records test input as it is sent to the software under test. The input cases stored can then be used to reproduce the test at a later time. Most commonly applied to GUI test tools.
26. What is CMM?
The Capability Maturity Model for Software (CMM or SW-CMM) is a model for judging the maturity of the software processes of an organization and for identifying the key practices that are required to increase the maturity of these processes.
27. What is Cause Effect Graph?
A graphical representation of inputs and the associated outputs effects which can be used to design test cases.
28. What is Code Complete?
Phase of development where functionality is implemented in entirety; bug fixes are all that are left. All functions found in the Functional Specifications have been implemented.
29. What is Code Coverage?
An analysis method that determines which parts of the software have been executed (covered) by the test case suite and which parts have not been executed and therefore may require additional attention.
30. What is Code Inspection?
A formal testing technique where the programmer reviews source code with a group who ask questions analyzing the program logic, analyzing the code with respect to a checklist of historically common programming errors, and analyzing its compliance with coding standards.
31. What is Code Walkthrough?
A formal testing technique where source code is traced by a group with a small set of test cases, while the state of program variables is manually monitored, to analyze the programmer's logic and assumptions.
32. What is Coding?
The generation of source code.
33. What is Compatibility Testing?
Testing whether software is compatible with other elements of a system with which it should operate, e.g. browsers, Operating Systems, or hardware.
34. What is Component?
A minimal software item for which a separate specification is available.
35. What is Component Testing?
Testing of individual software components (Unit Testing).
36. What is Concurrency Testing?
Multi-user testing geared towards determining the effects of accessing the same application code, module or database records. Identifies and measures the level of locking, deadlocking and use of single-threaded code and locking semaphores.
37. What is Conformance Testing?
The process of testing that an implementation conforms to the specification on which it is based. Usually applied to testing conformance to a formal standard.
38. What is Context Driven Testing?
The context-driven school of software testing is flavor of Agile Testing that advocates continuous and creative evaluation of testing opportunities in light of the potential information revealed and the value of that information to the organization right now.
39. What is Conversion Testing?
Testing of programs or procedures used to convert data from existing systems for use in replacement systems.
40. What is Cyclomatic Complexity?
A measure of the logical complexity of an algorithm, used in white-box testing.
41. What is Data Dictionary?
A database that contains definitions of all data items defined during analysis.
42. What is Data Flow Diagram?
A modeling notation that represents a functional decomposition of a system.
43. What is Data Driven Testing?
Testing in which the action of a test case is parameterized by externally defined data values, maintained as a file or spreadsheet. A common technique in Automated Testing.
44. What is Debugging?
The process of finding and removing the causes of software failures.
45. What is Defect?
Nonconformance to requirements or functional / program specification
46. What is Dependency Testing?
Examines an application's requirements for pre-existing software, initial states and configuration in order to maintain proper functionality.
47. What is Depth Testing?
A test that exercises a feature of a product in full detail.
48. What is Dynamic Testing?
Testing software through executing it. See also Static Testing.
49. What is Emulator?
A device, computer program, or system that accepts the same inputs and produces the same outputs as a given system.
50. What is Endurance Testing?
Checks for memory leaks or other problems that may occur with prolonged execution.
51. What is End-to-End testing?
Testing a complete application environment in a situation that mimics real-world use, such as interacting with a database, using network communications, or interacting with other hardware, applications, or systems if appropriate.
52. What is Equivalence Class?
A portion of a component's input or output domains for which the component's behaviour is assumed to be the same from the component's specification.
53. What is Equivalence Partitioning?
A test case design technique for a component in which test cases are designed to execute representatives from equivalence classes.
54. What is Exhaustive Testing?
Testing which covers all combinations of input values and preconditions for an element of the software under test.
55. What is Functional Decomposition?
A technique used during planning, analysis and design; creates a functional hierarchy for the software.
54. What is Functional Specification?
A document that describes in detail the characteristics of the product with regard to its intended features.
55. What is Functional Testing?
Testing the features and operational behavior of a product to ensure they correspond to its specifications. Testing that ignores the internal mechanism of a system or component and focuses solely on the outputs generated in response to selected inputs and execution conditions. or Black Box Testing.
56. What is Glass Box Testing?
A synonym for White Box Testing.
57. What is Gorilla Testing?
Testing one particular module, functionality heavily.
58. What is Gray Box Testing?
A combination of Black Box and White Box testing methodologies? testing a piece of software against its specification but using some knowledge of its internal workings.
59. What is High Order Tests?
Black-box tests conducted once the software has been integrated.
60. What is Independent Test Group (ITG)?
A group of people whose primary responsibility is software testing,
61. What is Inspection?
A group review quality improvement process for written material. It consists of two aspects; product (document itself) improvement and process improvement (of both document production and inspection).
62. What is Integration Testing?
Testing of combined parts of an application to determine if they function together correctly. Usually performed after unit and functional testing. This type of testing is especially relevant to client/server and distributed systems.
63. What is Installation Testing?
Confirms that the application under test recovers from expected or unexpected events without loss of data or functionality. Events can include shortage of disk space, unexpected loss of communication, or power out conditions.
64. What is Load Testing?
See Performance Testing.
65. What is Localization Testing?
This term refers to making software specifically designed for a specific locality.
66. What is Loop Testing?
A white box testing technique that exercises program loops.
67. What is Metric?
A standard of measurement. Software metrics are the statistics describing the structure or content of a program. A metric should be a real objective measurement of something such as number of bugs per lines of code.
68. What is Monkey Testing?
Testing a system or an Application on the fly, i.e just few tests here and there to ensure the system or an application does not crash out.
69. What is Negative Testing?
Testing aimed at showing software does not work. Also known as "test to fail". See also Positive Testin
Testing conducted to enable a user/customer to determine whether to accept a software product. Normally performed to validate the software meets a set of agreed acceptance criteria.
2. What is Accessibility Testing?
Verifying a product is accessible to the people having disabilities (deaf, blind, mentally disabled etc.).
3. What is Ad Hoc Testing?
A testing phase where the tester tries to 'break' the system by randomly trying the system's functionality. Can include negative testing as well. See also Monkey Testing.
4. What is Agile Testing?
Testing practice for projects using agile methodologies, treating development as the customer of testing and emphasizing a test-first design paradigm. See also Test Driven Development.
5. What is Application Binary Interface (ABI)?
A specification defining requirements for portability of applications in binary forms across different system platforms and environments.
6. What is Application Programming Interface (API)?
A formalized set of software calls and routines that can be referenced by an application program in order to access supporting system or network services.
7. What is Automated Software Quality (ASQ)?
The use of software tools, such as automated testing tools, to improve software quality.
8. What is Automated Testing?
Testing employing software tools which execute tests without manual intervention. Can be applied in GUI, performance, API, etc. testing. The use of software to control the execution of tests, the comparison of actual outcomes to predicted outcomes, the setting up of test preconditions, and other test control and test reporting functions.
9. What is Backus-Naur Form?
A metalanguage used to formally describe the syntax of a language.
10. What is Basic Block?
A sequence of one or more consecutive, executable statements containing no branches.
11. What is Basis Path Testing?
A white box test case design technique that uses the algorithmic flow of the program to design tests.
12. What is Basis Set?
The set of tests derived using basis path testing.
13. What is Baseline?
The point at which some deliverable produced during the software engineering process is put under formal change control.
14. What you will do during the first day of job?
What would you like to do five years from now?
15. What is Beta Testing?
Testing of a release of a software product conducted by customers.
16. What is Binary Portability Testing?
Testing an executable application for portability across system platforms and environments, usually for conformation to an ABI specification.
17. What is Black Box Testing?
Testing based on an analysis of the specification of a piece of software without reference to its internal workings. The goal is to test how well the component conforms to the published requirements for the component.
18. What is Bottom Up Testing?
An approach to integration testing where the lowest level components are tested first, then used to facilitate the testing of higher level components. The process is repeated until the component at the top of the hierarchy is tested.
19. What is Boundary Testing?
Test which focus on the boundary or limit conditions of the software being tested. (Some of these tests are stress tests).
20. What is Bug?
A fault in a program which causes the program to perform in an unintended or unanticipated manner.
20. What is Defect?
If software misses some feature or function from what is there in requirement it is called as defect.
21. What is Boundary Value Analysis?
BVA is similar to Equivalence Partitioning but focuses on "corner cases" or values that are usually out of range as defined by the specification. his means that if a function expects all values in range of negative 100 to positive 1000, test inputs would include negative 101 and positive 1001.
22. What is Branch Testing?
Testing in which all branches in the program source code are tested at least once.
23. What is Breadth Testing?
A test suite that exercises the full functionality of a product but does not test features in detail.
24. What is CAST?
Computer Aided Software Testing.
25. What is Capture/Replay Tool?
A test tool that records test input as it is sent to the software under test. The input cases stored can then be used to reproduce the test at a later time. Most commonly applied to GUI test tools.
26. What is CMM?
The Capability Maturity Model for Software (CMM or SW-CMM) is a model for judging the maturity of the software processes of an organization and for identifying the key practices that are required to increase the maturity of these processes.
27. What is Cause Effect Graph?
A graphical representation of inputs and the associated outputs effects which can be used to design test cases.
28. What is Code Complete?
Phase of development where functionality is implemented in entirety; bug fixes are all that are left. All functions found in the Functional Specifications have been implemented.
29. What is Code Coverage?
An analysis method that determines which parts of the software have been executed (covered) by the test case suite and which parts have not been executed and therefore may require additional attention.
30. What is Code Inspection?
A formal testing technique where the programmer reviews source code with a group who ask questions analyzing the program logic, analyzing the code with respect to a checklist of historically common programming errors, and analyzing its compliance with coding standards.
31. What is Code Walkthrough?
A formal testing technique where source code is traced by a group with a small set of test cases, while the state of program variables is manually monitored, to analyze the programmer's logic and assumptions.
32. What is Coding?
The generation of source code.
33. What is Compatibility Testing?
Testing whether software is compatible with other elements of a system with which it should operate, e.g. browsers, Operating Systems, or hardware.
34. What is Component?
A minimal software item for which a separate specification is available.
35. What is Component Testing?
Testing of individual software components (Unit Testing).
36. What is Concurrency Testing?
Multi-user testing geared towards determining the effects of accessing the same application code, module or database records. Identifies and measures the level of locking, deadlocking and use of single-threaded code and locking semaphores.
37. What is Conformance Testing?
The process of testing that an implementation conforms to the specification on which it is based. Usually applied to testing conformance to a formal standard.
38. What is Context Driven Testing?
The context-driven school of software testing is flavor of Agile Testing that advocates continuous and creative evaluation of testing opportunities in light of the potential information revealed and the value of that information to the organization right now.
39. What is Conversion Testing?
Testing of programs or procedures used to convert data from existing systems for use in replacement systems.
40. What is Cyclomatic Complexity?
A measure of the logical complexity of an algorithm, used in white-box testing.
41. What is Data Dictionary?
A database that contains definitions of all data items defined during analysis.
42. What is Data Flow Diagram?
A modeling notation that represents a functional decomposition of a system.
43. What is Data Driven Testing?
Testing in which the action of a test case is parameterized by externally defined data values, maintained as a file or spreadsheet. A common technique in Automated Testing.
44. What is Debugging?
The process of finding and removing the causes of software failures.
45. What is Defect?
Nonconformance to requirements or functional / program specification
46. What is Dependency Testing?
Examines an application's requirements for pre-existing software, initial states and configuration in order to maintain proper functionality.
47. What is Depth Testing?
A test that exercises a feature of a product in full detail.
48. What is Dynamic Testing?
Testing software through executing it. See also Static Testing.
49. What is Emulator?
A device, computer program, or system that accepts the same inputs and produces the same outputs as a given system.
50. What is Endurance Testing?
Checks for memory leaks or other problems that may occur with prolonged execution.
51. What is End-to-End testing?
Testing a complete application environment in a situation that mimics real-world use, such as interacting with a database, using network communications, or interacting with other hardware, applications, or systems if appropriate.
52. What is Equivalence Class?
A portion of a component's input or output domains for which the component's behaviour is assumed to be the same from the component's specification.
53. What is Equivalence Partitioning?
A test case design technique for a component in which test cases are designed to execute representatives from equivalence classes.
54. What is Exhaustive Testing?
Testing which covers all combinations of input values and preconditions for an element of the software under test.
55. What is Functional Decomposition?
A technique used during planning, analysis and design; creates a functional hierarchy for the software.
54. What is Functional Specification?
A document that describes in detail the characteristics of the product with regard to its intended features.
55. What is Functional Testing?
Testing the features and operational behavior of a product to ensure they correspond to its specifications. Testing that ignores the internal mechanism of a system or component and focuses solely on the outputs generated in response to selected inputs and execution conditions. or Black Box Testing.
56. What is Glass Box Testing?
A synonym for White Box Testing.
57. What is Gorilla Testing?
Testing one particular module, functionality heavily.
58. What is Gray Box Testing?
A combination of Black Box and White Box testing methodologies? testing a piece of software against its specification but using some knowledge of its internal workings.
59. What is High Order Tests?
Black-box tests conducted once the software has been integrated.
60. What is Independent Test Group (ITG)?
A group of people whose primary responsibility is software testing,
61. What is Inspection?
A group review quality improvement process for written material. It consists of two aspects; product (document itself) improvement and process improvement (of both document production and inspection).
62. What is Integration Testing?
Testing of combined parts of an application to determine if they function together correctly. Usually performed after unit and functional testing. This type of testing is especially relevant to client/server and distributed systems.
63. What is Installation Testing?
Confirms that the application under test recovers from expected or unexpected events without loss of data or functionality. Events can include shortage of disk space, unexpected loss of communication, or power out conditions.
64. What is Load Testing?
See Performance Testing.
65. What is Localization Testing?
This term refers to making software specifically designed for a specific locality.
66. What is Loop Testing?
A white box testing technique that exercises program loops.
67. What is Metric?
A standard of measurement. Software metrics are the statistics describing the structure or content of a program. A metric should be a real objective measurement of something such as number of bugs per lines of code.
68. What is Monkey Testing?
Testing a system or an Application on the fly, i.e just few tests here and there to ensure the system or an application does not crash out.
69. What is Negative Testing?
Testing aimed at showing software does not work. Also known as "test to fail". See also Positive Testin